Text: H.R.4674 — 116th Congress (2019-2020)All Information (Except Text)

There is one version of the bill.

Text available as:

Shown Here:
Introduced in House (10/15/2019)

 
[Congressional Bills 116th Congress]
[From the U.S. Government Publishing Office]
[H.R. 4674 Introduced in House (IH)]

<DOC>






116th CONGRESS
  1st Session
                                H. R. 4674

 To amend and strengthen the Higher Education Act of 1965 to lower the 
cost of college for students and families, to hold colleges accountable 
  for students' success, and to give a new generation of students the 
 opportunity to graduate on-time and transition to a successful career.


_______________________________________________________________________


                    IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES

                            October 15, 2019

   Mr. Scott of Virginia (for himself, Mrs. Davis of California, Mr. 
 Grijalva, Mr. Courtney, Ms. Fudge, Mr. Sablan, Ms. Wilson of Florida, 
Ms. Bonamici, Mr. Takano, Ms. Adams, Mr. DeSaulnier, Mr. Norcross, Ms. 
Jayapal, Mr. Morelle, Ms. Wild, Mr. Harder of California, Ms. Schrier, 
 Mrs. Hayes, Ms. Shalala, Mr. Levin of Michigan, Ms. Omar, Mr. Trone, 
 Mrs. Lee of Nevada, Mrs. Trahan, and Mr. Castro of Texas) introduced 
 the following bill; which was referred to the Committee on Education 
                               and Labor

_______________________________________________________________________

                                 A BILL


 
 To amend and strengthen the Higher Education Act of 1965 to lower the 
cost of college for students and families, to hold colleges accountable 
  for students' success, and to give a new generation of students the 
 opportunity to graduate on-time and transition to a successful career.

    Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the 
United States of America in Congress assembled,

SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS.

    (a) Short Title.--This Act may be cited as the ``College 
Affordability Act''.
    (b) Table of Contents.--The table of contents for this Act is as 
follows:

Sec. 1. Short title; table of contents.
Sec. 2. References.
Sec. 3. General effective date.
                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

                          Part A--Definitions

Sec. 1001. Definition of institution of higher education for purposes 
                            of title IV programs.
Sec. 1002. Additional definitions.
Sec. 1003. Gainful employment programs.
                 Part B--Additional General Provisions

Sec. 1011. National Advisory Committee on Institutional Quality and 
                            Integrity.
Sec. 1012. Disclosures of foreign gifts.
Sec. 1013. Alcohol and substance misuse prevention.
Sec. 1014. Exception to required registration with selective service 
                            system.
Sec. 1015. Integrity of nonprofit institutions of higher education.
Sec. 1016. Support and guidance for homeless individuals and foster 
                            care youth.
Sec. 1017. Calculation of percentage of enrolled students receiving or 
                            eligible for Federal Pell Grants.
Sec. 1018. Certification regarding the use of certain Federal funds.
                    Part C--Cost of Higher Education

Sec. 1021. Consumer information.
Sec. 1022. Postsecondary student data system.
Sec. 1023. Avoiding duplicative reporting.
Sec. 1024. Textbook information.
Sec. 1025. Repeals.
Sec. 1026. In-State tuition rates for homeless youth and foster care 
                            youth.
  Part D--Administrative Provisions for Delivery of Student Financial 
                               Assistance

Sec. 1031. Improvements to the Federal student aid office.
                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

      Part A--Teacher and School Leader Quality Partnership Grants

Sec. 2001. Definitions.
Sec. 2002. Purposes.
Sec. 2003. Partnership grants.
Sec. 2004. Administrative provisions.
Sec. 2005. Accountability and evaluation.
Sec. 2006. Accountability for programs that prepare teachers, 
                            principals, or other school leaders.
Sec. 2007. Teacher development.
Sec. 2008. State functions.
Sec. 2009. General provisions.
Sec. 2010. Elevation of the education profession study.
Sec. 2011. Authorization of appropriations.
         Part B--Enhancing Teacher and School Leader Education

Sec. 2101. Enhancing teacher and school leader education.
                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

Sec. 3001. Strengthening institutions.
Sec. 3002. Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities.
Sec. 3003. Historically Black College and University Capital Financing.
Sec. 3004. Strengthening Historically Black Colleges and Universities 
                            and other minority-serving institutions.
Sec. 3005. General provisions.
                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

Sec. 4001. Effective date.
  Part A--Grants to Students in Attendance at Institutions of Higher 
                               Education

                     subpart 1--federal pell grants

Sec. 4011. Amount of grants.
Sec. 4012. Grant eligibility.
Sec. 4013. Extending Federal Pell Grant eligibility of certain short-
                            term programs.
Sec. 4014. Providing Federal Pell Grants for Iraq and Afghanistan 
                            veteran's dependents.
Sec. 4015. Federal Pell Grant fraud prevention.
Sec. 4016. Federal Pell Grants on behalf of incarcerated individuals.
    subpart 2--federal early outreach and student services programs

                    Chapter 1--Federal Trio Programs

Sec. 4021. Program authority; authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 4022. Talent search.
Sec. 4023. Upward bound.
Sec. 4024. Student support services.
Sec. 4025. Postbaccalaureate achievement program authority.
Sec. 4026. Educational opportunity centers.
Sec. 4027. Staff developmental activities.
Sec. 4028. Reports and evaluations.
  Chapter 2--Gaining Early Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate 
                                Programs

Sec. 4031. Gaining early awareness and readiness for undergraduate 
                            programs.
     subpart 3--federal supplemental educational opportunity grants

Sec. 4041. Purpose; appropriations authorized.
Sec. 4042. Institutional eligibility.
Sec. 4043. Allocation of funds.
Sec. 4044. Emergency financial aid grant program.
subpart 4--special programs for students whose families are engaged in 
                     migrant and seasonal farmwork

Sec. 4051. Special programs for students whose families are engaged in 
                            migrant and seasonal farmwork.
          subpart 5--child care access means parents in school

Sec. 4061. CCAMPIS Reauthorization.
             subpart 6--jumpstart to college grant programs

Sec. 4071. Jumpstart to college grant programs.
                        subpart 7--teach grants

Sec. 4081. Revised definitions of teach grants.
Sec. 4082. Revisions to establishing teach grant program.
Sec. 4083. Revisions to teach grant agreements to serve and 
                            eligibility.
Sec. 4084. Revisions to teach grant data collection and reporting.
 subpart 8--northern mariana islands and american samoa college access

Sec. 4091. Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College access.
              subpart 9--community college student success

Sec. 4092. Community College Student Success Grant program authorized.
Sec. 4093. Federal Pell Bonus Program.
             Part B--Federal Family Education Loan Program

Sec. 4101. Termination of certain repayment plan options and 
                            opportunity to change repayment plans.
Sec. 4102. Termination of interest capitalization for subsidized loans 
                            after certain periods.
Sec. 4103. Termination of interest capitalization for PLUS loans after 
                            certain periods.
Sec. 4104. Subsequent consolidation loans.
Sec. 4105. Default reduction program.
Sec. 4106. Termination of interest capitalization for unsubsidized 
                            loans after certain periods.
Sec. 4107. Disbursement of student loans.
Sec. 4108. Student loan contract and loan disclosures.
Sec. 4109. Borrower advocate conforming amendments.
Sec. 4110. Cohort default rates.
Sec. 4111. Automatic income monitoring procedures after a total and 
                            permanent disability discharge.
Sec. 4112. Repayment of parent loans due to student disability.
                  Part C--Federal Work-Study Programs

Sec. 4201. Purpose; authorization of appropriations.
Sec. 4202. Allocation formula.
Sec. 4203. Grants for Federal work-study programs.
Sec. 4204. Flexible use of funds.
Sec. 4205. Job location and development programs.
Sec. 4206. Community service.
Sec. 4207. Pilot grant program.
Sec. 4208. Department activities.
Sec. 4209. Study and report.
                  Part D--Federal Direct Loan Program

Sec. 4301. Program authority.
Sec. 4302. Amendments to terms and conditions of loans and repayment 
                            plans.
Sec. 4303. Amendments to terms and conditions of public service loan 
                            forgiveness.
Sec. 4304. Federal Direct Perkins Loans terms and conditions.
Sec. 4305. Common manual for loan servicers.
Sec. 4306. Refinancing FFEL and Federal Direct Loans.
Sec. 4307. Refinancing private student loans.
                     Part E--Federal Perkins Loans

Sec. 4401. Authorization of appropriations for Perkins loan.
Sec. 4402. Allocation of funds for Perkins loan.
Sec. 4403. Federal Direct Perkins loan allocation.
Sec. 4404. Agreements with institutions of higher education for 
                            purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4405. Student loan information by eligible institutions for 
                            purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4406. Terms of loans for purposes of the Perkins loan program.
Sec. 4407. Reimbursement for cancellation of Perkins loans for certain 
                            public service.
Sec. 4408. Distribution of assets from student loan funds for purposes 
                            of the Perkins loan program.
                         Part F--Need Analysis

Sec. 4501. Conforming amendment to family contribution.
Sec. 4502. Amendments to data elements when determining the expected 
                            family contribution.
Sec. 4503. Amendments to family contribution for dependent students.
Sec. 4504. Amendments to family contribution for independent students 
                            without dependents other than a spouse.
Sec. 4505. Amendments to family contribution for independent students 
                            with dependents other than a spouse.
Sec. 4506. Institutional calculations for off-campus room and board.
Sec. 4507. Updated tables and amounts to need analysis.
Sec. 4508. Zero expected family contribution.
Sec. 4509. Amendments to definitions in need analysis.
   Part G--General Provisions Relating to Student Assistance Programs

Sec. 4601. Definition of eligible program.
Sec. 4602. Definition of third party servicer.
Sec. 4603. FAFSA simplification.
Sec. 4604. Student eligibility.
Sec. 4606. Reinstatement of the 6-year statute of limitations for 
                            student loans.
Sec. 4607. Student eligibility information for nutrition assistance 
                            programs.
Sec. 4608. Exit counseling.
Sec. 4609. Clery Act amendments.
Sec. 4610. Online survey tool for campus safety.
Sec. 4611. Transfer of credit policies.
Sec. 4612. Amendments to institutional and financial assistance.
Sec. 4613. Information with respect to crime statistics for programs of 
                            study abroad.
Sec. 4614. Remedial education grants.
Sec. 4615. Competency-based education.
Sec. 4616. Competency-based education council.
Sec. 4617. Written arrangements to provide educational programs.
Sec. 4618. Improvements to program participation agreements.
Sec. 4619. Compliance with the Civil Rights Act of 1964.
Sec. 4620. Submission of data with respect to students with 
                            disabilities.
Sec. 4621. Education program on hazing.
Sec. 4622. Changes to program participation agreements to strengthen 
                            consumer protections.
Sec. 4623. Misrepresentation and substantial misrepresentation defined.
Sec. 4624. Teach-out plans.
Sec. 4625. Experimental programs.
Sec. 4626. Administrative expenses.
Sec. 4627. Regional meetings and negotiated rulemaking.
Sec. 4628. Income-based repayment plan.
Sec. 4629. Fixed repayment plan.
Sec. 4630. Requiring a common manual for loan servicers.
Sec. 4631. Removal of record of default.
Sec. 4632. Amendments to terms and conditions of borrower defenses.
Sec. 4633. On-time repayment rates.
                       Part H--Program Integrity

                         subpart 1--state role

Sec. 4701. State responsibilities.
               subpart a--accrediting agency recognition

Sec. 4711. Accrediting agency recognition of eligible job training 
                            programs.
Sec. 4712. Accrediting agency recognition of institutions enrolling 
                            incarcerated individuals.
Sec. 4713. Requirements for accrediting agency recognition.
                   subpart b--program review and data

Sec. 4721. Eligibility and certification procedures.
Sec. 4722. Program review and data.
             subpart c--strengthening institutional quality

Sec. 4731. Strengthening institutional quality.
      Part I--America's College Promise Federal-State Partnership

Sec. 4801. Program authorized.
Sec. 4802. Student Success Fund.
Sec. 4803. Pathways to student success for Historically Black Colleges 
                            and Universities, Tribal Colleges and 
                            Universities, and Minority-Serving 
                            Institutions.
Sec. 4804. Unmet need for Federal Pell Grant recipients.
Sec. 4805. Unmet need for students.
Sec. 4806. Tuition waivers.
Sec. 4807. Expansion for private institutions.
                    TITLE V--DEVELOPING INSTITUTIONS

Sec. 5001. Hispanic-serving institutions.
Sec. 5002. Promoting postbaccalaureate opportunities for Hispanic 
                            Americans.
Sec. 5003. General provisions.
               TITLE VI--INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS

Sec. 6001. International education.
Sec. 6002. Global business and professional education programs.
Sec. 6003. Repeal of assistance program for Institute for International 
                            Public Policy.
Sec. 6004. General provisions.
       TITLE VII--GRADUATE AND POSTSECONDARY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS

Sec. 7001. Graduate education programs.
Sec. 7002. Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education.
Sec. 7003. Minority-serving institutions innovation fund.
Sec. 7004. Definitions.
Sec. 7005. Supporting postsecondary faculty, staff, and administrators 
                            in providing accessible education.
Sec. 7006. Office of Accessibility.
Sec. 7007. Postsecondary programs for students with intellectual 
                            disabilities.
Sec. 7008. National Technical Assistance Center and National 
                            Coordinating Center for Inclusion of 
                            Students with Intellectual Disabilities.
Sec. 7009. Formula grants to States to improve higher education 
                            opportunities for foster youth and homeless 
                            youth.
                    TITLE VIII--ADDITIONAL PROGRAMS

Sec. 8001. Ronald V. Dellums memorial STEAM scholars program.
Sec. 8002. Teach for America.
Sec. 8003. Patsy T. Mink Fellowship Program.
Sec. 8004. Improving science, technology, engineering, and mathematics 
                            education with a focus on American Indian, 
                            Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian 
                            students.
Sec. 8005. Grants for rural-serving institutions of higher education.
Sec. 8006. Training for realtime writers to provide closed captioning 
                            and court reporting services.
Sec. 8007. Grant program to establish, maintain, and improve veteran 
                            student centers.
Sec. 8008. University Sustainability Program amendments.
Sec. 8009. Modeling and simulation.
Sec. 8010. Mandatory funding for masters and postbaccalaureate 
                            programs.
Sec. 8011. Funds for access to open educational resources.
Sec. 8012. Repeals.
           TITLE IX--DIRECTIVES TO THE SECRETARY OF EDUCATION

Sec. 9001. Providing that the Secretary of Education may not issue or 
                            enforce certain rules that weaken the 
                            enforcement of the prohibition of sex 
                            discrimination applicable under title IX of 
                            the Education Amendments of 1972.
Sec. 9002. Study and report on single certification form.
Sec. 9003. Longitudinal study on the effectiveness of student loan 
                            counseling.
Sec. 9004. Study and procedures on determining family size.
Sec. 9005. Universal unique numeric data identifier.
Sec. 9006. Questions on food and housing insecurity in national 
                            postsecondary student aid study.
Sec. 9007. Disaggregation of data using racial groups.
Sec. 9008. Accessible instructional materials and technology.
                   TITLE X--AMENDMENTS TO OTHER LAWS

               Part A--Education of the Deaf Act of 1986

Sec. 10001. Composition of Board of Trustees.
Sec. 10002. Administrative requirements of Laurent Clerc National Deaf 
                            Education Center.
Sec. 10003. Federal endowment programs for Gallaudet University and the 
                            National Technical Institute for the Deaf.
Part B--Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance Act of 
                                  1978

Sec. 10101. Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities Assistance 
                            Act of 1978.
   Part C--Strengthening Program Alignment for Postsecondary Perkins 
                Career and Technical Education Programs

Sec. 10201. Strengthening program alignment for postsecondary Perkins 
                            Career and Technical Education Programs.
                Part E--General Education Provisions Act

Sec. 10301. Release of education records to facilitate the award of a 
                            recognized postsecondary credential.
             Part F--Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002

Sec. 10401. Inclusion of racial subgroups in IPEDS data.
              Part G--United States Institute of Peace Act

Sec. 10501. Reauthorization of the United States Institute of Peace.

SEC. 2. REFERENCES.

    Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an 
amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal 
of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to 
be made to a section or other provision of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.).

SEC. 3. GENERAL EFFECTIVE DATE.

    Except as otherwise provided in this Act or the amendments made by 
this Act, this Act and the amendments made by this Act shall take 
effect on the date of enactment of this Act.

                      TITLE I--GENERAL PROVISIONS

                          PART A--DEFINITIONS

SEC. 1001. DEFINITION OF INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR PURPOSES 
              OF TITLE IV PROGRAMS.

    Section 102(a)(4)(A) of Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1002(a)(4)(A)) is amended by inserting ``or receivership'' after ``that 
files for bankruptcy''.

SEC. 1002. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.

    Section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003) is 
amended--
            (1) in paragraph (6), by striking ``section 3(2)'' and 
        inserting ``section 3'';
            (2) in paragraph (13), by inserting ``controlled,'' before 
        ``owned''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(25) Public institution of higher education.--The term 
        `public institution of higher education' means an institution 
        of higher education--
                    ``(A) for which all obligations of the institution 
                are valid and binding obligations of a State (or of an 
                equivalent governmental entity); and
                    ``(B) for which the full faith and credit of such 
                State (or equivalent governmental entity) is pledged 
                for the timely payment of such obligations.
            ``(26) Foster care youth.--The term `foster care youth' 
        means an individual whose care and placement is the 
        responsibility of the State or tribal agency that administers a 
        State or tribal plan under part B or E of title IV of the 
        Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 621 et seq.; 670 et seq.), 
        without regard to whether foster care maintenance payments are 
        made under section 472 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 672) on behalf of 
        the individual, including any such individual who was in such 
        care on or after attaining 13 years of age and without regard 
        to the reason the individual left such care.
            ``(27) Federal education assistance funds.--The term 
        `Federal education assistance funds'--
                    ``(A) except as provided in subparagraph (B), means 
                any Federal funds provided, under this Act or any other 
                Federal law, through a grant, contract, subsidy, loan, 
                or guarantee, or through insurance or other means 
                (including Federal funds disbursed or delivered to an 
                institution or on behalf of a student or to a student 
                to be used to attend the institution); and
                    ``(B) does not include any monthly housing stipend 
                provided under the Post-9/11 Educational Assistance 
                Program under chapter 33 of title 38, United States 
                Code.
            ``(28) Progress period status.--The term `progress period 
        status' means the status of an institution of higher education 
        that is determined by the Secretary to be in danger of failing 
        to meet title IV eligibility criteria relating to student debt 
        because the institution has an adjusted cohort default rate of 
        not less than 10 percent and not more than 15 percent.''.

SEC. 1003. GAINFUL EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMS.

    Part A of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1001 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 104. PROGRAM OF TRAINING TO PREPARE STUDENTS FOR GAINFUL 
              EMPLOYMENT IN A RECOGNIZED OCCUPATION.

    ``(a) Gainful Employment Program Defined.--In this Act (including 
for purposes of sections 101 and 102), the term `program of training to 
prepare students for gainful employment in a recognized occupation' 
means a training program that--
            ``(1) is in compliance with the performance metrics 
        (including the eligibility thresholds for each such metric) 
        established under subsection (b)(1);
            ``(2) is in compliance with the notice requirements under 
        subsection (b)(1)(C)(i)(II);
            ``(3) is otherwise eligible to receive funds under title 
        IV; and
            ``(4) is not a training program that is substantially 
        similar to a training program which, during a period determined 
        by the Secretary, did not meet one or more of the performance 
        metrics (such as an eligibility threshold) described in 
        paragraph (1).
    ``(b) Secretarial Requirements.--
            ``(1)  Establishment of requirements.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than 18 months after 
                the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, 
                the Secretary shall establish requirements that 
                training programs shall meet to be programs of training 
                to prepare students for gainful employment in a 
                recognized occupation, which shall include--
                            ``(i) establishing performance metrics 
                        (including eligibility thresholds for each such 
                        metric) described in subparagraph (B); and
                            ``(ii) developing a disclosure template and 
                        a verification process for disclosures 
                        described in subparagraph (C).
                    ``(B) Performance metrics.--
                            ``(i) In general.--In establishing the 
                        performance metrics under subparagraph (A)(i), 
                        the Secretary shall, at a minimum, establish 
                        the requirements for a debt-to-earnings rate 
                        that serves the best interests of students and 
                        taxpayers, which shall include--
                                    ``(I) a methodology for calculating 
                                such debt-to-earnings rate for a 
                                training program, including--
                                            ``(aa) a definition of the 
                                        cohort of individuals on whom 
                                        such rate shall be based, who 
                                        shall be selected from the 
                                        individuals who were enrolled 
                                        in such training program 
                                        (without regard to whether the 
                                        individuals received a loan for 
                                        such enrollment);
                                            ``(bb) a determination of 
                                        the debt amount for such rate 
                                        based on the median annual loan 
                                        payment for the loans made 
                                        under title IV and the private 
                                        education loans received for 
                                        such enrollment by such cohort; 
                                        and
                                            ``(cc) a determination of 
                                        the earnings amount for such 
                                        rate based on the mean or 
                                        median of the actual, student-
                                        level annual earnings for such 
                                        cohort;
                                    ``(II) establishing a process (such 
                                as an appeals process) to authorize 
                                training programs to use alternate 
                                earnings in lieu of the mean or median 
                                of the actual, student-level annual 
                                earnings of a cohort; and
                                    ``(III) establishing a threshold 
                                rate that each training program shall 
                                meet to be eligible to receive funds 
                                under title IV.
                            ``(ii) Earnings data.--In determining the 
                        mean or median of the actual, student-level 
                        annual earnings for purposes of this 
                        subparagraph, the Secretary shall obtain and 
                        use the most appropriate available Federal data 
                        on such earnings.
                    ``(C) Disclosure template.--The Secretary shall 
                develop--
                            ``(i) a disclosure template that--
                                    ``(I) is consumer tested; and
                                    ``(II) is used by each institution 
                                of higher education that offers a 
                                training program to provide enrolled 
                                and prospective students (including 
                                through publication on the website of 
                                such institution of higher education 
                                for such training program)--
                                            ``(aa) on an annual basis, 
                                        student outcome information for 
                                        such program (including the 
                                        debt-to-earnings rate and 
                                        whether the eligibility 
                                        threshold for any other 
                                        performance metric established 
                                        under subparagraph (A)(i) has 
                                        been met); and
                                            ``(bb) in a case in which 
                                        the training program receives a 
                                        notice of determination under 
                                        paragraph (2)(B) that the 
                                        program may be ineligible for 
                                        funds under title IV, or may 
                                        receive other sanctions, not 
                                        later than 30 days after 
                                        receipt of such notice, an 
                                        explanation of such notice of 
                                        determination; and
                            ``(ii) a process to annually verify that 
                        each institution of higher education that 
                        offers a training program is providing the 
                        disclosures required under clause (i)(II).
            ``(2) Enforcement of requirements.--Not later than 2 years 
        after the Secretary establishes requirements under paragraph 
        (1), and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall, with respect 
        to each training program that meets the definition of 
        subsection (a) or that seeks to meet such definition--
                    ``(A) calculate the debt-to-earnings rate and 
                assess performance with respect to any other metric 
                established under paragraph (1)(A)(i) for the preceding 
                award year, and make such information publicly 
                available on the website of the Department;
                    ``(B) issue a notice of determination on whether 
                the program is meeting the requirements established by 
                the Secretary, including whether the program shall be 
                subject to sanctions (such as loss of eligibility under 
                title IV); and
                    ``(C) enforce the applicable sanctions.''.

                 PART B--ADDITIONAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

SEC. 1011. NATIONAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON INSTITUTIONAL QUALITY AND 
              INTEGRITY.

    Section 114 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011c) 
is amended by striking subsection (f).

SEC. 1012. DISCLOSURES OF FOREIGN GIFTS.

    (a) In General.--Section 117 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1011f) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by adding at the end the 
                following: ``In this paragraph, the term `aggregate 
                dollar amount' includes the fair market value of staff 
                members, textbooks, and other in-kind gifts.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``In this 
                paragraph, the term `aggregate dollar amount' includes 
                the fair market value of staff members, textbooks, and 
                other in-kind gifts.'' after ``each foreign 
                government.'';
            (2) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1) by striking ``are 
                substantially'' and all that follows through ``this 
                section,'' and inserting ``includes all information 
                required by this section,''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2) by striking ``requirements 
                substantially similar to those'' and inserting ``all 
                the information'';
            (3) in subsection (e), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``Not later than 30 days after receiving a disclosure report 
        under this section, the Secretary shall make such report 
        electronically available to the public for downloading on 
        searchable database under which institutions can be 
        individually identified and compared. Not later than 60 days 
        after the date of the enactment of the College Affordability 
        Act, the Secretary shall make available in the same manner as 
        described in the preceding sentence, each disclosure report 
        received under this section on or after January 1, 2000, to the 
        extent that the Secretary has access to such report.'';
            (4) by amending subsection (g) to read as follows:
    ``(g) Regulations.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 2 years after the date of 
        the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary 
        shall issue regulations to carry out this section.
            ``(2) Procedure.--Regulations under paragraph (1) shall 
        be--
                    ``(A) developed through the negotiated rulemaking 
                process under section 492;
                    ``(B) developed with consultation from 
                stakeholders; and
                    ``(C) published in the Federal Register in 
                accordance with section 482.''; and
            (5) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``or property'' 
                and inserting ``property, human resources, or payment 
                of any staff;''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (5)(B), by inserting ``institutes, 
                instructional programs,'' after ``centers,''.
    (b) Applicability.--The amendments made by this section shall apply 
to institutions under section 117 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1011f) on the date that is 2 years after the date of the 
enactment of this section.

SEC. 1013. ALCOHOL AND SUBSTANCE MISUSE PREVENTION.

    (a) In General.--Section 120 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1011i) is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by striking ``drug and alcohol 
        abuse'' and inserting ``alcohol and substance misuse'';
            (2) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by 
                striking ``a program to prevent the use of illicit 
                drugs and the abuse of alcohol by students and 
                employees that,'' and inserting ``an evidence-based 
                program to prevent alcohol and substance misuse by 
                students and employees that,'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (1)(C) to read as 
                follows:
                    ``(C) a description of the health-risks associated 
                with the use of illicit drugs and alcohol and substance 
                misuse;'';
                    (C) by amending paragraph (1)(D) to read as 
                follows:
                    ``(D) a description of any alcohol or substance 
                misuse counseling, treatment, rehabilitation, recovery, 
                re-entry, or recovery support programs provided by the 
                institution (including in partnership with a community-
                based organization) that are available to employees or 
                students;''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (1)(E), by striking ``that the 
                institution will impose'' and inserting ``of the 
                policies of the institution regarding'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``and'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (A);
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the 
                        period and inserting ``; and''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) compliance assistance to assist institutions 
                in complying with the requirements of this section.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (4); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Interagency agreement.--Not later than 180 days after 
        the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
        Secretary shall enter into a interagency agreement with the 
        Secretary of Health and Human Services to--
                    ``(A) determine criteria that satisfy the 
                requirement of subsection (a) that an institution of 
                higher education has adopted and has implemented an 
                evidence-based program described in such subsection;
                    ``(B) establish a process for disseminating the 
                best practices for adopting and implementing such an 
                evidence-based program; and
                    ``(C) establish a process that promotes 
                coordination and collaboration between institutions of 
                higher education and the respective State agencies that 
                administer the Substance Abuse Prevention and Treatment 
                Block Grants pursuant to subpart II of part B of title 
                XIX of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300x-
                21).
            ``(3) Guidance.--Not later than 1 year after the date of 
        enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary 
        shall, in coordination with the Secretary of Health and Human 
        Services, issue guidance with respect to the criteria described 
        in paragraph (2)(A).''; and
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in the subsection heading, by striking ``drug 
                abuse'' in the heading and inserting ``substance 
                misuse'';
                    (B) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``other organizations'' and 
                        inserting ``community-based organizations that 
                        partner with institutions of higher 
                        education'';
                            (ii) by striking ``programs of prevention, 
                        and education (including treatment-referral) to 
                        reduce and eliminate the illegal use of drugs 
                        and alcohol and the violence associated with 
                        such use'' and inserting ``evidence-based 
                        programs of alcohol and substance misuse 
                        prevention and education (including programs to 
                        improve access to treatment, referral for 
                        treatment services, or crisis intervention 
                        services) to eliminate illegal substance use, 
                        decrease substance misuse, and improve public 
                        health and safety''; and
                            (iii) by striking ``alcohol and drug 
                        abuse'' and inserting ``substance use 
                        disorder'';
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as 
                paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Additional uses.--In addition to the activities 
        described in paragraph (1), a grant or contract awarded under 
        paragraph (1) may be used to carry out 1 or more of the 
        following evidence-based programs or activities:
                    ``(A) Providing programs for recovery support 
                services, and peer-to-peer support services and 
                counseling for students with a substance use disorder.
                    ``(B) Promoting integration and collaboration in 
                campus-based health services between primary care, 
                substance use disorder services, and mental health 
                services.
                    ``(C) Promoting integrated care services for 
                students related to screening, diagnosis, prevention, 
                and treatment of mental, behavioral, and substance use 
                disorders.
                    ``(D) Providing re-entry assistance for students on 
                academic probation due to their substance use disorder.
                    ``(E) Preventing fatal and nonfatal overdoses.
                    ``(F) Providing education to students, faculty, or 
                other personnel on--
                            ``(i) recognizing the signs and symptoms of 
                        substance use disorder, and how to engage and 
                        support a person in a crisis situation;
                            ``(ii) resources available in the 
                        community, within the institution of higher 
                        education, and other relevant resources for 
                        individuals with a substance use disorder; and
                            ``(iii) safely de-escalating crisis 
                        situations involving individuals with a 
                        substance use disorder.''; and
                    (E) by amending paragraph (6), as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C), to read as follows:
            ``(6) Authorization of appropriations.--There are 
        authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 
        $15,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.''.
    (b) Effective Dates.--
            (1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), the 
        amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date 
        of enactment of this Act.
            (2) Delayed effective dates.--The amendments made by 
        subsection (a)(2) shall apply to institutions of higher 
        education on the date that is 2 years after the date of 
        enactment of this Act.

SEC. 1014. EXCEPTION TO REQUIRED REGISTRATION WITH SELECTIVE SERVICE 
              SYSTEM.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 124. EXCEPTION TO REQUIRED REGISTRATION WITH SELECTIVE SERVICE 
              SYSTEM.

    ``Notwithstanding section 12(f) of the Military Selective Service 
Act (50 U.S.C. 3811(f)), a person shall not be ineligible for 
assistance or a benefit provided under title IV if the person is 
required under section 3 of such Act (50 U.S.C. 3802) to present 
himself for and submit to registration under such section, and fails to 
do so in accordance with any proclamation, rule, or regulation issued 
under such section.''.

SEC. 1015. INTEGRITY OF NONPROFIT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at 
the end the following:

``SEC. 125. INTEGRITY OF NONPROFIT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.

    ``(a) Determination.--The Secretary may approve the conversion of 
an institution of higher education to a nonprofit institution of higher 
education only if the Secretary determines that such institution of 
higher education meets the requirements under subsection (b).
    ``(b) Application.--To be eligible to convert and participate as a 
nonprofit institution of higher education under this Act, an 
institution of higher education shall submit an application to the 
Secretary that demonstrates each of the following:
            ``(1) That the institution of higher education that submits 
        such application is controlled, owned, and operated by one or 
        more nonprofit corporations or associations, no part of the net 
        earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit 
        of any private shareholder or individual.
            ``(2) That any assets or services acquired by the 
        institution of higher education that submits such application 
        from former owners of such institution of higher education were 
        not acquired for more than the value of such assets or 
        services.
            ``(3) That no member of the governing board of the 
        institution of higher education that submits such application 
        (other than ex officio members serving at the pleasure of the 
        remainder of the governing board and receiving a fixed salary), 
        or any person with the power to appoint or remove members of 
        such governing board or any immediate family member of such a 
        member of the board or such a person with power of appointment, 
        receives any substantial direct or indirect economic benefit 
        (including a lease, promissory note, or other contract) from 
        such institution of higher education.
            ``(4) That the institution of higher education that submits 
        such application is an organization described in section 
        501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and is exempt 
        from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code.
            ``(5) Subject to subsection (c), that none of the core 
        functions of the institution of higher education that submits 
        such application are under the control of, or subject to 
        significant direction from, an entity that is not a public 
        institution of higher education or other nonprofit entity.
    ``(c) Presumption of Significant Direction.--For purposes of 
paragraph (5) of subsection (b), in the case of an institution of 
higher education that submits an application under such subsection, 
there shall be a conclusive presumption that an entity (other than such 
institution of higher education) exercises significant direction over 
such institution if one or more of the employees or owners of the 
entity serves as an officer, member of the board, or person holding 
similar authority for such institution.
    ``(d) Transition Period.--In the case of a proprietary institution 
of higher education (as defined in section 102(b)) approved for 
conversion under subsection (a), for a period of at least 5 years that 
begins on the date such institution is approved for such conversion, 
the institution shall be subject to any provision of this Act and any 
regulations that apply to proprietary institutions of higher education.
    ``(e) Value.--The term `value', with respect to an acquisition 
under subsection (b)(2)--
            ``(1) includes the value of any ongoing relationship 
        (including any contract, agreement, lease or other 
        arrangement);
            ``(2) subject to paragraph (3), may be demonstrated 
        through--
                    ``(A) a third-party appraisal based on comparable 
                assets acquired by, or goods or services procured by, 
                nonprofit corporations in similar market conditions;
                    ``(B) an independent financing of the acquisition 
                based upon the assets acquired; or
                    ``(C) a full and open competition in the 
                acquisition of services or assets, as such term is 
                defined in section 2.101(b) of title 48, Code of 
                Federal Regulations, as in effect on the date of the 
                enactment of this section; and
            ``(3) shall be subject to such other demonstration process 
        determined appropriate by the Secretary in a case in which the 
        Secretary does not accept a demonstration process described in 
        paragraph (2).
    ``(f) Publication.--
            ``(1) Application.--Before the Secretary may approve the 
        conversion of an institution of higher education under 
        subsection (a), the application of such institution submitted 
        to the Secretary under subsection (b) shall be published in the 
        Federal Register with an appropriate notice and comment period.
            ``(2) Determination.--The Secretary shall publish each 
        determination under this section, and the reasons for such 
        determination, under the Federal Register.
    ``(g) Public Representation and Marketing of Nonprofit Status.--An 
institution of higher education shall not promote or market itself, in 
any manner, as a nonprofit institution of higher education unless--
            ``(1) in the case of an institution of higher education 
        that seeks to convert to a nonprofit institution of higher 
        education under this section--
                    ``(A) the Secretary has given final approval of the 
                conversion of the institution to a nonprofit 
                institution of higher education under this section;
                    ``(B) an accrediting agency or association 
                recognized by the Secretary pursuant to section 496 has 
                approved the nonprofit status of the institution; and
                    ``(C) the State has given final approval to the 
                institution as a nonprofit institution of higher 
                education, as applicable; and
            ``(2) the Commissioner of Internal Revenue has approved the 
        institution as tax exempt for purposes of the Internal Revenue 
        Code of 1986.
    ``(h) Office To Monitor Nonprofit Integrity.--Not later than 1 year 
after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
Secretary shall establish an office within the Department with the 
expertise necessary to carry out this section.

``SEC. 126. REVIEW OF GOVERNANCE.

    ``The Secretary shall review the governance of an institution of 
higher education when such institution has engaged in transactions or 
arrangements determined by the Secretary as potential indicators of 
private inurement, in order to promote the highest standards of 
nonprofit integrity.''.

SEC. 1016. SUPPORT AND GUIDANCE FOR HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FOSTER 
              CARE YOUTH.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at 
the end the following:

``SEC. 127. SUPPORT AND GUIDANCE FOR HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FOSTER 
              CARE YOUTH.

    ``(a) Guidance.--Not later than 120 days after the date of 
enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall issue 
revised guidance for institutions of higher education and financial aid 
administrators regarding serving homeless individuals and foster care 
youth, including the requirements of the determination process for 
financial aid administrators as specified in section 480(d).
    ``(b) Professional Development.--Beginning not later than 1 year 
after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
Secretary shall conduct an annual professional development or training 
program, such as a webinar, for liaisons described under section 485(k) 
and interested faculty or staff regarding postsecondary education 
services for such homeless individuals and foster care youth.
    ``(c) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of 
the College Affordability Act, and not less than once every 5 years 
thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to Congress a report 
containing strategies used by institutions, financial aid 
administrators, and liaisons described under section 485(k) that were 
effective in meeting the needs of such homeless individuals and foster 
care youth, including strategies relating to streamlining financial aid 
policies and procedures and postsecondary education recruitment, 
retention, and completion.
    ``(d) Homeless Individual Defined.--In this section, the term 
`homeless individual' has the meaning given the term in section 
402A.''.

SEC. 1017. CALCULATION OF PERCENTAGE OF ENROLLED STUDENTS RECEIVING OR 
              ELIGIBLE FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANTS.

    Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further amended by adding at 
the end the following:

``SEC. 128. CALCULATION OF PERCENTAGE OF ENROLLED STUDENTS RECEIVING OR 
              ELIGIBLE FOR FEDERAL PELL GRANTS.

    ``Beginning on the date of enactment of the College Affordability 
Act, for purposes of calculating under this Act the percentage of 
students enrolled at an institution of higher education or in a program 
who are receiving Federal Pell Grants under section 401 or who are 
eligible to receive such grants, the total number of students who are 
counted as enrolled in such institution or program shall not include 
students who are dually or concurrently enrolled in the institution or 
program and a secondary school.''.

SEC. 1018. CERTIFICATION REGARDING THE USE OF CERTAIN FEDERAL FUNDS.

    (a) In General.--Part B of title I of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1011 et seq.), as amended by this part, is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 129. CERTIFICATION REGARDING THE USE OF CERTAIN FEDERAL FUNDS.

    ``(a) Prohibition.--No Federal funds received under this Act by an 
institution of higher education or other postsecondary educational 
institution may be used to pay any person for influencing or attempting 
to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of 
Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a 
Member of Congress in connection with any Federal action described in 
subsection (b).
    ``(b) Applicability.--The prohibition in subsection (a) applies 
with respect to the following Federal actions:
            ``(1) The awarding of any Federal contract.
            ``(2) The making of any Federal grant.
            ``(3) The making of any Federal loan.
            ``(4) The entering into of any Federal cooperative 
        agreement.
            ``(5) The extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or 
        modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or 
        cooperative agreement.
    ``(c) Lobbying and Earmarks.--No Federal student aid funding under 
this Act may be used to hire a registered lobbyist or pay any person or 
entity for securing an earmark.
    ``(d) Certification.--Each institution of higher education or other 
postsecondary educational institution receiving Federal funding under 
this Act, as a condition for receiving such funding, shall annually 
certify to the Secretary that the requirements of subsections (a) 
through (c) have been met.
    ``(e) Actions To Implement and Enforce.--The Secretary shall take 
such actions as are necessary to ensure that the provisions of this 
section are implemented and enforced.''.
    (b) Conforming Amendment.--Section 119 of the Higher Education 
Opportunity Act (20 U.S.C. 1011m) is repealed.

                    PART C--COST OF HIGHER EDUCATION

SEC. 1021. CONSUMER INFORMATION.

    Section 132(i)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1015a(i)(1)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (T), by striking ``rate,'' and 
        inserting ``rate and adjusted cohort default rate,''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(AA) The institution's expenditures on each of 
                the following:
                            ``(i) Instruction.
                            ``(ii) Student services.
                            ``(iii) Marketing.
                            ``(iv) Recruitment.
                            ``(v) Advertising.
                            ``(vi) Lobbying.''.

SEC. 1022. POSTSECONDARY STUDENT DATA SYSTEM.

    (a) Postsecondary Student Data System.--Section 132 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating subsection (l) as subsection (m); and
            (2) by inserting after subsection (k) the following:
    ``(l) Postsecondary Student Data System.--
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Establishment of system.--The Commissioner of 
                the National Center for Education Statistics (referred 
                to in this subsection as the `Commissioner') shall 
                develop and maintain a secure, privacy-protected 
                postsecondary student-level data system in order to--
                            ``(i) accurately evaluate student 
                        enrollment patterns, progression, completion, 
                        and postcollegiate outcomes, and higher 
                        education costs and financial aid;
                            ``(ii) assist with transparency, 
                        institutional improvement, and analysis of 
                        Federal aid programs;
                            ``(iii) provide accurate, complete, and 
                        customizable information for students and 
                        families making decisions about postsecondary 
                        education; and
                            ``(iv) reduce the reporting burden on 
                        institutions of higher education, in accordance 
                        with section 1022(b)(2) of the College 
                        Affordability Act.
                    ``(B) Avoiding duplicated reporting.--
                Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, to 
                the extent that another provision of this section 
                requires the same reporting or collection of data that 
                is required under this subsection, an institution of 
                higher education, or the Secretary or Commissioner, may 
                use the reporting or data required for the 
                postsecondary student data system under this subsection 
                to satisfy both requirements.
                    ``(C) Development process.--In developing the 
                postsecondary student data system described in this 
                subsection, the Commissioner shall--
                            ``(i) focus on the needs of--
                                    ``(I) users of the data system; and
                                    ``(II) entities, including 
                                institutions of higher education, 
                                reporting to the data system;
                            ``(ii) take into consideration, to the 
                        extent practicable--
                                    ``(I) the guidelines outlined in 
                                the U.S. Web Design Standards 
                                maintained by the General Services 
                                Administration and the Digital Services 
                                Playbook and TechFAR Handbook for 
                                Procuring Digital Services Using Agile 
                                Processes of the U.S. Digital Service; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) the relevant successor 
                                documents or recommendations of such 
                                guidelines;
                            ``(iii) use modern, relevant privacy- and 
                        security-enhancing technology, and enhance and 
                        update the data system as necessary to carry 
                        out the purpose of this subsection;
                            ``(iv) ensure data privacy and security is 
                        consistent with any Federal law relating to 
                        privacy or data security, including--
                                    ``(I) the requirements of 
                                subchapter II of chapter 35 of title 
                                44, United States Code, specifying 
                                security categorization under the 
                                Federal Information Processing 
                                Standards or any relevant successor of 
                                such standards;
                                    ``(II) security requirements that 
                                are consistent with the Federal agency 
                                responsibilities in section 3554 of 
                                title 44, United States Code, or any 
                                relevant successor of such 
                                responsibilities; and
                                    ``(III) security requirements, 
                                guidelines, and controls consistent 
                                with cybersecurity standards and best 
                                practices developed by the National 
                                Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                                including frameworks, consistent with 
                                section 2(c) of the National Institute 
                                of Standards and Technology Act (15 
                                U.S.C. 272(c)), or any relevant 
                                successor of such frameworks;
                            ``(v) follow Federal data minimization 
                        practices to ensure only the minimum amount of 
                        data is collected to meet the system's goals, 
                        in accordance with Federal data minimization 
                        standards and guidelines developed by the 
                        National Institute of Standards and Technology; 
                        and
                            ``(vi) provide notice to students outlining 
                        the data included in the system and how the 
                        data are used.
            ``(2) Data elements.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Commissioner, in 
                consultation with the Postsecondary Student Data System 
                Advisory Committee established under subparagraph (B), 
                shall determine--
                            ``(i) the data elements to be included in 
                        the postsecondary student data system, in 
                        accordance with subparagraphs (C) and (D); and
                            ``(ii) how to include the data elements 
                        required under subparagraph (C), and any 
                        additional data elements selected under 
                        subparagraph (D), in the postsecondary student 
                        data system.
                    ``(B) Postsecondary student data system advisory 
                committee.--
                            ``(i) Establishment.--The Commissioner 
                        shall establish a Postsecondary Student Data 
                        System Advisory Committee (referred to in this 
                        subsection as the `Advisory Committee'), whose 
                        members shall include--
                                    ``(I) the Chief Privacy Officer of 
                                the Department or an official of the 
                                Department delegated the duties of 
                                overseeing data privacy at the 
                                Department;
                                    ``(II) the Chief Security Officer 
                                of the Department or an official of the 
                                Department delegated the duties of 
                                overseeing data security at the 
                                Department;
                                    ``(III) representatives of diverse 
                                institutions of higher education, which 
                                shall include equal representation 
                                between 2-year and 4-year institutions 
                                of higher education, and from public, 
                                nonprofit, and proprietary institutions 
                                of higher education, including 
                                minority-serving institutions;
                                    ``(IV) representatives from State 
                                higher education agencies, entities, 
                                bodies, or boards;
                                    ``(V) representatives of 
                                postsecondary students;
                                    ``(VI) representatives from 
                                relevant Federal agencies; and
                                    ``(VII) other stakeholders 
                                (including individuals with expertise 
                                in data privacy and security, consumer 
                                protection, and postsecondary education 
                                research).
                            ``(ii) Requirements.--The Commissioner 
                        shall ensure that the Advisory Committee--
                                    ``(I) adheres to all requirements 
                                under the Federal Advisory Committee 
                                Act (5 U.S.C. App.);
                                    ``(II) establishes operating and 
                                meeting procedures and guidelines 
                                necessary to execute its advisory 
                                duties; and
                                    ``(III) is provided with 
                                appropriate staffing and resources to 
                                execute its advisory duties.
                    ``(C) Required data elements.--The data elements in 
                the postsecondary student data system shall include, at 
                a minimum, the following:
                            ``(i) Student-level data elements necessary 
                        to calculate the information within the surveys 
                        designated by the Commissioner as `student-
                        related surveys' in the Integrated 
                        Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS), as 
                        such surveys are in effect on the day before 
                        the date of enactment of the College 
                        Affordability Act, except that in the case that 
                        collection of such elements would conflict with 
                        subparagraph (F), such elements in conflict 
                        with subparagraph (F) shall be included in the 
                        aggregate instead of at the student level.
                            ``(ii) Student-level data elements 
                        necessary to allow for reporting student 
                        enrollment, persistence, retention, transfer, 
                        and completion measures for all credential 
                        levels separately (including certificate, 
                        associate, baccalaureate, and advanced degree 
                        levels), within and across institutions of 
                        higher education (including across all 
                        categories of institution level, control, and 
                        predominant degree awarded). The data elements 
                        shall allow for reporting about all such data 
                        disaggregated by the following categories:
                                    ``(I) Enrollment status as a first-
                                time student, recent transfer student, 
                                or other non-first-time student.
                                    ``(II) Attendance intensity, 
                                whether full-time or part-time.
                                    ``(III) Credential-seeking status, 
                                by credential level.
                                    ``(IV) Race or ethnicity (in 
                                accordance with section 153(a)(3)(B) of 
                                the Education Sciences Reform Act (20 
                                U.S.C. 9543(a)(3)(B))).
                                    ``(V) Age intervals.
                                    ``(VI) Gender.
                                    ``(VII) Program of study (as 
                                applicable).
                                    ``(VIII) Military or veteran 
                                benefit status (as determined based on 
                                receipt of veteran's education 
                                benefits, as defined in section 
                                480(c)).
                                    ``(IX) Status as a distance 
                                education student, whether exclusively 
                                or partially enrolled in distance 
                                education.
                                    ``(X) Federal Pell Grant and 
                                Federal loan recipient status, provided 
                                that the collection of such information 
                                complies with paragraph (1)(B).
                    ``(D) Other data elements.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner may, 
                        after consultation with the Advisory Committee 
                        and provision of a public comment period, 
                        include additional data elements in the 
                        postsecondary student data system, such as 
                        those described in clause (ii), if those data 
                        elements--
                                    ``(I) are necessary to ensure that 
                                the postsecondary data system fulfills 
                                the purposes described in paragraph 
                                (1)(A); and
                                    ``(II) are consistent with data 
                                minimization principles, including the 
                                collection of only those additional 
                                elements that are necessary to ensure 
                                such purposes.
                            ``(ii) Data elements.--The data elements 
                        described in clause (i) may include--
                                    ``(I) status as a first generation 
                                college student (as defined in section 
                                402A(h));
                                    ``(II) economic status;
                                    ``(III) participation in 
                                postsecondary remedial coursework or 
                                gateway course completion; or
                                    ``(IV) other data elements that are 
                                necessary in accordance with clause 
                                (i).
                    ``(E) Reevaluation.--Not less than once every 3 
                years after the implementation of the postsecondary 
                student data system described in this subsection, the 
                Commissioner, in consultation with the Advisory 
                Committee described in subparagraph (B), shall review 
                the data elements included in the postsecondary student 
                data system and may revise the data elements to be 
                included in such system.
                    ``(F) Prohibitions.--The Commissioner shall not 
                include individual health data (including data relating 
                to physical health or mental health), student 
                discipline records or data, elementary and secondary 
                education data, an exact address, citizenship status, 
                migrant status, or national origin status for students 
                or their families, course grades, postsecondary 
                entrance examination results, political affiliation, or 
                religion in the postsecondary student data system under 
                this subsection.
            ``(3) Periodic matching with other federal data systems.--
                    ``(A) Data sharing agreements.--
                            ``(i) The Commissioner shall ensure secure, 
                        periodic data matches by entering into data 
                        sharing agreements with each of the following 
                        Federal agencies and offices:
                                    ``(I) The Secretary of the Treasury 
                                and the Commissioner of the Internal 
                                Revenue Service, in order to calculate 
                                aggregate program- and institution-
                                level earnings of postsecondary 
                                students.
                                    ``(II) The Secretary of Defense, in 
                                order to assess the use of 
                                postsecondary educational benefits and 
                                the outcomes of servicemembers.
                                    ``(III) The Secretary of Veterans 
                                Affairs, in order to assess the use of 
                                postsecondary educational benefits and 
                                outcomes of veterans.
                                    ``(IV) The Director of the Bureau 
                                of the Census, in order to assess the 
                                occupational and earnings outcomes of 
                                former postsecondary education 
                                students.
                                    ``(V) The Chief Operating Officer 
                                of the Office of Federal Student Aid, 
                                in order to analyze the use of 
                                postsecondary educational benefits 
                                provided under this Act.
                            ``(ii) The heads of Federal agencies and 
                        offices described under clause (i) shall enter 
                        into data sharing agreements with the 
                        Commissioner to ensure secure, periodic data 
                        matches as described in this paragraph.
                    ``(B) Categories of data.--The Commissioner shall, 
                at a minimum, seek to ensure that the secure periodic 
                data system matches described in subparagraph (A) 
                permit consistent reporting of the following categories 
                of data for all postsecondary students:
                            ``(i) Enrollment, retention, transfer, and 
                        completion outcomes for all postsecondary 
                        students.
                            ``(ii) Financial indicators for 
                        postsecondary students receiving Federal grants 
                        and loans, including grant and loan aid by 
                        source, cumulative student debt, loan repayment 
                        status, and repayment plan.
                            ``(iii) Post-completion outcomes for all 
                        postsecondary students, including earnings, 
                        employment, and further education, by program 
                        of study and credential level and as measured--
                                    ``(I) immediately after leaving 
                                postsecondary education; and
                                    ``(II) at time intervals 
                                appropriate to the credential sought 
                                and earned.
                    ``(C) Periodic data match streamlining and 
                confidentiality.--
                            ``(i) Streamlining.--In carrying out the 
                        secure periodic data system matches under this 
                        paragraph, the Commissioner shall--
                                    ``(I) ensure that such matches are 
                                not continuous, but occur at 
                                appropriate intervals, as determined by 
                                the Commissioner; and
                                    ``(II) seek to--
                                            ``(aa) streamline the data 
                                        collection and reporting 
                                        requirements for institutions 
                                        of higher education;
                                            ``(bb) minimize duplicative 
                                        reporting across or within 
                                        Federal agencies or 
                                        departments, including 
                                        reporting requirements 
                                        applicable to institutions of 
                                        higher education under the 
                                        Workforce Innovation and 
                                        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 
                                        et seq.) and the Carl D. 
                                        Perkins Career and Technical 
                                        Education Act of 2006;
                                            ``(cc) protect student 
                                        privacy; and
                                            ``(dd) streamline the 
                                        application process for student 
                                        loan benefit programs available 
                                        to borrowers based on data 
                                        available from different 
                                        Federal data systems.
                            ``(ii) Review.--Not less often than once 
                        every 3 years after the establishment of the 
                        postsecondary student data system under this 
                        subsection, the Commissioner, in consultation 
                        with the Advisory Committee, shall review 
                        methods for streamlining data collection from 
                        institutions of higher education and minimizing 
                        duplicative reporting within the Department and 
                        across Federal agencies that provide data for 
                        the postsecondary student data system.
                            ``(iii) Confidentiality.--The Commissioner 
                        shall ensure that any periodic matching or 
                        sharing of data through periodic data system 
                        matches established in accordance with this 
                        paragraph--
                                    ``(I) complies with the security 
                                and privacy protections described in 
                                paragraph (1)(C)(iv) and other Federal 
                                data protection protocols;
                                    ``(II) follows industry best 
                                practices commensurate with the 
                                sensitivity of specific data elements 
                                or metrics;
                                    ``(III) does not result in the 
                                creation of a single standing, linked 
                                Federal database at the Department that 
                                maintains the information reported 
                                across other Federal agencies; and
                                    ``(IV) discloses to postsecondary 
                                students what data are included in the 
                                data system and periodically matched 
                                and how the data are used.
                            ``(iv) Correction.--The Commissioner, in 
                        consultation with the Advisory Committee, shall 
                        establish a process for students to request 
                        access to only their personal information for 
                        inspection and request corrections to 
                        inaccuracies in a manner that protects the 
                        student's personally identifiable information. 
                        The Commissioner shall respond in writing to 
                        every request for a correction from a student.
            ``(4) Publicly available information.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Commissioner shall make the 
                summary aggregate information described in subparagraph 
                (C), at a minimum, publicly available through a user-
                friendly consumer information website and analytic tool 
                that--
                            ``(i) provides appropriate mechanisms for 
                        users to customize and filter information by 
                        institutional and student characteristics;
                            ``(ii) allows users to build summary 
                        aggregate reports of information, including 
                        reports that allow comparisons across multiple 
                        institutions and programs, subject to 
                        subparagraph (B);
                            ``(iii) uses appropriate statistical 
                        disclosure limitation techniques necessary to 
                        ensure that the data released to the public 
                        cannot be used to identify specific 
                        individuals; and
                            ``(iv) provides users with appropriate 
                        contextual factors to make comparisons, which 
                        may include national median figures of the 
                        summary aggregate information described in 
                        subparagraph (C).
                    ``(B) No personally identifiable information 
                available.--The summary aggregate information described 
                in this paragraph shall not include personally 
                identifiable information.
                    ``(C) Summary aggregate information available.--The 
                summary aggregate information described in this 
                paragraph shall, at a minimum, include each of the 
                following for each institution of higher education:
                            ``(i) Measures of student access, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) admissions selectivity and 
                                yield; and
                                    ``(II) enrollment, disaggregated by 
                                each category described in paragraph 
                                (2)(C)(ii).
                            ``(ii) Measures of student progression, 
                        including retention rates and persistence 
                        rates, disaggregated by each category described 
                        in paragraph (2)(C)(ii).
                            ``(iii) Measures of student completion, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) transfer rates and completion 
                                rates, disaggregated by each category 
                                described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii); and
                                    ``(II) number of completions, 
                                disaggregated by each category 
                                described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii).
                            ``(iv) Measures of student costs, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) tuition, required fees, total 
                                cost of attendance, and net price after 
                                total grant aid, disaggregated by in-
                                State tuition or in-district tuition 
                                status (if applicable), program of 
                                study (if applicable), and credential 
                                level; and
                                    ``(II) typical grant amounts and 
                                loan amounts received by students 
                                reported separately from Federal, 
                                State, local, and institutional 
                                sources, and cumulative debt, 
                                disaggregated by each category 
                                described in paragraph (2)(C)(ii) and 
                                completion status.
                            ``(v) Measures of postcollegiate student 
                        outcomes, including employment rates, mean and 
                        median earnings, loan repayment and default 
                        rates, and further education rates. These 
                        measures shall--
                                    ``(I) be disaggregated by each 
                                category described in paragraph 
                                (2)(C)(ii) and completion status; and
                                    ``(II) be measured immediately 
                                after leaving postsecondary education 
                                and at time intervals appropriate to 
                                the credential sought or earned.
                    ``(D) Development criteria.--In developing the 
                method and format of making the information described 
                in this paragraph publicly available, the Commissioner 
                shall--
                            ``(i) focus on the needs of the users of 
                        the information, which will include students, 
                        families of students, potential students, 
                        researchers, and other consumers of education 
                        data;
                            ``(ii) take into consideration, to the 
                        extent practicable, the guidelines described in 
                        paragraph (1)(C)(ii)(I), and relevant successor 
                        documents or recommendations of such 
                        guidelines;
                            ``(iii) use modern, relevant technology and 
                        enhance and update the postsecondary student 
                        data system with information, as necessary to 
                        carry out the purpose of this paragraph;
                            ``(iv) ensure data privacy and security in 
                        accordance with standards and guidelines 
                        developed by the National Institute of 
                        Standards and Technology, and in accordance 
                        with any other Federal law relating to privacy 
                        or security, including complying with the 
                        requirements of subchapter II of chapter 35 of 
                        title 44, United States Code, specifying 
                        security categorization under the Federal 
                        Information Processing Standards, and security 
                        requirements, and setting of National Institute 
                        of Standards and Technology security baseline 
                        controls at the appropriate level; and
                            ``(v) conduct consumer testing to determine 
                        how to make the information as meaningful to 
                        users as possible.
            ``(5) Permissible disclosures of data.--
                    ``(A) Data reports and queries.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner shall 
                        develop and implement a secure process for 
                        making student-level, non-personally 
                        identifiable information, with direct 
                        identifiers removed, from the postsecondary 
                        student data system available for vetted 
                        research and evaluation purposes approved by 
                        the Commissioner in a manner compatible with 
                        practices for disclosing National Center for 
                        Education Statistics restricted-use survey data 
                        as in effect on the day before the date of 
                        enactment of the College Affordability Act, or 
                        by applying other research and disclosure 
                        restrictions to ensure data privacy and 
                        security. Such process shall be approved by the 
                        National Center for Education Statistics' 
                        Disclosure Review Board (or successor body).
                            ``(ii) Providing data reports and queries 
                        to institutions and states.--
                                    ``(I) In general.--The Commissioner 
                                shall provide feedback reports, at 
                                least annually, to each institution of 
                                higher education, each postsecondary 
                                education system that fully 
                                participates in the postsecondary 
                                student data system, and each State 
                                higher education body as designated by 
                                the governor.
                                    ``(II) Feedback reports.--The 
                                feedback reports provided under this 
                                clause shall include program-level and 
                                institution-level information from the 
                                postsecondary student data system 
                                regarding students who are associated 
                                with the institution or, for State 
                                representatives, the institutions 
                                within that State, on or before the 
                                date of the report, on measures 
                                including student mobility and 
                                workforce outcomes, provided that the 
                                feedback aggregate summary reports 
                                protect the privacy of individuals.
                                    ``(III) Determination of content.--
                                The content of the feedback reports 
                                shall be determined by the 
                                Commissioner, in consultation with the 
                                Advisory Committee.
                            ``(iii) Permitting state data queries.--The 
                        Commissioner shall, in consultation with the 
                        Advisory Committee and as soon as practicable, 
                        create a process through which States may 
                        submit lists of secondary school graduates 
                        within the State to receive summary aggregate 
                        outcomes for those students who enrolled at an 
                        institution of higher education, including 
                        postsecondary enrollment and college 
                        completion, provided that those data protect 
                        the privacy of individuals and that the State 
                        data submitted to the Commissioner are not 
                        stored in the postsecondary education system.
                            ``(iv) Regulations.--The Commissioner shall 
                        promulgate regulations to ensure fair, secure, 
                        and equitable access to data reports and 
                        queries under this paragraph.
                    ``(B) Disclosure limitations.--In carrying out the 
                public reporting and disclosure requirements of this 
                subsection, the Commissioner shall use appropriate 
                statistical disclosure limitation techniques necessary 
                to ensure that the data released to the public cannot 
                include personally identifiable information or be used 
                to identify specific individuals.
                    ``(C) Sale of data prohibited.--Data collected 
                under this subsection, including the public-use data 
                set and data comprising the summary aggregate 
                information available under paragraph (4), shall not be 
                sold to any third party by the Commissioner, including 
                any institution of higher education or any other 
                entity.
                    ``(D) Limitation on use by other federal 
                agencies.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Commissioner shall 
                        not allow any other Federal agency to use data 
                        collected under this subsection for any purpose 
                        except--
                                    ``(I) for vetted research and 
                                evaluation conducted by the other 
                                Federal agency, as described in 
                                subparagraph (A)(i); or
                                    ``(II) for a purpose explicitly 
                                authorized by this subsection.
                            ``(ii) Prohibition on limitation of 
                        services.--The Secretary, or the head of any 
                        other Federal agency, shall not use data 
                        collected under this subsection to limit 
                        services to students.
                    ``(E) Law enforcement.--Personally identifiable 
                information collected under this subsection shall not 
                be used for any Federal, State, or local law 
                enforcement activity or any other activity that would 
                result in adverse action against any student or a 
                student's family, including debt collection activity or 
                enforcement of immigration laws.
                    ``(F) Limitation of use for federal rankings or 
                summative rating system.--The comprehensive data 
                collection and analysis necessary for the postsecondary 
                student data system under this subsection shall not be 
                used by the Secretary or any Federal entity to 
                establish any Federal ranking system of institutions of 
                higher education or a system that results in a 
                summative Federal rating of institutions of higher 
                education.
                    ``(G) Rule of construction.--Nothing in this 
                paragraph shall be construed to prevent the use of 
                individual categories of aggregate information to be 
                used for accountability purposes.
                    ``(H) Rule of construction regarding commercial use 
                of data.--Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed 
                to prohibit third-party entities from using publicly 
                available information in this data system for 
                commercial use.
            ``(6) Submission of data.--
                    ``(A) Required submission.--Each institution of 
                higher education participating in a program under title 
                IV, or the assigned agent of such institution, shall, 
                in accordance with section 487(a)(17), collect, and 
                submit to the Commissioner, the data requested by the 
                Commissioner to carry out this subsection.
                    ``(B) Voluntary submission.--Any postsecondary 
                institution not participating in a program under title 
                IV may voluntarily participate in the postsecondary 
                student data system under this subsection by collecting 
                and submitting data to the Commissioner, as the 
                Commissioner may request to carry out this subsection.
                    ``(C) Personally identifiable information.--In 
                accordance with paragraph (2)(C)(i), if the submission 
                of an element of student-level data is prohibited under 
                paragraph (2)(F) (or otherwise prohibited by law), the 
                institution of higher education shall submit that data 
                to the Commissioner in the aggregate.
            ``(7) Unlawful willful disclosure.--
                    ``(A) In general.--It shall be unlawful for any 
                person who obtains or has access to personally 
                identifiable information in connection with the 
                postsecondary student data system described in this 
                subsection to willfully disclose to any person (except 
                as authorized by Federal law) such personally 
                identifiable information.
                    ``(B) Penalty.--Any person who violates 
                subparagraph (A) shall be subject to a penalty 
                described under section 513 of the Confidential 
                Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act 
                of 2002 (44 U.S.C. 3501 note) and section 183(d)(6) of 
                the Education Sciences Reform Act of 2002 (20 U.S.C. 
                9573(d)(6)).
                    ``(C) Employee of officer of the united states.--If 
                a violation of subparagraph (A) is committed by any 
                officer or employee of the United States, the officer 
                or employee shall be dismissed from office or 
                discharged from employment upon conviction for the 
                violation.
            ``(8) Data security.--The Commissioner shall produce and 
        update as needed guidance and regulations relating to privacy, 
        security, and access which shall govern the use and disclosure 
        of data collected in connection with the activities authorized 
        in this subsection. The guidance and regulations developed and 
        reviewed shall protect data from unauthorized access, use, and 
        disclosure, and shall include--
                    ``(A) an audit capability, including mandatory and 
                regularly conducted audits;
                    ``(B) access controls;
                    ``(C) requirements to ensure sufficient data 
                security, quality, validity, and reliability;
                    ``(D) student confidentiality protection in 
                accordance with the Confidential Information Protection 
                and Statistical Efficiency Act;
                    ``(E) appropriate and applicable privacy and 
                security protection, including data retention and 
                destruction protocols and data minimization, in 
                accordance with the most recent Federal standards 
                developed by the National Institute of Standards and 
                Technology; and
                    ``(F) protocols for managing a breach, including 
                breach notifications, in accordance with the standards 
                of National Center for Education Statistics.
            ``(9) Data collection.--The Commissioner shall ensure that 
        data collection, maintenance, and use under this subsection 
        complies with section 552a of title 5, United States Code.
            ``(10) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Institution of higher education.--The term 
                `institution of higher education' has the meaning given 
                the term in section 102.
                    ``(B) Personally identifiable information.--The 
                term `personally identifiable information' has the 
                meaning given the term in section 444 of the General 
                Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g).''.
    (b) Effective Date; Transition Provisions.--
            (1) Effective date.--This section, and the amendments made 
        by this section, shall take effect on the date that is 4 years 
        after the date of enactment of this section.
            (2) In general.--The Secretary of Education and the 
        Commissioner for Education Statistics shall take such steps as 
        are necessary to ensure that the transition to, and 
        implementation of, the postsecondary student data system 
        required under section 132(l) of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965, as added by this section, is carried out in a manner that 
        reduces the reporting burden for entities that reported into 
        the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System (IPEDS).

SEC. 1023. AVOIDING DUPLICATIVE REPORTING.

    Section 132 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015a), 
as amended by section 1022, is further amended by adding at the end the 
following:
    ``(n) Avoiding Duplicative Reporting.--If the Secretary determines 
that the same reporting or collection of data that is required under 
subsection (l) is required by another reporting or collection of data 
requirement under this Act (other than under subsection (l)), the 
Secretary may--
            ``(1) use the data reported or collected under subsection 
        (l); and
            ``(2) waive the other reporting or collection of data 
        requirement.''.

SEC. 1024. TEXTBOOK INFORMATION.

    Section 133 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015b) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``identify ways to 
        decrease'' and inserting ``identify and adopt innovative tools 
        to decrease'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(9)--
                    (A) by striking ``to accompany a'' and inserting 
                ``to accompany or support a'' in the matter preceding 
                subparagraph (A); and
                    (B) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``materials, 
                computer disks, website access'' and inserting 
                ``materials, online and digital learning platforms and 
                materials, website access'';
            (3) in subsection (c)(1)(D)(i), by striking ``paperback, 
        and unbound'' and inserting ``paperback, digital, and 
        unbound''; and
            (4) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``accessing 
                lower-cost digital course materials and digital 
                textbooks,'' after ``programs for''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, such as 
                inclusive access programs, subscription models, or 
                digital content distribution platforms'' after 
                ``delivery programs''.

SEC. 1025. REPEALS.

    Sections 134 and 136 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1015c) are repealed.

SEC. 1026. IN-STATE TUITION RATES FOR HOMELESS YOUTH AND FOSTER CARE 
              YOUTH.

    Section 135 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1015d) 
is amended--
            (1) in the section heading, by inserting ``, homeless 
        youth, and foster care youth'' after ``children'';
            (2) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking ``(a) Requirement.--In the case'' 
                and inserting the following:
    ``(a) Requirement.--
            ``(1) Armed forces.--In the case''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Homeless youth and foster care youth.--In the case of 
        a homeless youth or a foster care youth, such State shall not 
        charge such individual tuition for attendance at a public 
        institution of higher education in the State at a rate that is 
        greater than the rate charged for residents of the State.''; 
        and
            (3) by striking subsections (c) and (d) and inserting the 
        following:
    ``(c) Effective Date.--
            ``(1) Armed forces.--With respect to an individual 
        described in subsection (a)(1), this section shall remain in 
        effect as it was in effect on the day before the date of 
        enactment of the College Affordability Act.
            ``(2) Homeless youth and foster care youth.--With respect 
        to an individual described in subsection (a)(2), this section 
        shall take effect at each public institution of higher 
        education in a State that receives assistance under this Act 
        for the first period of enrollment at such institution that 
        begins during the first full award year following the date of 
        enactment of the College Affordability Act.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Armed forces.--The terms `armed forces' and `active 
        duty for a period of more than 30 days' have the meanings given 
        those terms in section 101 of title 10, United States Code.
            ``(2) Homeless youth.--The term `homeless youth' has the 
        meaning given the term `homeless children and youths' in 
        section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 
        U.S.C. 11434a).''.

  PART D--ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR DELIVERY OF STUDENT FINANCIAL 
                               ASSISTANCE

SEC. 1031. IMPROVEMENTS TO THE FEDERAL STUDENT AID OFFICE.

    Section 141 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1018) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by amending paragraph (2) to read as 
        follows:
            ``(2) Purposes.--The purposes of the PBO are as follows:
                    ``(A) To prioritize students and borrowers in the 
                decision-making processes related to all aspects of the 
                management and administration of the Federal student 
                financial assistance programs authorized under title 
                IV.
                    ``(B) To improve service to students and other 
                participants in the Federal student financial 
                assistance programs authorized under title IV.
                    ``(C) To make such programs more understandable to 
                students and their families.
                    ``(D) To increase the efficiency and effectiveness 
                of such programs for students and their families.
                    ``(E) To manage the costs of administering such 
                programs.
                    ``(F) To increase the accountability of the 
                officials responsible for administering the operational 
                aspects of such programs.
                    ``(G) To oversee institutions, contractors, and 
                third party servicers that participate in the Federal 
                student financial assistance programs authorized under 
                title IV.
                    ``(H) To provide greater flexibility in the 
                management and administration of such programs.
                    ``(I) To implement open, common, integrated systems 
                for the delivery of Federal student financial 
                assistance programs authorized under title IV.
                    ``(J) To develop and maintain a student financial 
                assistance system that contains complete, accurate, and 
                timely data to ensure program integrity.
                    ``(K) To increase transparency in the operations 
                and outcomes of Federal student financial assistance 
                programs authorized under title IV.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (B) and 
                        (C) as subparagraphs (C) and (D), respectively; 
                        and
                            (ii) by inserting after subparagraph (A) 
                        the following:
                    ``(B) implement oversight and accountability 
                measures to ensure that the PBO carries out its duties 
                under this section efficiently, effectively, and in a 
                manner that accomplishes the purposes specified in 
                subsection (a)(2);'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)(A)--
                            (i) by redesignating clauses (ii) through 
                        (vi) as clauses (iii) through (vii);
                            (ii) by inserting after clause (i) the 
                        following:
                            ``(ii) in accordance with paragraph (3), 
                        the collection, publication, and sharing of 
                        aggregate and longitudinal data that may be 
                        used to evaluate Federal student financial 
                        assistance programs authorized under title IV, 
                        including the outcomes such programs 
                        achieve;''; and
                            (iii) in clause (vii), as so redesignated, 
                        by inserting ``, including oversight of 
                        institutions, contractors, and third party 
                        servicers that participate in such programs'' 
                        after ``title IV'' ;
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (3) through (6) as 
                paragraphs (4) through (7), respectively; and
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
            ``(3) Collection, sharing, and publication of data.--
                    ``(A) Collection.--The PBO shall collect student-
                level data that shall be used to evaluate Federal 
                student financial assistance programs authorized under 
                title IV.
                    ``(B) Sharing with nces.--The PBO shall make the 
                data collected under subparagraph (A) available to the 
                Commissioner of the National Center for Education 
                Statistics for purposes of research and policy 
                analysis.
                    ``(C) Research.--The Commissioner of the National 
                Center for Education Statistics shall ensure the data 
                shared under subparagraph (B) is made available, with 
                direct identifiers removed and with appropriate 
                restrictions to ensure data privacy and security, for 
                vetted research and evaluation purposes in a manner 
                consistent with the process under section 
                132(l)(5)(A)(i).
                    ``(D) Publication.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Not less frequently than 
                        once annually, and subject to clause (ii), the 
                        PBO shall make the data collected under 
                        subparagraph (A) available on a publicly 
                        accessible website of the Department of 
                        Education in a format that enables members of 
                        the public to easily retrieve, sort, and 
                        analyze the data.
                            ``(ii) Privacy protections.--The data made 
                        available under clause (i) shall not include--
                                    ``(I) student-level data; or
                                    ``(II) any data that would reveal 
                                personally identifiable information 
                                about an individual student.''.
            (3) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
    ``(c) Performance Plan, Report, and Briefing.--
            ``(1) Performance plan.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than one year after 
                the date of the enactment of the College Affordability 
                Act, and not less than once every five years 
                thereafter, the Secretary and Chief Operating Officer 
                shall agree on a performance plan for the PBO for the 
                succeeding 5 years that--
                            ``(i) establishes measurable quantitative 
                        and qualitative goals and objectives for the 
                        organization; and
                            ``(ii) aligns such goals and objectives 
                        with the purposes specified in subsection 
                        (a)(2).
                    ``(B) Consultation.--In developing the five-year 
                performance plan and any revision to the plan, the 
                Secretary and the Chief Operating Officer shall consult 
                with students, institutions, Congress, contractors, the 
                Borrower Advocate, student aid experts, including 
                consumer advocacy and research groups, the Director of 
                the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, State 
                attorneys general, and other relevant parties.
                    ``(C) Revisions.--The Secretary and Chief Operating 
                Officer may annually update the plan under paragraph 
                (1) to incorporate the recommendations made pursuant to 
                the consultation required under subparagraph (B) that 
                are accepted by the Secretary and the Chief Operating 
                Officer.
                    ``(D) Areas.--The plan developed under subparagraph 
                (A) shall address the responsibilities of the PBO in 
                the following areas:
                            ``(i) Improving service to students and 
                        other participants in the Federal student 
                        financial assistance programs authorized under 
                        title IV, including making those programs more 
                        understandable and accessible to students and 
                        their families.
                            ``(ii) Managing the costs and increasing 
                        the efficiency of such programs.
                            ``(iii) Improving, integrating, and 
                        investing in the systems that support such 
                        programs.
                            ``(iv) Developing open, common, and 
                        integrated systems for such programs.
                            ``(v) The collection, publication, and 
                        sharing of data on such programs as described 
                        in subsection (b)(3).
                            ``(vi) Improving performance standards and 
                        outcomes with respect to institutions, 
                        contractors, and third party servicers that act 
                        as agents of the Department or as agents of 
                        institutions that participate in such programs.
                            ``(vii) Any other areas identified by the 
                        Secretary.
                    ``(E) Public availability.--Each plan developed 
                under subparagraph (A) shall be made available on a 
                publicly accessible website of the Department of 
                Education.
            ``(2) Annual report.--
                    ``(A) Report required.--Not later than one year 
                after the date of the enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act and annually thereafter, the 
                Secretary, acting through the Chief Operating Officer, 
                shall submit to Congress an annual report on the 
                performance of the PBO.
                    ``(B) Contents.--The annual report shall include 
                the following:
                            ``(i) An evaluation of the extent to which 
                        the PBO met the goals and objectives contained 
                        in the five-year performance plan described in 
                        paragraph (1) for the preceding year.
                            ``(ii) A summary of the consultation 
                        process under paragraph (1)(B) for the 
                        preceding year, including the recommendations 
                        that were accepted or denied by the Chief 
                        Operating Officer during such year, and the 
                        rationale for accepting or denying such 
                        recommendations.
                            ``(iii) An independent financial audit of 
                        the expenditures of both the PBO and the 
                        programs administered by the PBO.
                            ``(iv) A summary of the actions taken by 
                        the PBO to address--
                                    ``(I) the findings of the audit 
                                described in clause (iii); and
                                    ``(II) consumer feedback.
                            ``(v) Financial and performance 
                        requirements applicable to the PBO under--
                                    ``(I) the Chief Financial Officers 
                                Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-576); or
                                    ``(II) the Government Performance 
                                and Results Act of 1993 (Public Law 
                                103-62).
                            ``(vi) The results achieved by the PBO 
                        during the preceding year and whether such 
                        results met the goals specified in the 
                        performance plan under paragraph (1).
                            ``(vii) With respect to the preceding year, 
                        the evaluation rating of the performance of the 
                        Chief Operating Officer and senior managers 
                        under subsections (d)(5) and (e)(2), including 
                        the amounts of bonus compensation awarded to 
                        the Chief Operating Officer and senior 
                        managers.
                            ``(viii) Recommendations for legislative 
                        and regulatory changes to improve service to 
                        students and their families, and to improve the 
                        efficiency and integrity of Federal student 
                        financial assistance programs authorized under 
                        title IV.
                            ``(ix) Financial statements that provide a 
                        rationale for appropriately funding the 
                        activities of the PBO.
                            ``(x) A summary of the management and 
                        compliance of contractors managed by the PBO in 
                        the preceding year, including corrective 
                        actions taken by the PBO with respect to such 
                        contractors.
                            ``(xi) A description of how the PBO used 
                        the authority under paragraph (5) of subsection 
                        (b) for making personnel and procurement 
                        decisions in the preceding year, including the 
                        number of individuals hired through such 
                        authority and the bonuses provided to staff 
                        during such year.
                            ``(xii) A summary of the oversight 
                        activities of institutions, contractors, and 
                        third party servicers that participate in the 
                        Federal student financial assistance programs 
                        authorized under title IV including--
                                    ``(I) fines levied on such 
                                institutions, contractors, and third 
                                party servicers, disaggregated by 
                                entity;
                                    ``(II) instances of fraud or 
                                misrepresentation by such institutions, 
                                contractors, or third party servicers; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) violations of provisions in 
                                this Act by such institutions, 
                                contractors, or third party servicers 
                                disaggregated by entity and type of 
                                violation.
                            ``(xiii) A summary of any improvements made 
                        with respect to transparency and any new types 
                        of data made available in the preceding year.
                            ``(xiv) A description of the progress made 
                        in the preceding year towards the specific 
                        measurable organization and individual goals 
                        specified in subsection (d)(5)(A).
                            ``(xv) The report submitted to the 
                        Secretary under subsection (f)(7).
                            ``(xvi) Other such information as the 
                        Director of the Office of Management and Budget 
                        shall prescribe for performance based 
                        organizations.
            ``(3) Consultation with stakeholders.--The Chief Operating 
        Officer, in preparing the annual report described in paragraph 
        (2), shall establish appropriate means to consult with 
        students, borrowers, institutions, student aid experts, 
        including consumer advocacy and research groups, the Director 
        of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, and others 
        involved in the delivery and evaluation of student aid under 
        title IV--
                    ``(A) regarding the degree of satisfaction with the 
                delivery system; and
                    ``(B) to seek suggestions on means to improve the 
                performance of the delivery system.
            ``(4) Briefing on enforcement of program integrity.--The 
        Secretary shall, at the request of the authorizing committees, 
        provide to the authorizing committees a briefing on the steps 
        the Department of Education has taken to ensure--
                    ``(A) the experiences of students and borrowers are 
                accounted for in decision making; and
                    ``(B) that contractors, lenders, and guaranty 
                agencies and third party servicers are adhering to the 
                requirements of title IV, the terms of any contract 
                with the Secretary, consumer protection laws, Federal 
                regulations and guidelines, and directives of the PBO.
            ``(5) Coordination with the director of the bureau of 
        consumer financial protection.--Not later than 180 days after 
        the date of the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
        Secretary shall enter into a memorandum of understanding with 
        the Private Education Loan Ombudsman in accordance with section 
        1035(c)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer 
        Protection Act (12 U.S.C. 5535(c)(2)).''.
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``management 
                ability'' and all that follows through the period at 
                the end and inserting ``management ability, including 
                contractor management, expertise in the Federal student 
                financial assistance programs authorized under title 
                IV, experience with financial systems, and knowledge of 
                consumer financial protection laws, and without regard 
                to political affiliation or activity.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as 
                paragraphs (3) through (6);
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Restrictions.--
                    ``(A) Preservice and in-service restrictions.--An 
                individual may not serve as the Chief Operating Officer 
                if such individual--
                            ``(i) is employed by, or has a financial 
                        interest in, an entity that contracts with the 
                        PBO; or
                            ``(ii) was employed by, or had a financial 
                        interest in, any such entity in any of the five 
                        years preceding the date of the individual's 
                        appointment as the Chief Operating Officer.
                    ``(B) Postservice restrictions.--An individual who 
                served as the Chief Operating Officer may not accept 
                employment with an entity that contracts with the PBO 
                until a period of five years has elapsed following the 
                date on which such individual's service as the Chief 
                Operating Officer terminated.'';
                    (D) in paragraph (5), as so redesignated--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``specific'' 
                                before ``measurable''; and
                                    (II) by inserting ``and metrics 
                                used to measure progress toward such 
                                goals'' before the period; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``on 
                        the website of the Department'' before the 
                        period; and
                    (E) in paragraph (6), as so redesignated, by 
                amending subparagraph (B) to read as follows:
                    ``(B) Bonus authorized.--The Secretary may pay to 
                the Chief Operating Officer a bonus in an amount that 
                does not exceed 50 percent of such annual rate of basic 
                pay. The decision to pay such a bonus, and the amount 
                of the bonus, shall be based solely on the Secretary's 
                evaluation of the performance of the Chief Operating 
                Officer with respect to the goals set forth in the 
                performance agreement as described in paragraph 
                (5)(A).'';
            (5) in subsection (e)(2), by striking ``organization and 
        individual goals'' and inserting ``specific, measurable 
        organization and individual goals and the metrics used to 
        measure progress toward such goals. Performance agreements for 
        senior management responsible for procurement shall include 
        metrics that measure ability to oversee contractors.'';
            (6) by amending subsection (f) to read as follows:
    ``(f) Borrower Advocate.--
            ``(1) In general.--There is established in the PBO an 
        `Office of the Borrower Advocate' (referred to in this 
        subsection as the `Office'). The function of the Office shall 
        be to provide timely assistance to borrowers of loans made, 
        insured, or guaranteed under title IV by performing the duties 
        described in paragraph (6).
            ``(2) Head of office.--There shall be an official known as 
        the `Borrower Advocate' who shall serve as the head of the 
        Office. The Borrower Advocate shall be appointed by the 
        Secretary from among individuals who have worked closely with 
        the Federal student loan programs authorized under title IV.
            ``(3) Removal.--The Borrower Advocate may be removed only 
        by the Secretary who shall communicate the reasons for any such 
        removal to the authorizing committees.
            ``(4) Restrictions.--
                    ``(A) Preservice and in-service restrictions.--An 
                individual may not serve as the Borrower Advocate if 
                such individual--
                            ``(i) is employed by, or has a financial 
                        interest in, an entity that contracts with the 
                        PBO; or
                            ``(ii) was employed by, or had a financial 
                        interest in, any such entity in any of the five 
                        years preceding the date of the individual's 
                        appointment as the Borrower Advocate.
                    ``(B) Postservice restrictions.--An individual who 
                served as the Borrower Advocate may not accept 
                employment with an entity that contracts with the PBO 
                until a period of five years has elapsed following the 
                date on which such individual's service as the Borrower 
                Advocate terminated.
            ``(5) Staff.--The Office shall be staffed sufficiently to 
        carry out the responsibilities of the Office under this 
        subsection.
            ``(6) Duties of the borrower advocate.--The Office of the 
        Borrower Advocate shall--
                    ``(A) assist borrowers of loans made, insured, or 
                guaranteed under title IV in resolving problems with 
                the PBO and its contractors or other agents, including 
                by--
                            ``(i) receiving and reviewing complaints of 
                        such problems from borrowers;
                            ``(ii) working to resolve such complaints 
                        in a manner that is in the best interests of 
                        borrowers; and
                            ``(iii) transmitting such complaints to 
                        States and recognized accrediting agencies or 
                        associations, as appropriate.
                    ``(B) attempt to resolve complaints within the 
                Department of Education and with institutions of higher 
                education, lenders, guaranty agencies, loan servicers, 
                and other participants in the Federal student loan 
                programs authorized under title IV in a manner that 
                will improve the experience of the borrower;
                    ``(C) conduct impartial reviews regarding a 
                student's independence under subparagraph (B) or (H) of 
                section 480(d)(1), in consultation with knowledgeable 
                parties, including institutions of higher education, 
                child welfare agencies, local educational agency 
                liaisons for homeless individuals designated under 
                section 722(g)(1)(J)(ii) of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
                Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11432(g)(1)(J)(ii)), or State 
                Coordinators for Education of Homeless Children and 
                Youth established in accordance with section 722 of 
                such Act (42 U.S.C. 11432);
                    ``(D) compile and analyze data on borrower 
                complaints and share such data with the Director of the 
                Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection;
                    ``(E) publish, with any personally identifiable 
                information redacted, such complaints and responses of 
                the Secretary to such complaints on the website of the 
                Department; and
                    ``(F) make appropriate recommendations to Congress, 
                the Chief Operating Officer, and Secretary with respect 
                to Federal student loan programs authorized under title 
                IV and the experiences of borrowers in repayment of 
                loans under such programs.
            ``(7) Public information.--The Chief Operating Officer 
        shall establish and maintain a public page on the website of 
        the Department of Education exclusively to provide members of 
        the public with information about the role of the PBO with 
        respect to the oversight of institutions of higher education, 
        lenders, guaranty agencies, contractors that contract with the 
        PBO, subcontractors of such contractors, and third party 
        servicers.
            ``(8) Report.--On an annual basis, the Borrower Advocate 
        shall submit to the Chief Operating Officer a report on the 
        activities of the Office during the preceding year that--
                    ``(A) identifies the activities carried out by the 
                Borrower Advocate;
                    ``(B) summarizes the complaints received from 
                borrowers, including the number of such complaints, and 
                explains the activities undertaken by the PBO to 
                address such complaints;
                    ``(C) proposes changes in the administrative 
                practices of the PBO to mitigate problems experienced 
                by borrowers; and
                    ``(D) identifies potential legislative changes 
                which may be appropriate to mitigate such problems.'';
            (7) by redesignating subsection (i) as subsection (k); and
            (8) by inserting after subsection (h) the following:
    ``(i) Enforcement Unit.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not later than 180 days after the date 
        of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary 
        shall establish within the PBO an enforcement unit (referred to 
        in this section as the `Unit') to review and investigate 
        violations of this Act and recommend enforcement actions in 
        accordance with paragraph (3).
            ``(2) Chief enforcement officer.--
                    ``(A) Appointment.--The Secretary shall appoint an 
                official to be known as the `Chief Enforcement Officer' 
                who shall serve as the head of the Unit. The Secretary 
                shall appoint an individual to serve as the Chief 
                Enforcement Officer solely on the basis of such 
                individual's integrity and expertise in law and 
                investigations and without regard to such individual's 
                political affiliation.
                    ``(B) Authority.--The Chief Enforcement Officer 
                shall report directly to the Secretary without being 
                required to report through any other official of the 
                Department of Education.
                    ``(C) Term.--The Chief Enforcement Officer shall be 
                appointed for a term of 6 years and may be reappointed 
                for additional terms of 6 years at the discretion of 
                the Secretary.
                    ``(D) Removal.--
                            ``(i) In general.--The Chief Enforcement 
                        Officer may not be removed during the Officer's 
                        term except for cause.
                            ``(ii) Notice to congress.--If the 
                        Secretary removes the Chief Enforcement Officer 
                        before the expiration of the Officer's term, 
                        the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing 
                        committees a report that explains the reasons 
                        for such removal. The report shall be submitted 
                        to the authorizing committees not later than 30 
                        days after the date on which the removal takes 
                        effect.
            ``(3) Duties.--The Chief Enforcement Officer shall have the 
        following duties:
                    ``(A) Receive, process, and analyze allegations 
                that a covered entity has violated Federal law or has 
                engaged in unfair, deceptive, or abusive practices.
                    ``(B) Review and investigate such allegations or 
                refer such allegations to an entity described in 
                subparagraphs (A) through (E) of paragraph (6).
                    ``(C) After reviewing and investigating an 
                allegation under subparagraph (B), in consultation with 
                the Chief Operating Officer--
                            ``(i) if the covered entity subject to such 
                        allegation is an entity described in clause (i) 
                        or (iii) of paragraph (8)(A), make 
                        recommendations with respect to such covered 
                        entity, including--
                                    ``(I) whether such covered entity 
                                should be limited, suspended, or 
                                terminated from participation in one or 
                                more programs under title IV;
                                    ``(II) whether such covered entity 
                                should be subject to an emergency 
                                action under section 487(c)(1)(G);
                                    ``(III) whether such covered entity 
                                should be subject to a civil penalty 
                                described in section 487(c)(3)(B);
                                    ``(IV) whether such covered entity 
                                should be subject to a criminal penalty 
                                described in section 490; or
                                    ``(V) whether such covered entity 
                                should be subject to a combination of 
                                any of the actions described in 
                                subclauses (I) though (IV);
                            ``(ii) if the covered entity subject to 
                        such allegation is an entity described in 
                        clause (ii) of paragraph (8)(A), make 
                        recommendations with respect to such covered 
                        entity, including whether such covered entity 
                        should be limited, suspended, or terminated 
                        from administering or providing services with 
                        respect to one or more programs under title IV; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) provide the Secretary with such 
                        recommendations.
            ``(4) Secretarial review and action.--After receiving 
        notice of a determination of the Chief Enforcement Officer 
        under paragraph (3)(C), the Secretary shall decide whether or 
        not to pursue enforcement action against the entity concerned, 
        in accordance with the procedures established under section 
        487(c)(3). In a case in which the Chief Enforcement Officer 
        recommends enforcement action against an entity, but the 
        Secretary decides not to pursue such enforcement action, the 
        Secretary shall notify the Chief Enforcement Officer, in 
        writing, of the rationale for such decision.
            ``(5) Coordination and staffing.--The Chief Enforcement 
        Officer shall--
                    ``(A) coordinate with relevant Federal and State 
                agencies and oversight bodies; and
                    ``(B) hire staff with the expertise necessary to 
                conduct investigations, respond to allegations against 
                covered entities, and enforce compliance with laws 
                governing Federal student financial assistance programs 
                under title IV.
            ``(6) Information sharing.--The Chief Enforcement Officer 
        shall develop and implement a process for sharing relevant 
        information about allegations against covered entities with--
                    ``(A) the Borrower Advocate appointed under 
                subsection (f);
                    ``(B) personnel of the Department responsible for 
                processing borrower defense claims submitted under 
                section 493H;
                    ``(C) other relevant Federal agencies;
                    ``(D) States, including State law enforcement and 
                regulatory agencies; and
                    ``(E) recognized accrediting agencies or 
                associations.
            ``(7) Report to congress.--On an annual basis, the Chief 
        Enforcement Officer shall submit to the authorizing committees 
        a report that includes--
                    ``(A) the number of allegations about covered 
                entities received by Unit in the year covered by the 
                report;
                    ``(B) the number of such allegations investigated 
                by the Unit;
                    ``(C) the number of such allegations that were 
                referred to the Secretary under paragraph (3)(C) and a 
                summary of any action taken by the Secretary with 
                respect to such allegations;
                    ``(D) the number of such allegations that were 
                referred to other Federal agencies and the names of the 
                agencies to which the allegations were referred; and
                    ``(E) the number of such allegations that remain 
                under review or investigation as of the date of the 
                report.
            ``(8) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Covered entity.--In this subsection, the term 
                `covered entity' means--
                            ``(i) an institution of higher education 
                        (as defined in section 102) that participates 
                        in the Federal student financial assistance 
                        programs authorized under title IV;
                            ``(ii) a contractor that contracts with the 
                        PBO to provide services relating to such 
                        programs, or a subcontractor of such 
                        contractor; or
                            ``(iii) a third party servicer.
                    ``(B) Third party servicer.--the term `third party 
                servicer' has the meaning given that term in section 
                481(c).''.

                 TITLE II--TEACHER QUALITY ENHANCEMENT

      PART A--TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER QUALITY PARTNERSHIP GRANTS

SEC. 2001. DEFINITIONS.

    Section 200 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1021) is 
amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 200. DEFINITIONS.

    ``Except as otherwise provided, in this title:
            ``(1) Arts and sciences.--The term `arts and sciences' 
        means--
                    ``(A) when referring to an organizational unit of 
                an institution of higher education, any academic unit 
                that offers one or more academic majors in disciplines 
                or content areas corresponding to the academic subject 
                matter areas in which teachers provide instruction; and
                    ``(B) when referring to a specific academic subject 
                area, the disciplines or content areas in which 
                academic majors are offered by the arts and sciences 
                organizational unit.
            ``(2) Blended learning.--The term `blended learning' has 
        the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
            ``(3) Children from low-income families.--The term 
        `children from low-income families' means children described in 
        section 1124(c)(1)(A) of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6333(c)(1)(A)).
            ``(4) Comprehensive literacy instruction.--The term 
        `comprehensive literacy instruction' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 2221(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6641(b)(1)).
            ``(5) Digital learning.--The term `digital learning' has 
        the meaning given the term in section 4102 of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7112).
            ``(6) Diverse teacher candidates.--The term `diverse 
        teacher candidates' means teacher candidates who are--
                    ``(A) members of racial and ethnic groups 
                underrepresented in the teaching profession; or
                    ``(B) linguistically and culturally prepared to 
                educate students in high-need schools.
            ``(7) Early childhood educator.--The term `early childhood 
        educator' means an individual with primary responsibility for 
        the education of children in an early childhood education 
        program.
            ``(8) Educational service agency.--The term `educational 
        service agency' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 
        of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
        U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(9) Educator.--The term `educator' means a teacher, 
        principal or other school leader, specialized instructional 
        support personnel, or other staff member who provides or 
        directly supports instruction, such as a school librarian, 
        counselor, or paraprofessional.
            ``(10) Eligible partnership.--The term `eligible 
        partnership' means an entity--
                    ``(A) that--
                            ``(i) shall include--
                                    ``(I) a high-need local educational 
                                agency;
                                    ``(II)(aa) a high-need school or a 
                                consortium of high-need schools served 
                                by such high-need local educational 
                                agency; or
                                    ``(bb) as applicable, a high-need 
                                early childhood education program;
                                    ``(III) a partner institution;
                                    ``(IV) a school, department, or 
                                program of education within such 
                                partner institution, which may include 
                                an existing teacher professional 
                                development program with proven 
                                outcomes within a four-year institution 
                                of higher education that provides 
                                intensive and sustained collaboration 
                                between faculty and local educational 
                                agencies consistent with the 
                                requirements of this title; and
                                    ``(V) a school or department of 
                                arts and sciences within such partner 
                                institution; or
                            ``(ii) shall include--
                                    ``(I)(aa) a partner education 
                                institution;
                                    ``(bb) a school, department, or 
                                program of education within such 
                                partner institution, which may include 
                                an existing teacher professional 
                                development program with proven 
                                outcomes within a four-year institution 
                                of higher education that provides 
                                intensive and sustained collaboration 
                                between faculty and local educational 
                                agencies consistent with the 
                                requirements of this title; or
                                    ``(cc) a school or department of 
                                arts and sciences within such partner 
                                institution; and
                                    ``(II) a State educational agency 
                                that will serve to place graduates of 
                                partnership programs into high-need 
                                local educational agencies, schools, or 
                                early childhood programs, or schools 
                                that have been identified for 
                                comprehensive support and improvement 
                                under section 1111(d)(2) of the 
                                Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
                                of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)); and
                    ``(B) that may include any of the following:
                            ``(i) The Governor of the State.
                            ``(ii) The State educational agency.
                            ``(iii) The State board of education.
                            ``(iv) The State agency for higher 
                        education.
                            ``(v) A public or private nonprofit 
                        educational organization.
                            ``(vi) An educational service agency.
                            ``(vii) A public school teacher, principal, 
                        or school leader organization.
                            ``(viii) A high-performing local 
                        educational agency, or a consortium of such 
                        local educational agencies, that can serve as a 
                        resource to the partnership.
                            ``(ix) A charter school (as defined in 
                        section 4310 of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7221i)).
                            ``(x) A school or department within the 
                        partner institution that focuses on psychology 
                        and human development.
                            ``(xi) A school or department within the 
                        partner institution for teacher or school 
                        leader preparation with comparable expertise in 
                        the disciplines of teaching, learning, and 
                        child and adolescent development.
                            ``(xii) An entity operating a program that 
                        provides alternative routes to State 
                        certification of teachers or principals.
            ``(11) English learner.--The term `English learner' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(12) Evidence-based.--The term `evidence-based' has the 
        meaning given the term in subclauses (I) and (II) of section 
        8101(21)(A)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801(21)(A)).
            ``(13) Evidence of student learning.--The term `evidence of 
        student learning' means multiple measures of student learning 
        that include the following:
                    ``(A) Valid and reliable student assessment data, 
                which may include data--
                            ``(i) on student learning gains on 
                        statewide academic assessments under section 
                        1111(b)(2) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965;
                            ``(ii) from student academic achievement 
                        assessments used at the national, State, or 
                        local levels, where available and appropriate 
                        for the curriculum and students taught;
                            ``(iii) from classroom-based summative 
                        assessments; and
                            ``(iv) from high quality validated 
                        performance-based assessments that are aligned 
                        with challenging State academic standards 
                        adopted under section 1111(b)(1) of the 
                        Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 
                        (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)).
                    ``(B) Not less than one of the following additional 
                measures:
                            ``(i) Student work, including measures of 
                        performance criteria and evidence of student 
                        growth.
                            ``(ii) Teacher-generated information about 
                        student goals and growth.
                            ``(iii) Parental feedback about student 
                        goals and growth.
                            ``(iv) Student feedback about learning and 
                        teaching supports.
                            ``(v) Assessments of affective engagement 
                        and self-efficacy.
                            ``(vi) Other appropriate measures, as 
                        determined by the State.
            ``(14) Foster care.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `foster care' means 24-
                hour substitute care for a child placed away from the 
                child's parents or guardians and for whom the State 
                agency has placement and care responsibility. The term 
                includes care through a placement in a foster family 
                home, a foster home of a relative, a group home, an 
                emergency shelter, a residential facility, a child care 
                institution, or a pre-adoptive home.
                    ``(B) Rule.--A child shall be considered to be in 
                foster care under subparagraph (A) without regard to 
                whether--
                            ``(i) the foster care facility is licensed 
                        and payments are made by the State or local 
                        agency for the care of the child;
                            ``(ii) adoption subsidy payments are being 
                        made prior to the finalization of an adoption; 
                        or
                            ``(iii) Federal matching funds for any 
                        payments described in clause (i) or (ii) are 
                        being made.
            ``(15) High-need early childhood education program.--The 
        term `high-need early childhood education program' means an 
        early childhood education program serving children from low-
        income families that is located within the geographic area 
        served by a high-need local educational agency.
            ``(16) High-need local educational agency.--The term `high-
        need local educational agency' means a local educational 
        agency--
                    ``(A)(i) that serves not fewer than 10,000 low-
                income children;
                    ``(ii) for which not less than 40 percent of the 
                children served by the agency are low-income children;
                    ``(iii) that meets the eligibility requirements for 
                funding under the Small, Rural School Achievement 
                Program under section 5211(b) of the Elementary and 
                Secondary Education Act of 1965 or the Rural and Low-
                Income School Program under section 6221(b) of such 
                Act; or
                    ``(iv) that has a percentage of low-income children 
                that is in the highest quartile among such agencies in 
                the State; and
                    ``(B)(i) for which one or more schools served by 
                the agency is identified by the State for comprehensive 
                supports and interventions under section 
                1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                Education Act of 1965; or
                    ``(ii) for which one or more schools served by the 
                agency has a high teacher turnover rate or is 
                experiencing a teacher shortage in a high-needs field, 
                as determined by the State.
            ``(17) High-need school.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The term `high-need school' 
                means a school that, based on the most recent data 
                available, is--
                            ``(i) an elementary school, in which not 
                        less than 60 percent of students are eligible 
                        for a free or reduced price school lunch under 
                        the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch 
                        Act;
                            ``(ii) any other school that is not an 
                        elementary school, in which not less than 45 
                        percent of students are eligible for a free or 
                        reduced price school lunch under the Richard B. 
                        Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                        1751 et seq.); or
                            ``(iii) identified for comprehensive 
                        support and improvement under section 
                        1111(c)(4)(D) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        6311(c)(4)(D)), targeted support and 
                        improvement under section 1111(d)(2) of such 
                        Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)), or additional 
                        targeted support under section 1111(d)(2)(C) of 
                        such Act (20 U.S.C. 6311(d)(2)(C)).
                    ``(B) Special rule.--
                            ``(i) Designation by the secretary.--The 
                        Secretary may, upon approval of an application 
                        submitted by an eligible partnership seeking a 
                        grant under this title, designate a school that 
                        does not qualify as a high-need school under 
                        subparagraph (A) as a high-need school for the 
                        purpose of this title. The Secretary shall base 
                        the approval of an application for designation 
                        of a school under this clause on a 
                        consideration of the information required under 
                        clause (ii), and may also take into account 
                        other information submitted by the eligible 
                        partnership.
                            ``(ii) Application requirements.--An 
                        application for designation of a school under 
                        clause (i) shall include--
                                    ``(I) the number and percentage of 
                                students attending such school who 
                                are--
                                            ``(aa) aged 5 through 17 in 
                                        poverty counted in the most 
                                        recent census data approved by 
                                        the Secretary;
                                            ``(bb) eligible for a free 
                                        or reduced price school lunch 
                                        under the Richard B. Russell 
                                        National School Lunch Act;
                                            ``(cc) in families 
                                        receiving assistance under the 
                                        State program funded under part 
                                        A of title IV of the Social 
                                        Security Act; or
                                            ``(dd) eligible to receive 
                                        medical assistance under the 
                                        Medicaid program;
                                    ``(II) information about the 
                                student academic achievement of 
                                students at such school; and
                                    ``(III) for a secondary school, the 
                                four-year adjusted cohort graduation 
                                rate for such school.
            ``(18) Highly competent.--The term `highly competent', when 
        used with respect to an early childhood educator, means an 
        early childhood educator--
                    ``(A) with specialized education and training in 
                development and education of young children from birth 
                until entry into kindergarten or a specialization in 
                infants and toddlers or pre-school children;
                    ``(B) with a baccalaureate degree in an academic 
                major in an early childhood or related field; and
                    ``(C) who has demonstrated a high level of 
                knowledge and use of content and pedagogy in the 
                relevant areas associated with quality early childhood 
                education.
            ``(19) Homeless child.--The term `homeless child' means an 
        individual who is a homeless child or youth under section 725 
        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 
        11434a).
            ``(20) Induction program.--The term `induction program' 
        means a formalized program for new teachers, principals, or 
        school leaders, during not less than the teachers', principals, 
        or school leaders' first 2 years of, respectively, teaching or 
        leading, that is designed to provide support for, and improve 
        the professional performance and increase the retention in the 
        education field of, beginning teachers, principals, or school 
        leaders. Such program shall promote effective teaching or 
        leadership skills and shall include the following components:
                    ``(A) High-quality and structured teacher or school 
                leader mentoring led by a trained and expert mentor who 
                has demonstrated high skill and effectiveness and who 
                teaches or leads, or has taught or led, in the same or 
                similar field, grade, or subject as the mentee.
                    ``(B) Periodic, structured time for collaboration, 
                including with mentors, as well as time for 
                information-sharing among teachers, principals, other 
                school leaders and administrators, other appropriate 
                instructional staff, and participating faculty or 
                program staff in the partner institution.
                    ``(C) The application of evidence-based 
                instructional practices.
                    ``(D) Opportunities for new teachers, principals, 
                or school leaders to draw directly on the expertise of 
                mentors, faculty or program staff, and researchers, 
                including through mentor observation and feedback, to 
                support the integration of evidence-based research and 
                practice.
                    ``(E) The development of skills in evidence-based 
                instructional and behavioral supports and 
                interventions.
                    ``(F) Faculty or program staff who--
                            ``(i) model the integration of research and 
                        practice in the classroom and school; and
                            ``(ii) as appropriate, assist new teachers 
                        or school leaders with the effective use and 
                        integration of educational technology and the 
                        principles of universal design for learning 
                        into the classroom or school.
                    ``(G) Interdisciplinary collaboration among teacher 
                leaders or school leaders, faculty or program staff, 
                researchers, and other staff who prepare new teachers 
                or school leaders with respect to, as applicable, the 
                learning process, the assessment of learning, or the 
                leadership of a school.
                    ``(H) As applicable to the role, assistance with 
                understanding of the effective use of data, 
                particularly student achievement data, and the 
                applicability of such data to inform and improve 
                classroom instruction and school leadership.
                    ``(I) Regular and structured observation and 
                evaluation of new teachers, principals, or other school 
                leaders that are based in part on evidence of student 
                learning, shall include multiple measures of educator 
                performance, and shall provide clear, timely, and 
                useful feedback to teachers, principals, or other 
                school leaders to be used to improve instruction, as 
                applicable.
                    ``(J) With respect to a principal induction 
                program, the development of local-educational-agency-
                wide systems such as rigorous leader standards, 
                continuous ongoing identification of goals for 
                improvement, and support for achieving those goals.
                    ``(K) The development of skills in improving the 
                school culture and climate related to school leadership 
                and the role of the principal, including to--
                            ``(i) nurture teacher and staff development 
                        to strengthen classroom practice;
                            ``(ii) build and sustain an inclusive 
                        culture of learning among adults and children;
                            ``(iii) strengthen communications and 
                        relationships with teachers, parents, 
                        caregivers, paraprofessionals, and community 
                        stakeholders;
                            ``(iv) facilitate the sharing of knowledge, 
                        insight, and best practices in the community 
                        served by the school, preschool program, or 
                        early childhood education program, including 
                        with youth serving programs (such as before- 
                        and after-school and summer programs); and
                            ``(v) build relationships and communicate 
                        effectively with State and local educational 
                        agency officials.
            ``(21) Infant or toddler with a disability.--The term 
        `infant or toddler with a disability' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 632 of the Individuals with Disabilities 
        Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1432).
            ``(22) Mentoring.--The term `mentoring' means the mentoring 
        or coaching of new or prospective teachers, principals, or 
        school leaders through a program that--
                    ``(A) includes clear criteria for the selection of 
                teacher, principal, or school leader mentors who may be 
                program staff and who will provide role model 
                relationships for mentees, which criteria shall be 
                developed by the eligible partnership and based on 
                measures of teacher or school leader effectiveness;
                    ``(B) provides high-quality training for such 
                mentors, including instructional strategies for 
                culturally relevant teaching practices, literacy 
                instruction and classroom management (including 
                approaches that improve the schoolwide climate for 
                learning, create inclusive classroom environments, and 
                address the social and emotional needs of students, 
                which may include positive behavioral interventions and 
                supports);
                    ``(C) provides regular and ongoing opportunities 
                for mentors and mentees to observe each other's 
                teaching or leading methods in classroom or school 
                settings during the day in a high-need school in the 
                high-need local educational agency in the eligible 
                partnership;
                    ``(D) provides paid release time for mentors;
                    ``(E) for teachers, provides mentoring to each 
                mentee by a colleague who teaches in the same field, 
                grade, or subject as the mentee;
                    ``(F) for teachers, promotes empirically-based 
                practice of, and evidence-based research on, where 
                applicable--
                            ``(i) teaching and learning;
                            ``(ii) assessment of student learning;
                            ``(iii) the development of teaching skills 
                        through the use of instructional and behavioral 
                        interventions; and
                            ``(iv) the improvement of the mentees' 
                        capacity to measurably advance student 
                        learning; and
                    ``(G) includes--
                            ``(i) common planning time or regularly 
                        scheduled collaboration for the mentor and 
                        mentee; and
                            ``(ii) as applicable, joint professional 
                        development opportunities.
            ``(23) Parent.--The term `parent' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 8101 of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
        Act of 1965.
            ``(24) Partner institution.--The term `partner institution' 
        means an institution of higher education, which may include a 
        2-year institution of higher education offering a dual program 
        with a 4-year institution of higher education, participating in 
        an eligible partnership that has a teacher or school leader 
        preparation program that is accredited by the State--
                    ``(A) in the case of a teacher preparation 
                program--
                            ``(i) whose graduates exhibit strong 
                        performance on State-determined qualifying 
                        assessments for new teachers through--
                                    ``(I) demonstrating that 80 percent 
                                or more of the graduates of the program 
                                who intend to enter the field of 
                                teaching have passed all of the 
                                applicable State qualification 
                                assessments for new teachers, which 
                                shall include an assessment of each 
                                prospective teacher's subject matter 
                                knowledge in the content area in which 
                                the teacher intends to teach; or
                                    ``(II) that is not designated as a 
                                low-performing teacher preparation 
                                program in the State as determined by 
                                the State--
                                            ``(aa) using criteria 
                                        consistent with the 
                                        requirements for the State 
                                        assessment under section 207(a) 
                                        before the first publication of 
                                        such report card; and
                                            ``(bb) using the State 
                                        assessment required under 
                                        section 207(a), after the first 
                                        publication of such report card 
                                        and for every year thereafter; 
                                        and
                            ``(ii) that requires--
                                    ``(I) each student in the program 
                                to meet high academic standards or 
                                demonstrate a record of success, as 
                                determined by the institution 
                                (including prior to entering and being 
                                accepted into a program), and 
                                participate in intensive clinical 
                                experience;
                                    ``(II) each student in the program 
                                preparing to become a teacher who meets 
                                the applicable State certification and 
                                licensure requirements, including any 
                                requirements for certification obtained 
                                through alternative routes to 
                                certification, or, with regard to 
                                special education teachers, the 
                                qualifications described in section 
                                612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with 
                                Disabilities Education Act; and
                                    ``(III) each student in the program 
                                preparing to become an early childhood 
                                educator to become highly competent; 
                                and
                    ``(B) in the case of a school leader preparation 
                program--
                            ``(i) whose graduates exhibit a strong 
                        record of successful school leadership as 
                        demonstrated by--
                                    ``(I) a high percentage of such 
                                graduates taking positions as assistant 
                                principals and principals within 3 
                                years of completing the program; and
                                    ``(II) a high percentage of such 
                                graduates rated effective or above in 
                                State school leader evaluation and 
                                support systems (as described in 
                                section 2101(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the 
                                Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
                                of 1965) or, if no such ratings are 
                                available, other, comparable indicators 
                                of performance; and
                            ``(ii) that requires each student in the 
                        program to participate in intensive clinical 
                        experience in an authentic setting (including 
                        by assuming substantial leadership 
                        responsibilities) in which the student can be 
                        evaluated on leadership skills and the 
                        student's effect on student outcomes as part of 
                        program completion.
            ``(25) Professional development.--The term `professional 
        development' has the meaning given the term in section 8101 of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(26) Profession-ready.--The term `profession-ready'--
                    ``(A) when used with respect to a principal or 
                other school leader, means a principal or other school 
                leader who--
                            ``(i) has an advanced degree, or other 
                        appropriate credential;
                            ``(ii) has completed a principal or other 
                        school leader preparation process and is fully 
                        certified and licensed by the State in which 
                        the principal or other school leader is 
                        employed;
                            ``(iii) has demonstrated instructional 
                        leadership, including the ability to collect, 
                        analyze, and utilize data on evidence of 
                        student learning and evidence of classroom 
                        practice;
                            ``(iv) has demonstrated proficiency in 
                        professionally recognized leadership standards, 
                        such as through--
                                    ``(I) a performance assessment;
                                    ``(II) completion of a residency 
                                program; or
                                    ``(III) other measures of 
                                leadership effectiveness, as determined 
                                by the State; and
                            ``(v) has demonstrated the ability to work 
                        with students who are culturally and 
                        linguistically diverse;
                    ``(B) when used with respect to a teacher, means a 
                teacher who--
                            ``(i) has completed a teacher preparation 
                        program and is fully certified and licensed to 
                        teach by the State in which the teacher is 
                        employed;
                            ``(ii) has a baccalaureate degree or 
                        higher;
                            ``(iii) has demonstrated content knowledge 
                        in the subject or subjects the teacher teaches;
                            ``(iv) has demonstrated the ability to work 
                        with students who are culturally and 
                        linguistically diverse;
                            ``(v) has demonstrated teaching skills, 
                        such as through--
                                    ``(I) a teacher performance 
                                assessment; or
                                    ``(II) other measures of teaching 
                                skills, as determined by the State; and
                            ``(vi) has demonstrated proficiency with 
                        the use of educational technology; and
                    ``(C) when used with respect to any other educator 
                not described in subparagraph (A) or (B), means an 
                educator who has completed an appropriate preparation 
                program and is fully certified or licensed by the State 
                in which the educator is employed.
            ``(27) Residency program.--The term `residency program' 
        means a school-based educator preparation program in which a 
        prospective teacher, principal, or other school leader--
                    ``(A) for 1 academic year, works alongside a mentor 
                teacher, principal, or other school leader who is--
                            ``(i) the educator of record; and
                            ``(ii) is rated as effective or above in 
                        the State's school leader evaluation and 
                        support system (as described in section 
                        2101(c)(4)(B)(ii) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        6611(c)(4)(B)(ii))) or, if no such ratings are 
                        available, other, on comparable indicators of 
                        performance;
                    ``(B) receives concurrent instruction during the 
                year described in subparagraph (A) from the partner 
                institution, which may be courses taught by local 
                educational agency personnel or residency program 
                faculty, in, as applicable--
                            ``(i) the teaching of the content area in 
                        which the teacher will become certified or 
                        licensed;
                            ``(ii) pedagogical practices; and
                            ``(iii) leadership, management, 
                        organizational, and instructional skills 
                        necessary to serve as a principal or other 
                        school leader;
                    ``(C) acquires effective teaching or leadership 
                skills; and
                    ``(D) prior to completion of the program, attains 
                full State teacher, principal, or school leader 
                certification or licensure, and becomes profession-
                ready.
            ``(28) School leader.--The term `school leader' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965.
            ``(29) School leader preparation entity.--The term `school 
        leader preparation entity' means an institution of higher 
        education or a nonprofit organization, including those 
        institutions or organizations that provide alternative routes 
        to certification, that is approved by the State to prepare 
        school leaders to be effective.
            ``(30) School leader preparation program.--The term `school 
        leader preparation program' means a program offered by a school 
        leader preparation entity, whether a traditional or alternative 
        route, that is approved by the State to prepare school leaders 
        to be effective and that leads to a specific State 
        certification to be a school leader.
            ``(31) School leader skills.--The term `school leader 
        skills' refers to evidenced-based competencies for principals 
        and other school leaders such as--
                    ``(A) shaping a vision of academic success for all 
                students;
                    ``(B) creating a safe and inclusive learning 
                environment;
                    ``(C) cultivating leadership in others;
                    ``(D) improving instruction; and
                    ``(E) managing people, data, and processes to 
                foster school improvement.
            ``(32) Teacher leader.--The term `teacher leader' means an 
        effective educator who carries out formalized leadership 
        responsibilities based on the demonstrated needs of the 
        elementary school or secondary school in which the teacher is 
        employed, while maintaining a role as a classroom instructor 
        who--
                    ``(A) is trained in and practices teacher 
                leadership; and
                    ``(B) fosters a collaborative culture to--
                            ``(i) support educator development, 
                        effectiveness, and student learning;
                            ``(ii) support access and use research to 
                        improve practice and student learning;
                            ``(iii) promote professional learning for 
                        continuous improvement;
                            ``(iv) facilitate improvements in 
                        instruction and student learning; promote the 
                        appropriate use of assessments and data for 
                        school and district improvement;
                            ``(v) improve outreach and collaboration 
                        with families and community;
                            ``(vi) advance the profession by shaping 
                        and implementing policy;
                            ``(vii) advocate for increased access to 
                        great teaching and learning for all students; 
                        and
                            ``(viii) demonstrate cultural competencies 
                        and provide instruction and support as such.
            ``(33) Teaching skills.--The term `teaching skills' means 
        skills that enable a teacher to--
                    ``(A) increase student learning, achievement, and 
                the ability to apply knowledge;
                    ``(B) effectively convey, explain, and provide 
                opportunities for students to develop the skills 
                aligned with the full depth and breadth of the State 
                challenging academic standards, including the 
                application of academic subject matter;
                    ``(C) effectively teach higher-order analytical, 
                evaluation, problem-solving, critical thinking, social 
                and emotional, collaboration, and communication skills;
                    ``(D) employ strategies grounded in the disciplines 
                of teaching and learning that--
                            ``(i) are based on empirically based 
                        practice and evidence-based research, where 
                        applicable, related to teaching and learning;
                            ``(ii) are specific to academic subject 
                        matter; and
                            ``(iii) focus on the identification of 
                        students' specific learning needs, particularly 
                        students with disabilities, students who are 
                        English learners, students who are gifted and 
                        talented, and students with low literacy 
                        levels, and the tailoring of academic 
                        instruction to such needs;
                    ``(E) design and conduct ongoing assessments of 
                student learning, which may include the use of 
                formative assessments, performance-based assessments, 
                project-based assessments, or portfolio assessments, 
                that measures higher-order thinking skills (including 
                application, analysis, synthesis, and evaluation) and 
                use this information to inform and personalize 
                instruction;
                    ``(F) support the social, emotional, and academic 
                achievement of all students including effectively 
                manage a classroom creating a positive and inclusive 
                classroom environment, including the ability to 
                implement positive behavioral interventions, trauma-
                informed care, and other support strategies;
                    ``(G) support an inclusive learning environment 
                through culturally responsive teaching;
                    ``(H) support technology-rich instruction, 
                assessment and learning management in content areas, 
                technology literacy, and understanding of the 
                principles of universal design;
                    ``(I) demonstrate proficiency with the use of 
                educational technology;
                    ``(J) communicate and work with families, and 
                involve families in their children's education; and
                    ``(K) use, in the case of an early childhood 
                educator or an educator at the elementary school or 
                secondary school level, age-appropriate and 
                developmentally appropriate strategies and practices 
                for children and youth in early childhood education and 
                elementary school or secondary school programs, 
                respectively.
            ``(34) Teacher performance assessment.--The term `teacher 
        performance assessment' means a pre-service assessment used to 
        measure teacher performance that is approved by the State and 
        is--
                    ``(A) based on professional teaching standards;
                    ``(B) used to measure the effectiveness of a 
                teacher's--
                            ``(i) curriculum planning;
                            ``(ii) instruction of students, including 
                        appropriate plans and modifications for 
                        students who are limited English proficient and 
                        students who are children with disabilities;
                            ``(iii) assessment of students, including 
                        analysis of evidence of student learning;
                            ``(iv) ability to advance student learning; 
                        and
                            ``(v) demonstrate cultural competencies 
                        through curriculum planning and instruction;
                    ``(C) validated based on professional assessment 
                standards;
                    ``(D) reliably scored by trained evaluators, with 
                appropriate oversight of the process to ensure 
                consistency; and
                    ``(E) used to support continuous improvement of 
                educator practice.
            ``(35) Teacher preparation entity.--The term `teacher 
        preparation entity' means an institution of higher education, a 
        nonprofit organization, or other organization that is approved 
        by a State to prepare teachers to be effective in the 
        classroom.
            ``(36) Teacher preparation program.--The term `teacher 
        preparation program' means a program offered by a teacher 
        preparation entity that leads to a specific State teacher 
        certification.
            ``(37) Trauma-informed care.--The term `trauma-informed 
        care' is defined as the evidence-based practices outlined in 
        section 4108(B)(II)(aa) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965.''.

SEC. 2002. PURPOSES.

    Section 201 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022) is 
amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2), by striking ``by improving the 
        preparation of prospective teachers and enhancing professional 
        development activities for new teachers'' and inserting ``, 
        school leaders, including teacher leaders, and other educators 
        by improving the preparation of prospective teachers, school 
        leaders, and other educators and enhancing professional 
        development activities for new teachers, school leaders, and 
        other educators'';
            (2) in paragraph (3), by striking ``; and'' and inserting a 
        semicolon;
            (3) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the following 
        new paragraphs:
            ``(4) hold teacher, principal and school leader, and other 
        educator preparation programs accountable for preparing 
        effective teachers, principals and school leaders, and other 
        educators;
            ``(5) recruit individuals, including members of racial and 
        ethnic groups underrepresented in the teaching profession and 
        individuals from other occupations (including informal 
        education and youth development fields), as profession-ready 
        teachers and other educators, with an emphasis on areas of 
        State-identified teacher shortage; and
            ``(6) meet the staffing needs of high-need local 
        educational agencies and high-need schools through close 
        partnerships with educator preparation programs within 
        institutions of higher education.''.

SEC. 2003. PARTNERSHIP GRANTS.

    Section 202 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022a) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``equitable 
                distribution,'' after ``professional development,'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) a description of the extent to which the program to 
        be carried out with grant funds, as described in subsection 
        (c), will prepare prospective teachers, school leaders, and new 
        educators with strong teaching, school leadership, and other 
        professional skills necessary to increase learning and academic 
        achievement;'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``, school 
                leaders, and other educators,'' after ``new teachers'';
                    (D) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``, 
                        school leader, and other educator'' after 
                        ``other teacher''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting ``, 
                        school leader, and other educator'' after 
                        ``promote teacher'';
                    (E) in paragraph (6)--
                            (i) by redesignating subparagraphs (I), 
                        (J), and (K) as subparagraphs (J), (K), and 
                        (M), respectively;
                            (ii) by striking subparagraphs (F), (G), 
                        and (H) and inserting the following:
                    ``(F) how the partnership will prepare educators to 
                teach and work with students with disabilities, 
                including training related to early identification of 
                students with disabilities and participation as a 
                member of individualized education program teams, as 
                defined in section 614(d)(1)(B) of the Individuals with 
                Disabilities Education Act to ensure that students with 
                disabilities receive effective services, consistent 
                with the requirements of the Individuals with 
                Disabilities Education Act, that are needed for such 
                students to achieve to challenging State academic 
                standards;
                    ``(G) how the partnership will prepare educators to 
                teach and work with students who are English learners 
                to ensure that students who are English learners 
                receive the services that are needed for such students 
                to achieve to challenging State academic standards;
                    ``(H) in the case of activities related to 
                principal and school leader preparation programs, how 
                the partnership will prepare principals and other 
                school leaders to foster instruction that supports the 
                success of all students, including students with 
                disabilities, students who are English learners, and 
                students in early childhood education in alignment with 
                State early learning standards for early childhood 
                education programs;
                    ``(I) how faculty at the partner institution will 
                work, during the term of the grant, with mentor 
                educators in the classrooms and administrators of high-
                need schools served by the high-need local educational 
                agency in the partnership to--
                            ``(i) provide high-quality professional 
                        development activities to strengthen the 
                        content knowledge and teaching skills of 
                        elementary school and secondary school teachers 
                        and other educators, including multi-tiered 
                        systems of support and universal design for 
                        learning;
                            ``(ii) train other classroom teachers, 
                        principals or other school leaders, school 
                        librarians, and other educators to implement 
                        literacy programs that incorporate the 
                        components of comprehensive literacy 
                        instruction; and
                            ``(iii) provide evidence-based, high-
                        quality professional development activities to 
                        strengthen the instructional and leadership 
                        skills of elementary school and secondary 
                        school principals or other school leaders and 
                        district superintendents, if the partner 
                        institution has a principal or school leader 
                        preparation program;'';
                            (iii) in subparagraph (J) (as so 
                        redesignated), by inserting ``as applicable'' 
                        before ``how the partnership'';
                            (iv) in subparagraph (K) (as so 
                        redesignated)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``, principals or 
                                other school leaders'' after 
                                ``teachers''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``and'' at the 
                                end; and
                            (v) by inserting after subparagraph (K) (as 
                        so resdesignated) the following:
                    ``(L) how faculty at the partner institution for 
                school leader preparation will work, during the term of 
                the grant, with their--
                            ``(i) State to use rigorous, research-based 
                        leader standards and align program 
                        accreditation criteria and principal licensure 
                        requirements with those standards; and
                            ``(ii) high-needs local education agencies 
                        that hire their graduates to use rigorous, 
                        evidence-based leader standards and align 
                        program content and local educational agencies' 
                        evaluation systems with those standards; and''.
                    (F) in paragraph (7)--
                            (i) in the matter before subparagraph (A), 
                        by striking ``under this section'' and 
                        inserting ``under paragraphs (1)(B)(iv) and (3) 
                        of subsection (d)'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by inserting ``as 
                        applicable,'' before ``a demonstration''; and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``scientifically valid'' and inserting 
                        ``evidence-based'';
            (2) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
    ``(c) Use of Grant Funds.--An eligible partnership that receives a 
grant under this section--
            ``(1) shall use such grant to carry out --
                    ``(A) a program for the pre-baccalaureate or post-
                baccalaureate preparation of teachers described in 
                subsection (d);
                    ``(B) a teaching residency program, or a principal 
                or other school leader residency program, described in 
                subsection (e);
                    ``(C) a high-quality `Grow Your Own' program; or
                    ``(D) a combination of such programs; and
            ``(2) may use such grant to carry out other educator 
        development programs under subsection (f), based upon the 
        results of the needs assessment in subsection (b)(1).'';
            (3) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``limited English 
                        proficient'' both places it appears and 
                        inserting ``English learners'';
                            (ii) by striking ``scientifically valid'' 
                        both places it appears and inserting 
                        ``evidence-based''; and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B)(ii)(VI), by 
                        striking ``reading instruction'' both places it 
                        appears and inserting ``comprehensive literacy 
                        instruction'';
                    (B) in paragraph (5)(B), by striking ``limited 
                English proficient students'' and inserting ``students 
                who are English learners'';
                    (C) in paragraph (5)(C), by inserting 
                ``paraprofessionals,'' after ``occupations,''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (6)(A), by striking ``reading 
                instruction'' and inserting ``comprehensive literacy 
                instruction'';
            (4) by amending subsection (e) to read as follows:
    ``(e) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Teaching and 
Principal or Other School Leader Residency Programs.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership receiving a 
        grant to carry out an effective teaching residency program or 
        principal or other school leader residency program that meets 
        the following requirements:
                    ``(A) Teaching residency program.--An eligible 
                partnership carrying out a teaching residency program 
                shall--
                            ``(i) support a teaching residency program 
                        described in paragraph (2) for high-need 
                        schools, as determined by the needs of high-
                        need local educational agency in the 
                        partnership, and in high-need subjects and 
                        areas, as defined by such local educational 
                        agency; and
                            ``(ii) place graduates of the teaching 
                        residency program in cohorts that facilitate 
                        professional collaboration, both among 
                        graduates of the residency program and between 
                        such graduates and mentor teachers in the 
                        receiving school.
                    ``(B) Principal or school leader residency 
                program.--An eligible partnership carrying out a 
                principal or school leader residency program shall 
                support a program described in paragraph (3) for high-
                need schools, as determined by the needs of the high-
                need local educational agency in the partnership.
            ``(2) Teaching residency program.--
                    ``(A) Establishment and design.--A teaching 
                residency program under this paragraph shall be a 
                program based upon models of successful teaching 
                residencies that serves as a mechanism to prepare 
                teachers for success in high-need schools in the 
                eligible partnership and shall be designed to include 
                the following characteristics of successful programs:
                            ``(i) The integration of pedagogy, 
                        classroom practice and teacher mentoring.
                            ``(ii) The exposure to principles of child 
                        and youth development, and understanding and 
                        applying principles of learning, behavior, and 
                        community and family engagement.
                            ``(iii) The exposure to principles of 
                        universal design for learning and multi-tiered 
                        systems of support.
                            ``(iv) Engagement of teaching residents in 
                        rigorous coursework that results in a 
                        baccalaureate or master's degree while 
                        undertaking a guided teaching clinical 
                        experience.
                            ``(v) Experience and learning opportunities 
                        alongside a trained and experienced mentor 
                        teacher--
                                    ``(I) whose teaching shall 
                                complement the residency program so 
                                that school-based clinical practice is 
                                tightly aligned and integrated with 
                                coursework;
                                    ``(II) who shall have extra 
                                responsibilities as a teacher leader of 
                                the teaching residency program, as a 
                                mentor for residents, and as a teacher 
                                coach during the induction program for 
                                new teachers, and for establishing, 
                                within the program, a learning 
                                community in which all individuals are 
                                expected to continually improve their 
                                capacity to advance student learning; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) who may be relieved from 
                                teaching duties or may be offered a 
                                stipend as a result of such additional 
                                responsibilities.
                            ``(vi) The establishment of clear criteria 
                        for the selection of mentor teachers based on 
                        the appropriate subject area knowledge and 
                        measures of teacher effectiveness, which shall 
                        be based on, but not limited to, observations 
                        of the following:
                                    ``(I) Planning and preparation, 
                                including demonstrated knowledge of 
                                content, pedagogy, and assessment, 
                                including the use of formative, 
                                summative, and diagnostic assessments 
                                to inform instruction and improve 
                                student learning.
                                    ``(II) Appropriate instruction that 
                                engages all students.
                                    ``(III) Collaboration with 
                                colleagues to improve instruction.
                                    ``(IV) Analysis of evidence of 
                                student learning.
                                    ``(V) Collaboration and the 
                                cultivation of relationships with 
                                external stakeholders (which may 
                                include professional disciplinary 
                                organizations and nonprofit advocacy 
                                organizations) to foster the sharing of 
                                evidence-based resources to promote 
                                high-quality, effective practices.
                            ``(vii) The development of admissions goals 
                        and priorities--
                                    ``(I) that are aligned with the 
                                hiring objectives of the local 
                                educational agency partnering with the 
                                program, as well as the instructional 
                                initiatives and curriculum of such 
                                agency to hire qualified graduates from 
                                the teaching residency program; and
                                    ``(II) which may include 
                                consideration of applicants who reflect 
                                the communities in which they will 
                                teach as well as consideration of 
                                individuals from underrepresented 
                                populations in the teaching profession.
                            ``(viii) Continued support for residents 
                        once such residents are hired as the teachers 
                        of record, through an induction program, 
                        evidence-based professional development, and 
                        networking opportunities to support the 
                        residents through not less than the residents' 
                        first 2 years of teaching.
                    ``(B) Selection of individuals as teacher 
                residents.--
                            ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be 
                        eligible to be a teacher resident in a teaching 
                        residency program under this paragraph, an 
                        individual shall--
                                    ``(I) be a recent graduate of a 4-
                                year institution of higher education or 
                                a mid-career professional possessing 
                                strong content knowledge or a record of 
                                professional accomplishment;
                                    ``(II) in the case of an 
                                undergraduate residency, enrolled as an 
                                undergraduate student in a partner 
                                institution as defined in this title; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) submit an application to 
                                the residency program.
                            ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible 
                        partnership carrying out a teaching residency 
                        program under this subsection shall establish 
                        criteria for the selection of eligible 
                        individuals to participate in the teaching 
                        residency program based on the following 
                        characteristics:
                                    ``(I) Strong content knowledge or 
                                record of accomplishment in the field 
                                or subject area to be taught.
                                    ``(II) Strong verbal and written 
                                communication skills, which may be 
                                demonstrated by performance on 
                                appropriate assessments.
                                    ``(III) Other attributes linked to 
                                effective teaching, which may be 
                                determined by interviews or performance 
                                assessments, as specified by the 
                                eligible partnership.
            ``(3) Partnership grants for the development of principal 
        and other school leader residency programs.--
                    ``(A) Establishment and design.--A principal or 
                other school leader residency program under this 
                paragraph shall be a program based upon models of 
                successful principal or other school leader 
                residencies, and may include the development or support 
                of principal pipelines, that serve as a mechanism to 
                prepare principals and other school leaders for success 
                in high-need schools in the eligible partnership and 
                shall be designed to include the following 
                characteristics of successful programs:
                            ``(i) Engagement of principal or other 
                        school leader residents in rigorous graduate-
                        level coursework to earn an appropriate 
                        advanced credential while undertaking a guided 
                        principal or other school leader clinical 
                        experience.
                            ``(ii) Experience and learning 
                        opportunities, including those that provide 
                        continuous feedback throughout the program on a 
                        participants' progress, alongside a trained and 
                        experienced mentor principal or other school 
                        leader--
                                    ``(I) whose mentoring shall be 
                                based on standards of effective 
                                mentoring practice and shall complement 
                                the residence program so that school-
                                based clinical practice is tightly 
                                aligned with coursework; and
                                    ``(II) who may be relieved from 
                                some portion of principal or other 
                                school leader duties or may be offered 
                                a stipend as a result of such 
                                additional responsibilities.
                            ``(iii) The establishment of clear criteria 
                        for the selection of mentor principals or other 
                        school leaders, which may be based on 
                        observations of the following:
                                    ``(I) Demonstrating awareness of, 
                                and having experience with, the 
                                knowledge, skills, and attitudes to--
                                            ``(aa) establish and 
                                        maintain a professional 
                                        learning community that 
                                        effectively extracts 
                                        information from data to 
                                        improve the school culture and 
                                        climate, and personalize 
                                        instruction for all students to 
                                        result in improved student 
                                        achievement;
                                            ``(bb) create and maintain 
                                        a learning culture within the 
                                        school that provides an 
                                        inclusive climate conducive to 
                                        the development of all members 
                                        of the school community, 
                                        including one of continuous 
                                        improvement and learning for 
                                        adults tied to student learning 
                                        and other school goals;
                                            ``(cc) develop the 
                                        professional capacity and 
                                        practice of school personnel 
                                        and foster a professional 
                                        community of teachers and other 
                                        professional staff;
                                            ``(dd) engage in continuous 
                                        professional development, 
                                        utilizing a combination of 
                                        academic study, developmental 
                                        simulation exercises, self-
                                        reflection, mentorship, and 
                                        internship;
                                            ``(ee) understand youth 
                                        development appropriate to the 
                                        age level served by the school, 
                                        and use this knowledge to set 
                                        high expectations and standards 
                                        for the academic, social, 
                                        emotional, and physical 
                                        development of all students; 
                                        and
                                            ``(ff) actively engage with 
                                        families and the community to 
                                        create shared responsibility 
                                        for student academic 
                                        performance and successful 
                                        development.
                                    ``(II) Planning and articulating a 
                                shared and coherent schoolwide 
                                direction and policy for achieving high 
                                standards of student performance, and 
                                closing gaps in achievement among 
                                subgroups of students.
                                    ``(III) Identifying and 
                                implementing the activities and 
                                rigorous curriculum necessary for 
                                achieving such standards of student 
                                performance.
                                    ``(IV) Supporting a culture of 
                                learning, collaboration, and 
                                professional behavior and ensuring 
                                quality measures of instructional 
                                practice.
                                    ``(V) Communicating with, and 
                                engaging, parents, families, and other 
                                external communities.
                                    ``(VI) Cultivating relationships 
                                and collaborating with external 
                                stakeholders, which may include 
                                professional disciplinary organizations 
                                and nonprofit advocacy organizations, 
                                to foster the sharing of evidence-based 
                                resources to promote high-quality, 
                                effective practices.
                                    ``(VII) Collecting, analyzing, and 
                                utilizing data and other evidence of 
                                student learning and evidence of 
                                classroom practice to guide decisions 
                                and actions for continuous improvement 
                                and to ensure performance 
                                accountability.
                            ``(iv) The development of admissions goals 
                        and priorities--
                                    ``(I) that are aligned with the 
                                hiring objectives of the local 
                                educational agency partnering with the 
                                program, as well as the instructional 
                                initiatives and curriculum of such 
                                agency to hire qualified graduates from 
                                the principal residency program; and
                                    ``(II) which may include 
                                consideration of applicants who reflect 
                                the communities in which they will 
                                serve and consideration of individuals 
                                from underrepresented populations in 
                                school leadership positions.
                            ``(v) Continued support for residents once 
                        such residents are hired as principals or other 
                        school leaders, through an induction program, 
                        evidence-based professional development to 
                        support the knowledge and skills of the 
                        principal or other school leader in a continuum 
                        of learning and content expertise in 
                        developmentally appropriate or age-appropriate 
                        educational practices, and networking 
                        opportunities to support the residents through 
                        not less than the residents' first 2 years of 
                        serving as principal or other school leader of 
                        a school.
                    ``(B) Selection of individuals as principal or 
                other school leader residents.--
                            ``(i) Eligible individual.--In order to be 
                        eligible to be a principal or other school 
                        leader resident in a principal or other school 
                        leader residency program under this paragraph, 
                        an individual shall--
                                    ``(I) have prior prekindergarten 
                                through grade 12 teaching experience;
                                    ``(II) have experience as an 
                                effective leader, manager, and written 
                                and oral communicator; and
                                    ``(III) submit an application to 
                                the residency program.
                            ``(ii) Selection criteria.--An eligible 
                        partnership carrying out a principal or other 
                        school leader residency program under this 
                        subsection shall establish criteria for the 
                        selection of eligible individuals to 
                        participate in the principal residency program 
                        based on the following characteristics:
                                    ``(I) Strong instructional 
                                leadership skills in an elementary 
                                school or secondary school setting.
                                    ``(II) Strong verbal and written 
                                communication skills, which may be 
                                demonstrated by performance on 
                                appropriate assessments.
                                    ``(III) Other attributes linked to 
                                effective leadership, such as sound 
                                judgment, organizational capacity, 
                                collaboration, commitment to equity and 
                                inclusiveness, and openness to 
                                continuous learning, which may be 
                                determined by interviews or performance 
                                assessment, as specified by the 
                                eligible partnership.
            ``(4) Stipends or salaries; applications; agreements; and 
        repayments.--
                    ``(A) Stipends or salaries.--A teaching residency 
                program, or a principal or other school leader 
                residency program, under this subsection--
                            ``(i) shall provide a 1-year living stipend 
                        or salary to residents during the teaching 
                        residency program or the principal or other 
                        school leader residency program; and
                            ``(ii) may provide a stipend to a mentor 
                        teacher or mentor principal.
                    ``(B) Applications.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Each residency candidate 
                        desiring a stipend or salary during the period 
                        of residency shall submit an application to the 
                        eligible partnership at such time, in such 
                        manner, and containing such information and 
                        assurances, as the eligible partnership may 
                        require, and which shall include an agreement 
                        to serve described in clause (ii).
                            ``(ii) Agreements to serve.--Each 
                        application submitted under clause (i) shall 
                        contain or be accompanied by an agreement that 
                        the applicant will--
                                    ``(I) upon successfully completing 
                                the 1-year teaching residency program, 
                                or principal or other school leader 
                                residency program, serve as a full-time 
                                teacher, principal, or other school 
                                leader for a total of not less than 3 
                                school years at--
                                            ``(aa) a high-need school 
                                        served by the high-need local 
                                        educational agency in the 
                                        eligible partnership and, in 
                                        the case of a teacher, teach a 
                                        subject or area that is 
                                        designated as high-need by the 
                                        partnership; or
                                            ``(bb) in a case in which 
                                        no appropriate position is 
                                        available in a high-need school 
                                        served by the high-need local 
                                        educational agency in the 
                                        eligible partnership, any other 
                                        high-need school;
                                    ``(II) provide to the eligible 
                                partnership a certificate, from the 
                                chief administrative officer of the 
                                local educational agency in which the 
                                teacher or principal or other school 
                                leader is employed, of the employment 
                                required under subclause (I) at the 
                                beginning of, and upon completion of, 
                                each year or partial year of service;
                                    ``(III) in the case of a teacher 
                                resident, meet the requirements to be a 
                                profession-ready teacher;
                                    ``(IV) in the case of a principal 
                                or other school leader resident, meet 
                                the requirements to be a profession-
                                ready principal or other school leader; 
                                and
                                    ``(V) comply with the requirements 
                                set by the eligible partnership under 
                                subparagraph (C) if the applicant is 
                                unable or unwilling to complete the 
                                service obligation required by this 
                                subparagraph.
                    ``(C) Repayments.--
                            ``(i) In general.--An eligible partnership 
                        carrying out a teaching residency program, or a 
                        principal or other school leader residency 
                        program, under this subsection shall require a 
                        recipient of a stipend or salary under 
                        subparagraph (A) who does not complete, or who 
                        notifies the partnership that the recipient 
                        intends not to complete, the service obligation 
                        required by subparagraph (B) to repay such 
                        stipend or salary to the eligible partnership, 
                        together with interest, at a rate specified by 
                        the partnership in the agreement, and in 
                        accordance with such other terms and conditions 
                        specified by the eligible partnership, as 
                        necessary.
                            ``(ii) Other terms and conditions.--Any 
                        other terms and conditions specified by the 
                        eligible partnership may include reasonable 
                        provisions for prorate repayment of the stipend 
                        or salary described in subparagraph (A) or for 
                        deferral of a resident's service obligation 
                        required by subparagraph (B), on grounds of 
                        health, incapacitation, inability to secure 
                        employment in a school served by the eligible 
                        partnership, being called to active duty in the 
                        Armed Forces of the United States, or other 
                        extraordinary circumstances.
                            ``(iii) Use of repayments.--An eligible 
                        partnership shall use any repayment received 
                        under this subparagraph to carry out additional 
                        activities that are consistent with the 
                        purposes of this section.''; and
            (5) by striking subsection (f) and inserting the following:
    ``(f) Teacher Leader Development Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--A teacher leader development program 
        carried out with a grant awarded under this section shall 
        provide for the professional development of teachers, as 
        described in paragraph (2), who maintain their roles as 
        classroom teachers and who also carry out formalized leadership 
        responsibilities to increase the academic achievement of 
        students and promote data-driven instructional practices that 
        address the demonstrated needs at the elementary schools and 
        secondary schools in which the teachers are employed, such as--
                    ``(A) development of curriculum and curricular 
                resources;
                    ``(B) facilitating the work of committees and 
                teams;
                    ``(C) family and community engagement;
                    ``(D) school discipline and culture;
                    ``(E) peer observations and coaching;
                    ``(F) dual enrollment instruction; or
                    ``(G) cultural competencies.
            ``(2) Professional development.--The professional 
        development of teachers in a teacher leader development program 
        carried out with a grant awarded under this section shall 
        include--
                    ``(A) one year of professional development, 
                training, and support that may--
                            ``(i) include--
                                    ``(I) the engagement of teachers in 
                                rigorous coursework and fieldwork 
                                relevant to their role as a teacher 
                                leader, including available teacher 
                                leader standards; and
                                    ``(II) regular observations and 
                                professional support from--
                                            ``(aa) a principal, vice 
                                        principal, or a designated 
                                        instructional leader of the 
                                        school;
                                            ``(bb) a representative 
                                        from the institution of higher 
                                        education that is a partner in 
                                        the eligible partnership;
                                            ``(cc) a representative 
                                        from another entity that is a 
                                        partner in the eligible 
                                        partnership; and
                                            ``(dd) another member of 
                                        the teacher leader cohort, if 
                                        applicable, or a peer teacher; 
                                        and
                            ``(ii) result in the awarding of a 
                        credential in teacher leadership; and
                    ``(B) one or 2 additional years of support from a 
                principal, vice principal, or a designated 
                instructional leader of the school, a representative 
                from the institution of higher education that is a 
                partner in the eligible partnership, and a 
                representative from another entity that is a partner in 
                the eligible partnership.
            ``(3) Teacher leader development program plan.--In carrying 
        out a teacher leader development program under this section, an 
        eligible partnership shall develop a plan that shall describe--
                    ``(A) how the work hours of teacher leaders will be 
                allocated between their classroom responsibilities and 
                responsibilities as a teacher leader, which may include 
                a description of whether the teacher leader will be 
                relieved from teaching duties during their 
                participation in the teacher leader development 
                program;
                    ``(B) how the partnership will support teacher 
                leaders after the first year of professional 
                development in the program; and
                    ``(C) how teacher leader activities could be 
                sustained by the eligible partnership after the program 
                concludes, which may include a description of 
                opportunities for the teacher leaders to assist in the 
                educator preparation program at the institution of 
                higher education in the partnership.
            ``(4) Selection of teacher leaders; use of funds.--In 
        carrying out a teacher leader development program under this 
        section, an eligible partnership--
                    ``(A) shall select a teacher for participation in 
                the program--
                            ``(i) who--
                                    ``(I) is fully certified to teach 
                                in the State of the high-need local 
                                educational agency that is a partner in 
                                the eligible partnership;
                                    ``(II) is employed by such high-
                                need local educational agency;
                                    ``(III) has not less than 3 years 
                                of teaching experience; and
                                    ``(IV) submits an application for 
                                participation to the eligible 
                                partnership; and
                            ``(ii) based on selection criteria that 
                        includes--
                                    ``(I) demonstration of strong 
                                content knowledge or a record of 
                                accomplishment in the field or subject 
                                area the teacher will support as a 
                                teacher leader; and
                                    ``(II) demonstration of attributes 
                                linked to effective teaching that are 
                                determined through interviews, 
                                observations, other exhibits, student 
                                achievement, or performance 
                                assessments, such as those leading to 
                                an advanced credential;
                    ``(B) may develop admissions goals and priorities 
                for the teacher leader development program that--
                            ``(i) are aligned with the demonstrated 
                        needs of the school or high-need local 
                        educational agency in which the teacher is 
                        employed;
                            ``(ii) considers cultural competencies that 
                        would make the applicant effective in the 
                        applicant's teacher leader role; and
                            ``(iii) considers whether the teacher has 
                        substantial teaching experience in the school 
                        in which the teacher is employed or in a school 
                        that is similar to the school in which the 
                        teacher is employed;
                    ``(C) shall use the grant funds to pay for costs of 
                training and supporting teacher leaders for not less 
                than 2 years and not more than 3 years;
                    ``(D) may use the grant funds to pay for a portion 
                of a stipend for teacher leaders if such grant funds 
                are matched by additional non-Federal public or private 
                funds as follows:
                            ``(i) during each of the first and second 
                        years of the grant period, grant funds may pay 
                        not more than 50 percent of such stipend; and
                            ``(ii) during the third year of the grant 
                        period, grant funds may pay not more than 33 
                        percent of such stipend; and
                    ``(E) may require teacher leaders to pay back the 
                cost of attaining the credential described in paragraph 
                (2)(A)(ii) if they do not complete their term of 
                service in the teacher leader development program.
    ``(g) Partnership Grants for the Establishment of Grow Your Own 
Programs.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible partnership that receives a 
        grant under this section may use such grant to carry out a 
        high-quality `Grow Your Own' program to address subject or 
        geographic areas of teacher or school leader shortages or to 
        increase the diversity of the teacher or school leader 
        workforce.
            ``(2) Elements of a grow your own program.--A Grow Your Own 
        program carried out under this section shall--
                    ``(A) integrate career-focused courses on education 
                topics with school-based learning experience;
                    ``(B) provide opportunities for candidates to 
                practice and develop the skills and dispositions that 
                will help them become skilled educators and leaders;
                    ``(C) support candidates as they complete their 
                associate, baccalaureate, or master's degree and earn 
                their teaching or school leadership credential; and
                    ``(D) offer financial aid, in addition to financial 
                assistance that may be received under title IV, to 
                candidates and work in partnership with members of the 
                eligible partnership to provide academic, counseling, 
                and programmatic supports.
            ``(3) Establishment and design.--To create and enhance 
        multiple pathways to enter the educator and leadership 
        workforce, an eligible partnership carrying out a Grow Your Own 
        program under this section, in collaboration with organizations 
        representing educators and leaders and additional 
        stakeholders--
                    ``(A) shall--
                            ``(i) establish an advisory group to review 
                        barriers impacting underrepresented populations 
                        entering the teaching and school leadership 
                        profession, identify local teacher and leader 
                        workforce needs, develop policies on the 
                        creation or expansion of Grow Your Own 
                        programs, and provide guidance and oversight on 
                        the implementation of such programs;
                            ``(ii) track and evaluate the effectiveness 
                        of the program, including, at a minimum, using 
                        the data required under section 204(a)(1);
                            ``(iii) require candidates to complete all 
                        State requirements to become fully certified;
                            ``(iv) provide academic and testing 
                        supports, including advising and financial 
                        assistance, to candidates for admission and 
                        completion of education preparation programs as 
                        well as State licensure assessments;
                            ``(v) include efforts, to the extent 
                        feasible, to recruit current paraprofessionals, 
                        as defined under section 8101 of the Elementary 
                        and Secondary Education Act of 1965, 
                        instructional assistants, district employees 
                        not certified to teach or lead (such as long-
                        term substitute teachers), after school and 
                        summer program staff, parent school volunteers, 
                        retired military personnel, and other career 
                        changers with experience in hard to staff areas 
                        who are not currently certified to teach or 
                        lead with a specific focus on recruiting 
                        individuals who are reflective of the race, 
                        ethnicity, and native language of the existing 
                        community's student population; and
                            ``(vi) provide a year-long clinical 
                        experience or teaching or school leadership 
                        residency in which candidates teach or lead 
                        alongside an expert mentor teacher or school 
                        leader; and
                    ``(B) may include--
                            ``(i) a stipend to cover candidate living 
                        expenses or childcare costs; and
                            ``(ii) compensation for mentors.''.

SEC. 2004. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

    Section 203 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022b) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``five-year period'' 
        and inserting ``five-year period, except such partnership may 
        receive an additional grant during such period if such grant is 
        used to establish a teaching residency program, or a principal 
        or other school leader residency program, if such residency 
        program was not established with the prior grant''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)(2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) striking ``teacher preparation 
                        program'' and inserting ``teacher education, 
                        school leader preparation, or educator 
                        development program'';
                            (ii) inserting ``and demonstrated success 
                        in having a diverse set of candidates complete 
                        the program, and entering and remaining in the 
                        profession'', after ``such program''; and
                            (iii) striking ``; and'' at the end;
                    (B) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as 
                subparagraph (C); and
                    (C) by inserting after subparagraph (A) the 
                following:
                    ``(B) provide a 1-year preservice clinical or 
                residency experience that includes the integration of 
                coursework and clinical practice and offers cohorts of 
                candidates the opportunity to learn to teach or lead in 
                partner schools or teaching academies; and''.

SEC. 2005. ACCOUNTABILITY AND EVALUATION.

    Section 204(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022c(a)) is amended to read as follows:
    ``(a) Eligible Partnership Evaluation.--Each eligible partnership 
submitting an application for a grant under this part shall establish, 
and include in such application, an evaluation plan that includes 
rigorous, comprehensive, and measurable performance objectives. The 
plan shall include objectives and measures for--
            ``(1) achievement for all prospective and new educators as 
        measured by the eligible partnership;
            ``(2) after the completion of the partnership program, 
        educator retention at the end of year 3 and year 5;
            ``(3) pass rates and scaled scores for initial State 
        certification or licensure of teachers or pass rates and 
        average scores on valid and reliable teacher performance 
        assessments; and
            ``(4)(A) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals or other school leaders hired by the high-need local 
        educational agency participating in the eligible partnership;
            ``(B) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals, and other educators hired by the high-need local 
        educational agency who are members of underrepresented groups;
            ``(C) the percentage of profession-ready teachers hired by 
        the high-need local educational agency who teach high-need 
        academic subject areas, such as reading, science, technology, 
        engineering, mathematics, computer science, and foreign 
        language (including less commonly taught languages and critical 
        foreign languages);
            ``(D) the percentage of profession-ready teachers hired by 
        the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-need 
        areas, including special education, bilingual education, 
        language instruction educational programs for English language 
        learners, and early childhood education;
            ``(E) the percentage of profession-ready teachers, 
        principals or other school leaders, and other educators hired 
        by the high-need local educational agency who teach in high-
        need schools, disaggregated by the elementary school and 
        secondary school levels;
            ``(F) as applicable, the percentage of early childhood 
        education program classes in the geographic area served by the 
        eligible partnership taught by early childhood educators who 
        are highly competent as a result of participation in the 
        partnership program;
            ``(G) as applicable, the percentage of educators who have 
        completed the partnership program able to--
                    ``(i) integrate technology effectively into 
                curricula and instruction, including technology 
                consistent with the principles of universal design for 
                learning; and
                    ``(ii) use technology effectively to collect, 
                manage, and analyze data to improve teaching and 
                learning for the purpose of improving student learning 
                outcomes; and
            ``(H) as applicable, the percentage of educators who have 
        completed the partnership program taking school leadership 
        positions who, after 3 years in the role, receive ratings of 
        effective or above in State school leader evaluation and 
        support systems (as described in section 2014(c)(4)(B)(ii) of 
        the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965) or, if no 
        such ratings are available, other comparable indicators of 
        performance.''.

SEC. 2006. ACCOUNTABILITY FOR PROGRAMS THAT PREPARE TEACHERS, 
              PRINCIPALS, OR OTHER SCHOOL LEADERS.

    Section 205 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022d) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) by striking the subsection header and inserting 
                the following: ``Institutional and Program Report Cards 
                on the Quality of Teacher and School Leader 
                Preparation''; and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(1) Report card.--Each teacher preparation or school 
        leader preparation entity approved to operate teacher 
        preparation or school leader preparation programs in the State 
        and that receives or enrolls students receiving Federal 
        assistance shall report annually to the State and the general 
        public, in a uniform and comprehensive manner that conforms 
        with the definitions and methods established by the Secretary, 
        the following:
                    ``(A) Pass rates and scaled scores.--For the most 
                recent year for which the information is available for 
                each teacher or school leader preparation program 
                offered by the teacher preparation or school leader 
                preparation entity the following:
                            ``(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), 
                        for those students who took the assessments 
                        used for teacher or school leader certification 
                        or licensure by the State in which the entity 
                        is located and are enrolled in the teacher or 
                        school leader preparation program, and for 
                        those who have taken such assessments and have 
                        completed the teacher or school preparation 
                        program during the 2-year period preceding such 
                        year, for each of such assessments--
                                    ``(I) the percentages of students 
                                enrolled in the preparation program, 
                                and those who have completed such 
                                program, who passed such assessment;
                                    ``(II) the percentage of students 
                                who have taken such assessment who 
                                enrolled in and completed the teacher 
                                or school leader preparation program; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) the average scaled score 
                                for all students who took such 
                                assessment.
                            ``(ii) In the case of an entity that 
                        requires a valid and reliable teacher 
                        performance assessment in order to complete the 
                        preparation program, the entity may submit in 
                        lieu of the information described in clause (i) 
                        the pass rate and average score of students 
                        taking the teacher performance assessment.
                    ``(B) Entity information.--A description of the 
                following:
                            ``(i) The median grade point average and 
                        range of grade point averages for admitted 
                        students.
                            ``(ii) The number of students in the 
                        entity, disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and 
                        gender, except that such disaggregation shall 
                        not be required in a case in which the result 
                        would reveal personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student.
                            ``(iii) The number of hours and types of 
                        supervised clinical preparation required for 
                        each program.
                            ``(iv) The total number and percentage of 
                        students who have completed programs for 
                        certification or licensure disaggregated by 
                        subject area and by race, ethnicity, gender, 
                        income status, and language diversity 
                        (graduates who have bilingual or dual language 
                        immersion endorsements), except that such 
                        disaggregation shall not be required in a case 
                        in which the result would reveal personally 
                        identifiable information about an individual 
                        student.
                            ``(v) The percentage and total number of 
                        program completers who have been certified or 
                        licensed as teachers or school leaders 
                        (disaggregated by subject area of certification 
                        or licensure and by race, ethnicity, and 
                        gender, except that such disaggregation shall 
                        not be required in a case in which the number 
                        of students in a category is insufficient to 
                        yield statistically reliable information or the 
                        results would reveal personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student).
                            ``(vi) The 3- and 5-year teacher or school 
                        leader retention rates, including, at a 
                        minimum, in the same school and local 
                        educational agency, and within the profession 
                        (disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and gender, 
                        except that such disaggregation shall not be 
                        required in a case in which the number of 
                        students in a category is insufficient to yield 
                        statistically reliable information or the 
                        results would reveal personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student).
                    ``(C) Accreditation.--Whether the program or entity 
                is accredited by a specialized accrediting agency 
                recognized by the Secretary for accreditation of 
                professional teacher or school leader education 
                programs.
                    ``(D) Designation as low-performing.--Which 
                programs (if any) offered by the entity have been 
                designated as low-performing by the State under section 
                207(a).'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``and school 
                                leader'' after ``teacher''; and
                                    (II) by inserting ``, including 
                                teacher performance assessments'' after 
                                ``the State'';
                            (ii) by amending subparagraph (D) to read 
                        as follows:
                    ``(D)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), for 
                each of the assessments used by the State for teacher 
                or school leader certification or licensure, 
                disaggregated by subject area, race, ethnicity, and 
                gender, except that such disaggregation shall not be 
                required in a case in which the result would reveal 
                personally identifiable information about an individual 
                student--
                            ``(I) for each entity located in the State, 
                        the percentage of students at each entity who 
                        have completed 100 percent of the nonclinical 
                        coursework and taken the assessment who pass 
                        such assessment;
                            ``(II) the percentage of all such students 
                        in all such programs and entities who have 
                        taken the assessment who pass such assessment;
                            ``(III) the percentage of students who have 
                        taken the assessment and who enrolled in and 
                        completed a teacher or school leader 
                        preparation program; and
                            ``(IV) the average scaled score of 
                        individuals participating in such a program, or 
                        who have completed such a program during the 2-
                        year period preceding the first year for which 
                        the annual State report card is provided, who 
                        took each such assessment.
                    ``(ii) In the case of a State that has implemented 
                a valid and reliable teacher performance assessment, 
                the State may submit in lieu of the information 
                described in clause (i) the pass rate and average score 
                of students taking the teacher performance assessment, 
                disaggregated by subject area, race, ethnicity, and 
                gender, except that such disaggregation shall not be 
                required in a case in which the result would reveal 
                personally identifiable information about an individual 
                student.'';
                            (iii) by striking subparagraphs (G) through 
                        (L) and inserting the following:
                    ``(G) For each teacher and school leader 
                preparation program in the State the following:
                            ``(i) The programs' admission rate, median 
                        grade point average, and range of grade point 
                        averages for admitted students.
                            ``(ii) The number of students in the 
                        program disaggregated by race, ethnicity, and 
                        gender, except that such disaggregation shall 
                        not be required in a case in which the result 
                        would reveal personally identifiable 
                        information about an individual student.
                            ``(iii) The number of hours and types of 
                        supervised clinical preparation required.
                            ``(iv) Whether such program has been 
                        identified as low-performing, as designated by 
                        the State under section 207(a).
                            ``(v) For each school leader preparation 
                        program in the State, the total number and 
                        percentage of program completers placed as 
                        principals who are rated as effective or above 
                        on the State school leader evaluation and 
                        support systems (as described in section 
                        2101(c)(4)(B)(2) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965) or, if no such 
                        ratings are available, other comparable 
                        indicators of performance after three years of 
                        leading a school.
                    ``(H) For the State as a whole, and for each 
                teacher preparation entity in the State, the number of 
                teachers prepared, in the aggregate and reported 
                separately by the following:
                            ``(i) Area of certification or licensure.
                            ``(ii) Route of certification (traditional 
                        versus alternative).
                            ``(iii) Academic major.
                            ``(iv) Degree type (baccalaureate, post-
                        baccalaureate, and master's degrees).
                            ``(v) Subject area for which the teacher 
                        has been prepared to teach.
                            ``(vi) The relationship of the subject area 
                        and grade span of teachers graduated by the 
                        teacher preparation entity to identified 
                        teacher shortage areas of the State.
                            ``(vii) The percentage of teachers 
                        graduated teaching in high-need schools.
                            ``(viii) Placement in a teaching or school 
                        leadership position within 6 months of program 
                        completion.
                            ``(ix) Rates of 3- and 5-year teacher or 
                        school leadership retention including, at a 
                        minimum, in the same school and local 
                        educational agency, and within the 
                        profession.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) No requirement for reporting on students not working 
        in the state.--Nothing in this section shall require a State to 
        report data on program completers who do not work as teachers, 
        principals, or school leaders in such State.''; and
            (3) in subsection (d)(2), by adding at the end the 
        following:
                    ``(D) The relationship of the subject area and 
                grade span of teachers graduated by teacher preparation 
                entities across the States to identified teacher 
                shortage areas.
                    ``(E) The number and percentages of such graduates 
                teaching in high-need schools.''.

SEC. 2007. TEACHER DEVELOPMENT.

    Section 206 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022e) 
is amended by striking ``limited English proficient'' both places it 
appears and inserting ``English learner''.

SEC. 2008. STATE FUNCTIONS.

    Section 207 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1022f) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 207. STATE FUNCTIONS.

    ``(a) State Assessment.--
            ``(1) In general.--In order to receive funds under this Act 
        or under title II of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act 
        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6601 et seq.), a State shall conduct an 
        assessment to identify at-risk and low-performing teacher and 
        school leader preparation programs in the State and to assist 
        such programs through the provision of technical assistance.
            ``(2) Provision of low-performing list.--Each State 
        described in paragraph (1) shall--
                    ``(A) provide the Secretary and the general public 
                an annual list of low-performing teacher and school 
                leader preparation programs and an identification of 
                those programs at risk of being placed on such list, as 
                applicable;
                    ``(B) report any teacher and school leader 
                preparation program that has been closed and the 
                reasons for such closure; and
                    ``(C) describe the assessment, described in 
                paragraph (1), in the report under section 205(b).
            ``(3) Determination of at-risk and low-performing 
        programs.--The levels of performance and the criteria for 
        meeting those levels for purposes of the assessment under 
        paragraph (1) shall be determined by the State in consultation 
        with a representative group of community stakeholders, 
        including, at a minimum, representatives of leaders and faculty 
        of traditional and alternative route teacher and school leader 
        preparation programs, prekindergarten through 12th grade 
        leaders and instructional staff, current teacher and school 
        leader candidates participating in traditional and alternative 
        route teacher or school leader preparation programs, the 
        State's standards board or other appropriate standards body, 
        and other stakeholders identified by the State. In making such 
        determination, the State shall consider multiple measures and 
        the information reported by teacher preparation entities under 
        section 205.
    ``(b) Reporting and Improvement.--In order to receive funds under 
this Act or under title II of the Elementary and Secondary Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6601 et seq.), a State shall--
            ``(1) report to the Secretary and the general public any 
        programs described in subsection (a);
            ``(2) establish a period of improvement and redesign (as 
        established by the State) for programs identified as at-risk 
        under subsection (a);
            ``(3) provide programs identified as at-risk under 
        subsection (a) with technical assistance for a period of not 
        longer than 3 years;
            ``(4) identify at-risk programs as low-performing if there 
        is not sufficient improvement following the period of technical 
        assistance provided by the State; and
            ``(5) subject low-performing programs to the provisions 
        described in subsection (c) (as determined by the State) not 
        later than 1 year after the date of such identification as a 
        low-performing program.
    ``(c) Termination of Eligibility.--Any teacher or school leader 
preparation program that is projected to close--
            ``(1) shall be ineligible for any funding for professional 
        development activities awarded by the Department;
            ``(2) may not be permitted to provide new awards under 
        subpart 9 of part A of title IV; and
            ``(3) shall provide transitional support, including 
        remedial services if necessary, for students enrolled in the 
        program in the year prior to such closure.
    ``(d) Negotiated Rulemaking.--If the Secretary develops any 
regulations implementing subsection (c)(2), the Secretary shall submit 
such proposed regulations to a negotiated rulemaking process, which 
shall include representatives of States, institutions of higher 
education, and educational and student organizations.
    ``(e) Application of Requirements.--The requirements of this 
section shall apply to both traditional teacher preparation programs 
and alternative routes to State certification and licensure 
programs.''.

SEC. 2009. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Section 208(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022g(a)) is amended by striking ``sections 205 and 206'' and inserting 
``section 205''.

SEC. 2010. ELEVATION OF THE EDUCATION PROFESSION STUDY.

    Part A of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 208 the following:

``SEC. 209. ELEVATION OF THE EDUCATION PROFESSION STUDY.

    ``(a) Purpose.--The purpose of this section is to authorize a 
feasibilty study on the elevation of the education profession by 
examining State policies related to teacher and school leader education 
and certification, produce a comprehensive set of expectations that 
sets a high bar for entry into the profession and ensures that all 
entering teachers and school leaders are profession-ready, and develop 
recommendations to Congress on best practices with respect to elevating 
the education profession that are evidence-based, reliable, and 
verified by the field.
    ``(b) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary of Education shall 
        establish an Advisory Committee to carry out the elevation of 
        the education profession study described in subsection (c) and 
        make recommendations to Congress on the findings.
            ``(2) Membership of the advisory committee.--The Advisory 
        Committee shall include representatives or advocates from the 
        following categories:
                    ``(A) Teacher unions.
                    ``(B) School leader organizations.
                    ``(C) State and local chief executives or their 
                representatives.
                    ``(D) State educational agencies and local 
                educational agencies.
                    ``(E) Teacher and school leader advocacy 
                organizations.
                    ``(F) School administrator organizations.
                    ``(G) Institutions of higher education, including 
                colleges of teacher education.
                    ``(H) Civil rights organizations.
                    ``(I) Organizations representing students with 
                disabilities.
                    ``(J) Organizations representing English learners.
                    ``(K) Nonprofit organizations representing subject-
                fields, such as STEM Educator organizations, 
                comprehensive literacy Educator organizations, and arts 
                and humanities educator organizations.
                    ``(L) Professional development organizations.
                    ``(M) Educational technology organizations.
                    ``(N) Nonprofit research organizations.
                    ``(O) Organizations representing nontraditional 
                pathways into teacher and school leader education.
                    ``(P) Organizations representing parents.
    ``(c) Duties of the Advisory Committee.--
            ``(1) Feasibility study.--The Advisory Committee shall 
        conduct a feasibility study to--
                    ``(A) assess the state of policies and practices 
                related to teacher and school leader education and 
                entry into the profession including barriers to 
                achieving certification and licensure, best practices 
                in producing profession-ready teachers and school 
                leaders, and recruitment and retention of teachers and 
                school leaders in schools;
                    ``(B) compile best practices for educating and 
                training profession-ready teachers and school leaders 
                including evidence-based practices for training 
                teachers and school leaders to support diverse 
                learners, developing teacher and school leaders, and 
                successful pre-service and in-service educational 
                activities;
                    ``(C) review certification and credentialing 
                practices throughout the Nation including minimum 
                standards in each State, differences in types of 
                credentials, and impact of different certification 
                processes in each State for teachers and school leaders 
                who relocate; and
                    ``(D) recommend a comprehensive set of rigorous 
                expectations for States standards to elevate the 
                profession of teaching and to produce profession-ready 
                teachers and school leaders prepared to educate diverse 
                learners in inclusive educational settings.
            ``(2) Reports.--
                    ``(A) Not later than 1 year after the Advisory 
                Committee's first meeting, the Committee shall submit 
                an interim report to the Secretary and to the 
                authorizing committees detailing the methods of the 
                study and progress in developing the set of 
                comprehensive and rigorous expectations.
                    ``(B) Not later than 3 years after the Advisory 
                Committee's first meeting, the Committee shall submit a 
                final report to the Secretary and to the authorizing 
                committees detailing the findings, recommendations, and 
                suggested set of comprehensive and rigorous 
                expectations.
            ``(3) Dissemination of information.--In carrying out the 
        study under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall, after the 
        release of the study, disseminate information found in the 
        study in an accessible format to all stakeholders.
            ``(4) Database.--Not later than 180 days after the date of 
        the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall produce 
        an electronically accessible clearinghouse of State 
        certification procedures and best State practices for producing 
        and retaining profession-ready teachers and school leaders.''.

SEC. 2011. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Part A of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1022 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating section 209 as section 210; and
            (2) in section 210, as so redesignated--
                    (A) by striking ``$300,000,000'' and inserting 
                ``$500,000,000'';
                    (B) by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2019''; 
                and
                    (C) by striking ``two succeeding'' and inserting 
                ``5 succeeding''.

         PART B--ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION

SEC. 2101. ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION.

    Part B of title II of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1031 et seq.) is amended to read as follows:

        ``PART B--ENHANCING TEACHER AND SCHOOL LEADER EDUCATION

``SEC. 230. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--There are authorized to be appropriated to carry 
out this part $100,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 
succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Distribution of Funds.--Subparts 1 through 4 of this part 
shall each receive a minimum of 20 percent of the amount appropriated 
for a fiscal year, and the Secretary shall have discretion over the 
distribution under this part of the remaining amount appropriated for 
such fiscal year.

    ``Subpart 1--Honorable Augustus F. Hawkins Centers of Excellence

``SEC. 231. FINDINGS.

    ``Congress finds the following:
            ``(1) Our Nation's schools are experiencing a severe 
        teacher diversity gap that negatively impacts student 
        achievement and school culture--50 percent of current students 
        are students of color while only 18 percent of teachers are of 
        color, according to a 2016 study by the Brookings Institution.
            ``(2) A 2016 report conducted by the Department of 
        Education shows that teachers of color tend to provide more 
        culturally relevant teaching and better understand the 
        situations that students of color may face. These factors help 
        in the development of trusting teacher-student relationships. 
        Researchers from Vanderbilt University also found that greater 
        racial and ethnic diversity in the principal corps benefits 
        students, especially students of color.
            ``(3) Teachers and school leaders of color can also serve 
        as cultural ambassadors who help students feel more welcome at 
        school or as role models.
            ``(4) Research consistently shows that increasing diversity 
        in the teaching profession can have positive impacts on student 
        educational experiences and outcomes. Students of color 
        demonstrate greater academic achievement and social-emotional 
        development in classes with teachers of color. Studies also 
        suggest that all students, including White students, benefit 
        from having teachers of color offering their distinctive 
        knowledge, experiences, and role modeling to the student body 
        as a whole.

``SEC. 232. PURPOSE.

    ``The purpose of this subpart is to strengthen and expand the 
recruitment, training, and retention of candidates of color into the 
teaching profession.

``SEC. 233. ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION DEFINED.

    ``In this subpart, the term `eligible institution' means an 
institution of higher education that has a teacher or school leader 
preparation program that is a accredited by the State and that is--
            ``(1) a part B institution (as defined in section 322);
            ``(2) a Hispanic-serving institution (as defined in section 
        502);
            ``(3) a Tribal college or university (as defined in section 
        316);
            ``(4) an Alaska Native-serving institution (as defined in 
        section 317(b));
            ``(5) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution (as defined in 
        section 317(b));
            ``(6) a predominantly Black institution (as defined in 
        section 318);
            ``(7) an Asian-American and Native American Pacific 
        Islander-serving institution (as defined in section 320(b));
            ``(8) a Native American-serving, nontribal institution (as 
        defined in section 319);
            ``(9) a consortium of any of the institutions described in 
        paragraphs (1) through (8); or
            ``(10) an institution described in paragraphs (1) through 
        (8), or a consortium described in paragraph (9), in partnership 
        with any other institution of higher education, but only if the 
        center of excellence established under section 234 is located 
        at an institution described in paragraphs (1) through (8).

``SEC. 234. AUGUSTUS F. HAWKINS CENTERS OF EXCELLENCE.

    ``(a) Program Authorized.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, 
to eligible institutions to establish centers of excellence.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution shall use a grant 
received under this subpart to ensure that programs offered at a center 
of excellence established by such institution prepare current and 
future teachers or school leaders to be profession-ready, and meet the 
applicable State certification and licensure requirements, including 
any requirements for certification obtained through alternative routes 
to certification, or, with regard to special education teachers, the 
qualifications described in section 612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals 
with Disabilities Education Act, by carrying out one or more of the 
following activities:
            ``(1) Implementing reforms within teacher or school leader 
        preparation programs to ensure that such programs are preparing 
        teachers or school leaders who meet such applicable State 
        certification and licensure requirements or qualifications, and 
        are using evidence-based instructional practices to improve 
        student academic achievement, by--
                    ``(A) retraining or recruiting faculty; and
                    ``(B) designing (or redesigning) teacher or school 
                leader preparation programs that--
                            ``(i) prepare teachers or school leaders to 
                        serve in low-performing schools and close 
                        student achievement gaps; and
                            ``(ii) are based on--
                                    ``(I) rigorous academic content;
                                    ``(II) evidence-based research; and
                                    ``(III) challenging State academic 
                                standards as described in section 
                                1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and 
                                Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                                U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)); and
                            ``(iii) promote effective teaching skills.
            ``(2) Providing sustained and high-quality preservice 
        clinical experience, including the mentoring of prospective 
        teachers by exemplary teachers or teacher leaders, 
        substantially increasing interaction between faculty at 
        institutions of higher education and new and experienced 
        teachers, principals, school leaders, and other administrators 
        at elementary schools or secondary schools, and providing 
        support, including preparation time, for such interaction.
            ``(3) Developing and implementing initiatives to promote 
        retention of teachers who meet such applicable State 
        certification and licensure requirements or qualifications, and 
        principals and other school leaders, including teachers, 
        principals, and other school leaders of color, including 
        programs that provide--
                    ``(A) teacher or principal and other school leader 
                mentoring; and
                    ``(B) induction and support for teachers and 
                principals and other school leaders during their first 
                three years of employment as teachers, principals, or 
                other school leaders, respectively.
            ``(4) Awarding scholarships based on financial need to help 
        students pay the costs of tuition, room, board, and other 
        expenses of completing a teacher or other school leader 
        preparation program at the Center of Excellence, not to exceed 
        the cost of attendance as defined in section 472.
            ``(5) Disseminating information on effective practices for 
        teacher or other school leader preparation and successful 
        teacher or other school leader certification and licensure 
        assessment preparation strategies.
            ``(6) Activities authorized under section 202.
    ``(c) Application.--Any eligible institution desiring a grant under 
this subpart shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary 
may require.
    ``(d) Limitation on Administrative Expenses.--An eligible 
institution that receives a grant under this subpart may use not more 
than 2 percent of the funds provided to administer the grant.
    ``(e) Regulations.--The Secretary shall prescribe such regulations 
as may be necessary to carry out this subpart.

              ``Subpart 2--Preparing Well-Rounded Teachers

``SEC. 241. WELL-ROUNDED TEACHING GRANTS.

    ``(a) Findings.--Congress finds that--
            ``(1) students have diverse learning needs and teachers 
        must be prepared to provide a high-quality, equitable education 
        to every child;
            ``(2) improving the pedagogical competencies, behavior 
        management skills, and cultural competencies of teacher 
        candidates prepares them to effectively teach students from 
        diverse backgrounds and increases the likelihood they will 
        remain in the profession; and
            ``(3) teachers who hold dual certification and receive 
        training in social and emotional learning competencies and 
        nonexclusionary, positive behavior management practices are 
        better prepared to create a supportive school climate and meet 
        the needs of all students, including English learners, racially 
        diverse students, students with disabilities, low-income 
        students, and students who have experienced trauma.
    ``(b) Purpose.--The purpose of this subpart is to--
            ``(1) strengthen and expand teacher preparation programs 
        that embed dual certification for teacher candidates in special 
        education; and
            ``(2) strengthen and expand teacher preparation programs 
        that embed training on inclusive practices, culturally 
        responsive teaching, social and emotional learning competencies 
        and nonexclusionary, positive behavior management practices to 
        teacher candidates.
    ``(c) Authorization of Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
        this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the 
        preparation of general education teacher candidates to ensure 
        that such teacher candidates possess the knowledge, skills, and 
        credentials necessary to effectively instruct students with 
        disabilities in general education classrooms, and an 
        understanding of positive behavior-management practices that 
        reduce the use of exclusionary and aversive disciplinary 
        practices and create a supportive school climate.
            ``(2) Duration of grants.--A grant under this subpart shall 
        be awarded for a period of not more than 5 years.
            ``(3) Non-federal share.--An eligible partnership that 
        receives a grant under this subpart shall provide not less than 
        25 percent of the cost of the activities carried out with such 
        grant from non-Federal sources, which may be provided in cash 
        or in-kind.
    ``(d) Definition of Eligible Partnership.--In this section, the 
term `eligible partnership' means a partnership that--
            ``(1) shall include--
                    ``(A) one or more departments or programs at an 
                institution of higher education--
                            ``(i) that prepare elementary or secondary 
                        general education teachers;
                            ``(ii) that have a program of study that 
                        leads to an undergraduate degree, a master's 
                        degree, or completion of a postbaccalaureate 
                        program required for teacher certification; and
                            ``(iii) the profession-ready graduates of 
                        which meet the applicable State certification 
                        and licensure requirements, including any 
                        requirements for certification obtained through 
                        alternative routes to certification, or, with 
                        regard to special education teachers, the 
                        qualifications described in section 
                        612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with 
                        Disabilities Education Act;
                    ``(B) a department or program that has expertise in 
                special education at an institution of higher 
                education; and
                    ``(C) a high-need local educational agency; and
            ``(2) may include--
                    ``(A) a department or program of mathematics, earth 
                or physical science, foreign language, or another 
                department at the institution that has a role in 
                preparing teachers; or
                    ``(B) a non-profit, research-based organization.
    ``(e) Activities.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant 
under this section--
            ``(1) shall use the grant funds to--
                    ``(A) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
                postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation 
                program by integrating special education pedagogy into 
                the general education curriculum and academic content 
                that results in applicable dual State certification for 
                teacher candidates who complete the program;
                    ``(B) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
                postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation 
                program by embedding social and emotional learning 
                strategies, inclusive practices, culturally responsive 
                teaching, and nonexclusionary, positive behavior-
                management practices into the general education 
                curriculum and academic content;
                    ``(C) provide teacher candidates participating in 
                the program under subparagraph (A) with skills related 
                to--
                            ``(i) response to intervention, positive 
                        behavioral interventions and supports 
                        (including eliminating the use of aversive 
                        interventions such as seclusion and 
                        restraints), differentiated instruction, and 
                        data-driven instruction (including the use of 
                        data to identify and address disparities in 
                        rates of discipline among student subgroups);
                            ``(ii) universal design for learning;
                            ``(iii) determining and utilizing 
                        accommodations for instruction and assessments 
                        for students with disabilities;
                            ``(iv) collaborating with stakeholders such 
                        as special educators, related services 
                        providers, out-of-school time providers, and 
                        parents, including participation in 
                        individualized education program development 
                        and implementation;
                            ``(v) appropriately utilizing technology 
                        and assistive technology for students with 
                        disabilities; and
                            ``(vi) effectively and equitably using 
                        technology for digital and blended learning;
                    ``(D) provide teacher candidates participating in 
                the program under subparagraph (B) with skills related 
                to--
                            ``(i) social and emotional learning 
                        competencies;
                            ``(ii) positive behavior interventions and 
                        supports or multitiered systems of support;
                            ``(iii) trauma-informed care;
                            ``(iv) evidenced-based restorative justice 
                        practices;
                            ``(v) culturally responsive teaching and 
                        anti-bias training that is evidence-based; and
                    ``(E) provide extensive clinical experience for 
                participants described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) 
                with mentoring and induction support throughout the 
                program that continues during the first 2 years of 
                full-time teaching.
    ``(f) Application.--
            ``(1) Application requirements.--An eligible partnership 
        seeking a grant under this section shall submit an application 
        to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
        such information as the Secretary may require. Such application 
        shall include--
                    ``(A) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership 
                of the existing teacher preparation program at the 
                institution of higher education and needs related to 
                preparing general education teacher candidates to 
                instruct students with disabilities; and
                    ``(B) an assessment of the existing personnel needs 
                for general education teachers who instruct students 
                with disabilities, performed by the high-need local 
                educational agency described in subsection (d)(1)(C).
            ``(2) Peer review.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall convene a 
                peer review committee to review applications for grants 
                under this subpart and to make recommendations to the 
                Secretary regarding the selection of eligible 
                partnerships for such grants.
                    ``(B) Membership.--Members of the peer review 
                committee shall be recognized experts in the fields of 
                special education, social and emotional learning, 
                teacher preparation, and general education and shall 
                not be in a position to benefit financially from any 
                grants awarded under this section.
    ``(g) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under 
this subpart, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent possible, 
provide for an equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
    ``(h) Evaluations.--
            ``(1) By the partnership.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible partnership 
                receiving a grant under this subpart shall conduct an 
                evaluation at the end of the grant period to 
                determine--
                            ``(i) the effectiveness of the general 
                        education teachers who completed a program 
                        under subsection (c)(1) with respect to 
                        instruction of students with disabilities in 
                        general education classrooms; and
                            ``(ii) the systemic impact of the 
                        activities carried out by such grant on how 
                        each institution of higher education that is a 
                        member of the partnership prepares teachers for 
                        instruction in elementary schools and secondary 
                        schools.
                    ``(B) Report to the secretary.--Each eligible 
                partnership performing an evaluation under subparagraph 
                (A) shall report the findings of such evaluation to the 
                Secretary.
            ``(2) Report by the secretary.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the last day of the grant period for which an evaluation 
        was conducted under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make 
        available to the authorizing committees and the public the 
        findings of the evaluations submitted under paragraph (1), and 
        information on best practices related to effective instruction 
        of students with disabilities in general education classrooms.

    ``Subpart 3--Preparing Teachers for English-Learner Instruction

``SEC. 251. TEACHING ENGLISH LEARNERS GRANT.

    ``(a) Authorization of Program.--The Secretary shall award grants, 
on a competitive basis, to eligible partnerships to improve the 
preparation of teacher candidates to ensure that such teacher 
candidates possess the knowledge and skills necessary to effectively 
instruct English learners.
    ``(b) Duration of Grants.--A grant under this section shall be 
awarded for a period of not more than 5 years.
    ``(c) Non-Federal Share.--An eligible partnership that receives a 
grant under this section shall provide not less than 25 percent of the 
cost of the activities carried out with such grant from non-Federal 
sources, which may be provided in cash or in kind.
    ``(d) Eligible Partnership.--The term `eligible partnership' means 
an eligible institution of higher education in partnership with a high-
need local educational agency or a high-need early childhood education 
program.
    ``(e) Uses of Funds.--An eligible partnership that receives a grant 
under this section shall use the grant to--
            ``(1) develop or strengthen an undergraduate, 
        postbaccalaureate, or master's teacher preparation program by 
        integrating strategies for teaching English learners into the 
        education curriculum and academic content;
            ``(2) provide teacher candidates participating in a program 
        under paragraph (1) with skills related to--
                    ``(A) helping English learners--
                            ``(i) achieve at high levels in 
                        prekindergarten programs, and elementary 
                        schools and secondary schools so that such 
                        English learners can meet the challenging State 
                        academic standards adopted under section 
                        1111(b)(1) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(1)) by 
                        the State of the school attended by the English 
                        learners, which all children in the State are 
                        expected to meet; and
                            ``(ii) attain English proficiency;
                    ``(B) appropriately identifying and meeting the 
                specific learning needs of children with disabilities 
                who are English learners;
                    ``(C) recognizing and addressing the social and 
                emotional needs of English learners; and
                    ``(D) promoting parental, family, and community 
                engagement in educational programs that serve English 
                learners;
            ``(3) provide authentic clinical learning opportunities for 
        teacher candidates participating in the program involving 
        sustained interactions with teachers and English learners at 
        public prekindergarten programs, or elementary schools or 
        secondary schools, to the extent practicable, or simulated 
        environments at the eligible institution of higher education 
        involved, that foster in-depth, first-hand engagement with 
        tasks required of a teacher providing instruction to English 
        learners; and
            ``(4) provide teacher candidates with the required 
        coursework to qualify for an English-as-a-second-language 
        certification, endorsement, or initial teaching credential, as 
        recognized by the State of the eligible partnership.
    ``(f) Application.--An eligible partnership seeking a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require. Such application shall include--
            ``(1) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the 
        existing teacher preparation program at the institution of 
        higher education and the needs related to preparing teacher 
        candidates to instruct English learners in the manner described 
        in subsection (d)(2); and
            ``(2) a self-assessment by the eligible partnership of the 
        personnel needs for teachers who instruct English learners at 
        local, public prekindergarten programs, and elementary schools 
        and secondary schools.
    ``(g) Equitable Geographic Distribution.--In awarding grants under 
this section, the Secretary shall, to the maximum extent possible, 
provide for an equitable geographic distribution of such grants.
    ``(h) Evaluations.--
            ``(1) Report from eligible partnerships.--An eligible 
        partnership receiving a grant under this section shall submit 
        to the Secretary the results of an evaluation conducted by the 
        partnership at the end of the grant period to determine--
                    ``(A) the effectiveness of teachers who completed a 
                program under subsection (d)(1) with respect to 
                instruction of English learners; and
                    ``(B) the systemic impact of the activities carried 
                out by such grant on how such partnership prepares 
                teachers to provide instruction in prekindergarten 
                programs, and elementary schools and secondary schools.
            ``(2) Report from the secretary.--Not later than 180 days 
        after the last day of the grant period under this section, the 
        Secretary shall make available to the authorizing committees 
        and the public--
                    ``(A) the findings of the evaluations submitted 
                under paragraph (1); and
                    ``(B) information on best practices related to 
                effective instruction of English learners.

``Subpart 4--Graduate Fellowships To Prepare Faculty in High-Need Areas 
                        at Colleges of Education

``SEC. 261. GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS TO PREPARE FACULTY IN HIGH-NEED AREAS 
              AT COLLEGES OF EDUCATION.

    ``(a) Grants by Secretary.--From the amounts provided to carry out 
this subpart, the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, 
to eligible institutions to enable such institutions to make graduate 
fellowship awards to qualified individuals in accordance with the 
provisions of this section.
    ``(b) Eligible Institutions.--In this section, the term `eligible 
institution' means an institution of higher education, or a consortium 
of such institutions, that offers a program of postbaccalaureate study 
leading to a doctoral degree.
    ``(c) Applications.--An eligible institution that desires a grant 
under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such 
time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary 
may reasonably require.
    ``(d) Types of Fellowships Supported.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible institution that receives a 
        grant under this subpart shall use the grant funds to provide 
        graduate fellowships to individuals who are preparing for the 
        professorate in order to prepare individuals to become 
        elementary school and secondary school science, technology, 
        engineering, and math teachers, special education teachers, and 
        teachers who provide instruction for English-learners, who meet 
        the applicable State certification and licensure requirements, 
        including any requirements for certification obtained through 
        alternative routes to certification, or, with regard to special 
        education teachers, the qualifications described in section 
        612(a)(14)(C) of the Individuals with Disabilities Education 
        Act.
            ``(2) Types of study.--A graduate fellowship provided under 
        this section shall support an individual in pursuing 
        postbaccalaureate study, which leads to a doctoral degree and 
        may include a master's degree as part of such study, related to 
        teacher preparation and pedagogy in one of the following areas:
                    ``(A) Science, technology, engineering, 
                mathematics, and computer science, and their related 
                subfields, if the individual has completed a master's 
                degree in mathematics, engineering, science, or 
                computer science and is pursuing a doctoral degree in 
                mathematics, science, engineering, or education.
                    ``(B) Special education.
                    ``(C) The instruction of English-learners, 
                including postbaccalaureate study in language 
                instruction educational programs.
    ``(e) Fellowship Terms and Conditions.--
            ``(1) Selection of fellows.--The Secretary shall ensure 
        that an eligible institution that receives a grant under this 
        subpart--
                    ``(A) shall provide graduate fellowship awards to 
                individuals who plan to pursue a career in instruction 
                at an institution of higher education that has a 
                teacher preparation program; and
                    ``(B) may not provide a graduate fellowship to an 
                otherwise eligible individual--
                            ``(i) during periods in which such 
                        individual is enrolled at an institution of 
                        higher education unless such individual is 
                        maintaining satisfactory academic progress in, 
                        and devoting full-time study or research to, 
                        the pursuit of the degree for which the 
                        fellowship support was provided; or
                            ``(ii) if the individual is engaged in 
                        gainful employment, other than part-time 
                        employment related to teaching, research, or a 
                        similar activity determined by the institution 
                        to be consistent with and supportive of the 
                        individual's progress toward the degree for 
                        which the fellowship support was provided.
            ``(2) Amount of fellowship awards.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible institution that 
                receives a grant under this subpart shall award 
                stipends to individuals who are provided graduate 
                fellowships under this subpart.
                    ``(B) Awards based on need.--A stipend provided 
                under this subpart shall be in an amount equal to the 
                level of support provided by the National Science 
                Foundation graduate fellowships, except that such 
                stipend shall be adjusted as necessary so as not to 
                exceed the fellowship recipient's demonstrated need, as 
                determined by the institution of higher education where 
                the fellowship recipient is enrolled.
            ``(3) Service requirement.--
                    ``(A) Teaching required.--Each individual who 
                receives a graduate fellowship under this subpart and 
                earns a doctoral degree shall teach for 1 year at an 
                institution of higher education that has a teacher 
                preparation program for each year of fellowship support 
                received under this section.
                    ``(B) Institutional obligation.--Each eligible 
                institution that receives a grant under this subpart 
                shall provide an assurance to the Secretary that the 
                institution has inquired of and determined the decision 
                of each individual who has received a graduate 
                fellowship to, within 3 years of receiving a doctoral 
                degree, begin employment at an institution of higher 
                education that has a teacher preparation program, as 
                required by this section.
                    ``(C) Agreement required.--Prior to receiving an 
                initial graduate fellowship award, and upon the annual 
                renewal of the graduate fellowship award, an individual 
                selected to receive a graduate fellowship under this 
                section shall sign an agreement with the Secretary 
                agreeing to pursue a career in instruction at an 
                institution of higher education that has a teacher 
                preparation program in accordance with subparagraph 
                (A).
                    ``(D) Failure to comply.--If an individual who 
                receives a graduate fellowship award under this section 
                fails to comply with the agreement signed pursuant to 
                subparagraph (C), the sum of the amounts of any 
                graduate fellowship award received by such recipient 
                shall, upon a determination of such a failure, be 
                treated as a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 
                under part D of title IV, and shall be subject to 
                repayment, together with interest thereon accruing from 
                the date of the fellowship award, in accordance with 
                terms and conditions specified by the Secretary in 
                regulations under this subpart.
                    ``(E) Modified service requirement.--The Secretary 
                may waive or modify the service requirement of this 
                paragraph in accordance with regulations promulgated by 
                the Secretary with respect to the criteria to determine 
                the circumstances under which compliance with such 
                service requirement is inequitable or represents a 
                substantial hardship. The Secretary may waive the 
                service requirement if compliance by the fellowship 
                recipient is determined to be inequitable or represent 
                a substantial hardship--
                            ``(i) because the individual is permanently 
                        and totally disabled at the time of the waiver 
                        request; or
                            ``(ii) based on documentation presented to 
                        the Secretary of substantial economic or 
                        personal hardship.
    ``(f) Institutional Support for Fellows.--An eligible institution 
that receives a grant under this section may reserve not more than ten 
percent of the grant amount for academic and career transition support 
for graduate fellowship recipients and for meeting the institutional 
obligation described in subsection (e)(3)(B).
    ``(g) Restriction on Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that 
receives a grant under this section may not use grant funds for general 
operational overhead of the institution.

                    ``Subpart 5--General Provisions

``SEC. 281. COMPETITIVE PRIORITY.

    ``In awarding grants under subparts 1 through 4, the Secretary 
shall award competitive priority to eligible institutions, eligible 
partnerships, and eligible entities that demonstrate in the application 
for such a grant a plan to--
            ``(1) increase the diversity in the educator workforce 
        through--
                    ``(A) recruiting, enrolling, and preparing diverse 
                teacher candidates; and
                    ``(B) efforts that help retain diverse teacher 
                candidates in high-needs schools;
            ``(2) address the shortage of teachers in high-needs fields 
        including science, technology, engineering, arts, mathematics, 
        or computer science through--
                    ``(A) recruiting, enrolling, and preparing teacher 
                candidates to achieve certification, as required by the 
                State, to offer instruction in high-needs fields, 
                including science, technology, engineering, arts, 
                mathematics, or computer science; and
                    ``(B) efforts that help retain teachers of high-
                needs fields in high-needs schools;
            ``(3) expand the pipeline of school leaders through 
        preparing teacher leaders, which may be achieved by efforts 
        that may include--
                    ``(A) embedding pedagogical coursework for teacher 
                candidates that fosters--
                            ``(i) leadership and advocacy skills;
                            ``(ii) knowledge of school management and 
                        finance;
                            ``(iii) school operations and business 
                        skills;
                            ``(iv) effective use and management of 
                        educational technology;
                            ``(v) strategies for community and family 
                        engagement; and
                            ``(vi) mentorship and coaching strategies; 
                        and
                    ``(B) providing opportunities for teacher 
                candidates to receive--
                            ``(i) exposure to and modeling from teacher 
                        leaders and school leaders; and
                            ``(ii) ongoing support and continuation of 
                        professional development on teacher or other 
                        school leadership once exiting the teacher or 
                        other school leader preparation program.''.

                      TITLE III--INSTITUTIONAL AID

SEC. 3001. STRENGTHENING INSTITUTIONS.

    (a) Program Purpose.--Section 311(d) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057(d)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``or greater than'' and inserting 
                ``50 percent of''; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) Scholarship.--An eligible institution that uses grant 
        funds provided under this section to establish or increase an 
        endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from such 
        endowment to provide scholarships to students for the purposes 
        of attending such institution.''.
    (b) Tribally Controlled Colleges and Universities.--Section 316(c) 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (D), by striking ``Indians'' 
                and all that follows through ``policy'' and inserting 
                ``American Indians and Alaska Natives are 
                underrepresented, instruction in Native American 
                language, and instruction to support tribal governance, 
                tribal public policy, and tribal history and 
                sovereignty;'' and
                    (B) in subparagraph (L) by striking ``outreach'' 
                and all that follows through ``education'' and 
                inserting ``outreach and recruitment activities and 
                programs that encourage American Indian and Alaska 
                Native elementary school students, secondary school 
                students, and adults to develop the academic skills and 
                the interest to pursue and succeed in postsecondary 
                education''; and
            (2) in paragraph (3)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (B)--
                            (i) by striking ``matching funds'' and 
                        inserting ``matching funds (which may include 
                        gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a 
                        specific purpose)''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``equal to the Federal 
                        funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of 
                        the Federal funds''; and
                    (B) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the 
                following:
                    ``(D) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that 
                uses grant funds provided under this section to 
                establish or increase an endowment fund may use the 
                interest proceeds from such endowment to provide 
                scholarships to students for the purposes of attending 
                such institution.''.
    (c) Elimination of Pre-Approval Requirement; Use of Unexpended 
Funds.--Section 316(d) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1059c(d)) is amended--
            (1) by striking paragraph (1);
            (2) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (4) as 
        paragraphs (1) through (3), respectively; and
            (3) in paragraph (2), as so redesignated, by adding at the 
        end the following:
                    ``(C) Use of unexpended funds.--Any funds paid to 
                an institution and not expended or used for the 
                purposes for which the funds were paid during the 5-
                year period following the date of the initial grant 
                award, may be carried over and expended during the 
                succeeding 5-year period, if such funds were obligated 
                for a purpose for which the funds were paid during the 
                5-year period following the date of the initial grant 
                award.''.
    (d) Promoting the Sustainability of Native American Languages.--
Part A of title III of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1057 
et seq.) is further amended by inserting after section 316 (20 U.S.C. 
1059c) the following:

``SEC. 316A. NATIVE AMERICAN LANGUAGE VITALIZATION AND TRAINING 
              PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        subsection (d), the Secretary shall establish the Native 
        American Language Vitalization and Training Program under which 
        the Secretary shall award grants, on a competitive basis, to 
        eligible institutions to promote the preservation, 
        revitalization, relevancy, and use of Native American 
        languages.
            ``(2) Term.--The term of a grant under this section shall 
        be not more than 5 years.
            ``(3) Application.--
                    ``(A) Streamlined process.--In carrying out the 
                program under this section, the Secretary shall 
                establish application requirements in such a manner as 
                to simplify and streamline the process for the grant 
                application under this section.
                    ``(B) In general.--To be eligible to receive a 
                grant under this subsection, an eligible institution 
                shall submit to the Secretary an application at such 
                time, in such manner, and in accordance with any other 
                application requirements described in subparagraph (A), 
                that the Secretary may prescribe, and including the 
                following:
                            ``(i) A description of the 5-year program 
                        of the eligible institution for meeting the 
                        needs of American Indians, Alaska Natives, 
                        Native Hawaiians, or Native American Pacific 
                        Islanders, as appropriate, in the area served 
                        by the institution, and how such plan is 
                        consistent with the purposes described in 
                        paragraph (1).
                            ``(ii)(I) An identification of the 
                        population to be served by the eligible 
                        institution; and
                            ``(II) an identification of the status of 
                        Native American language understanding and use 
                        within that population and a description of the 
                        manner in which the program will help preserve 
                        and revitalize the relevant Native American 
                        language.
                            ``(iii) A description of the services to be 
                        provided under the program, including the 
                        manner in which the services will be integrated 
                        with other appropriate language programs 
                        available in the relevant community.
                            ``(iv) A description, to be prepared in 
                        consultation with the Secretary, of the 
                        performance measures to be used to assess the 
                        performance of the eligible institution in 
                        carrying out the program.
    ``(b) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution may use a grant under 
this section to carry out activities consistent with the purposes 
described in subsection (a)(1), including--
            ``(1) curriculum development and academic instruction, 
        including educational activities, programs, and partnerships 
        relating to students in early childhood education programs 
        through grade 12;
            ``(2) professional development for faculty at the eligible 
        institution and in-service training programs for early 
        childhood education programs through grade 12 instructors and 
        administrators; and
            ``(3) innovative Native American language programs for 
        students in early childhood education programs through grade 
        12, including language immersion programs.
    ``(c) Applicability of Other Provisions.--
            ``(1) Concurrent funding.--
                    ``(A) Tribal college or university.--An eligible 
                institution that is a Tribal College or University may, 
                concurrently, receive a grant under this section and 
                funds under section 316.
                    ``(B) Alaska native-serving institution or native 
                hawaiian-serving institution.--An eligible institution 
                that is an Alaska Native-serving institution or Native 
                Hawaiian-serving institution may, concurrently, receive 
                a grant under this section and funds under section 317.
                    ``(C) Asian american and native american pacific 
                islander-serving institution.--An eligible institution 
                that is an Asian American and Native American Pacific 
                Islander-serving institution may, concurrently, receive 
                a grant under this section and funds under section 320.
            ``(2) Exemption.--Sections 312(b) and 313(d) shall not 
        apply to an eligible institution that receives a grant under 
        this section.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to carry out this section $20,000,000 (of which 
$15,000,000 shall be available for Tribal Colleges or Universities and 
$5,000,000 shall be available for the institutions described in 
subparagraphs (B) through (D) of subsection (e)(1)) for fiscal year 
2021 and each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means--
                    ``(A) a Tribal College or University, as defined in 
                section 316;
                    ``(B) an Alaska Native-serving institution, as 
                defined in section 317;
                    ``(C) a Native Hawaiian-serving institution, as 
                defined in section 317; or
                    ``(D) an Asian American and Native American Pacific 
                Islander-serving institution, as defined in section 
                320, which is located in American Samoa, Guam, or the 
                Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
            ``(2) Native american.--The term `Native American' has the 
        meaning given the term in section 371(c)(6).''.
    (e) Predominantly Black Institutions.--Section 318(d)(3) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e(d)(3)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (B)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than the 
                Federal funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of 
                the Federal funds''; and
            (2) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
                    ``(D) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that 
                uses grant funds provided under this section to 
                establish or increase an endowment fund may use the 
                interest proceeds from such endowment to provide 
                scholarships to students for the purposes of attending 
                such institution.''.
    (f) Technical Correction to Section 317.--Section 317(d)(3)(A) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059d(d)(3)(A)) is amended 
to read as follows:
                    ``(A) Eligibility.--No Alaskan Native-serving 
                institution of Native Hawaiian-serving institution that 
                receives funds under this section shall concurrently 
                receive funds under other provisions of this part, part 
                B, or part A of title V.''.
    (g) Technical Correction to Section 318.--Section 318(i) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059e) is amended--
            (1) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Special Rule 
        on Eligibility'' and inserting ``Special Rules'' ;
            (2) by striking ``No Predominantly'' and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(1) Eligibility.--No Predominantly''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Exemption.--Section 313(d) shall not apply to 
        institutions that are eligible to receive funds under this 
        section.''.
    (h) Technical Correction to Section 320.--Section 320(d)(3)(A) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059g(d)(3)(A)) is amended 
by inserting ``part A of'' after ``or''.

SEC. 3002. STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES.

    (a) Allowable Uses of Funds.--Section 323(a) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking paragraphs (6) and (7) and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(6) Tutoring, counseling, advising, and student service 
        programs designed to improve academic success, including 
        innovative and customized instructional courses (which may 
        include remedial education and English language instruction) 
        designed to help retain students and move students rapidly into 
        core courses and through program completion.
            ``(7) Funds and administrative management, and acquisition 
        of technology, services, and equipment for use in strengthening 
        funds and administrative management.'';
            (2) in paragraph (10)--
                    (A) by striking ``teacher education'' and inserting 
                ``traditional or alternative route teacher 
                preparation''; and
                    (B) by striking ``preparation for teacher 
                certification'' and inserting ``preparation of 
                graduates for teacher certification or licensure'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraph (15) as paragraph (19); and
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (14) the following:
            ``(15) Distance education programs and creating or 
        improving facilities for internet or other distance learning 
        academic instruction capabilities, including the purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services.
            ``(16) Establishing or improving a program that produces 
        improved results in the educational outcomes of African 
        American males.
            ``(17) Scholarships, fellowships, and other financial 
        assistance for financially needy undergraduate students, as 
        determined by the institution, to permit the enrollment and 
        degree completion of such students in the physical or natural 
        sciences, engineering, mathematics or other scientific 
        disciplines in which African Americans are underrepresented, 
        except that not more than 30 percent of the grant amount may be 
        used for this purpose.
            ``(18) Establishing or improving an office of sponsored 
        programs to assist with identifying external funding 
        opportunities, applying for external funding, and administering 
        grant awards.''.
    (b) Historically Black Colleges and Universities.--Section 323(b) 
of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``non-Federal sources'' and 
                inserting ``non-Federal sources (which may include 
                gifts to the endowment fund restricted for a specific 
                purpose)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``equal to or greater than the 
                Federal funds'' and inserting ``equal to 50 percent of 
                the Federal funds''; and
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following:
            ``(4) Scholarships.--An eligible institution that uses 
        grant funds provided under this section to establish or 
        increase an endowment fund may use the interest proceeds from 
        such endowment to provide scholarships to students for the 
        purposes of attending such institution.''.
    (c) Allotments and Application Process.--
            (1) Allotments.--Section 324 of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063) is amended--
                    (A) in subsection (c), by striking ``5'' and 
                inserting ``6'';
                    (B) in subsection (d)(1), by striking subparagraphs 
                (A) and (B) and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) less than $500,000 for a part B institution 
                which has received a grant under this part, the 
                Secretary shall award the part B institution an 
                allotment in the amount of $500,000; and
                    ``(B) less than $250,000 for a part B institution 
                which has not received a grant under this part for a 
                fiscal year prior to fiscal year 2019, the Secretary 
                shall award the part B institution an allotment in the 
                amount of $250,000.''; and
                    (C) in subsection (h)--
                            (i) in paragraphs (1)(C) and (2)(C), by 
                        striking ``within 5 years'' each time it 
                        appears and inserting ``within 6 years''; and
                            (ii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Limitation for new institutions.--Notwithstanding any 
        other provision of this section, no part B institution that 
        would otherwise be eligible for funds under this part shall 
        receive an allotment under this part for a fiscal year, 
        unless--
                    ``(A) such institution received an allotment under 
                this part for fiscal year 2019; or
                    ``(B) the amount appropriated under section 
                399(a)(2)(A) for such fiscal year is not less than 
                $282,420,000.''.
            (2) Applications.--Section 325(c) of the Higher Education 
        Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063a(c)) is amended by inserting ``, 
        including goals to enhance student retention, graduation, and 
        postgraduate outcomes,'' after ``management and academic 
        programs''.
    (d) Professional or Graduate Institutions.--Section 326(c) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (7)--
                    (A) by striking ``equipment,'' and inserting 
                ``equipment, technology, and services,''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``and administrative'' after ``in 
                strengthening funds'';
            (2) by redesignating paragraph (12) as paragraph (13); and
            (3) by striking paragraph (11) and inserting the following:
            ``(11) tutoring, counseling, advising, and student service 
        programs designed to improve academic success, including 
        innovative and customized instructional courses (which may 
        include remedial education and English language instruction) 
        designed to help retain students and move students rapidly into 
        core courses and through program completion; and
            ``(12) distance education programs and creating or 
        improving facilities for internet or other distance learning 
        academic instruction capabilities, including the purchase or 
        rental of telecommunications technology equipment or services; 
        and''.
    (e) Eligibility.--Section 326(e)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(e)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (W), by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in subparagraph (X), by striking the period at the end 
        and inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(Y) University of the Virgin Islands School of 
                Medicine.''.
    (f) Conforming Amendment.--Section 326(f) of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(f)) is amended by striking ``through (X)'' 
both places it appears and inserting ``through (Y)''.
    (g) Interaction With Other Grant Programs.--Section 326(h) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1063b(h)) is amended by 
striking ``or 724'' and inserting ``724, 727, or 729.''.

SEC. 3003. HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY CAPITAL FINANCING.

    (a) Bond Insurance and Capital Finance of STEM Facilities.--Section 
343 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066b) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``an escrow 
                account'' and inserting ``a bond insurance fund'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``(except that 
                loans for the purpose of science, technology, 
                engineering, or mathematics related academic facilities 
                shall carry not more than a 1 percent rate of 
                interest)'' after ``charge such interest on loans'';
                    (C) in paragraph (8)--
                            (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph 
                        (A), by striking ``an escrow account'' and 
                        inserting ``a bond insurance fund''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``the 
                        escrow account'' and inserting ``the bond 
                        insurance fund'';
                    (D) in paragraph (9), by striking ``escrow 
                account'' each place it appears and inserting ``bond 
                insurance fund''; and
                    (E) in paragraph (12), by striking ``, except as 
                otherwise required by the Secretary''; and
            (2) in subsection (c), by striking ``escrow account'' each 
        place it appears and inserting ``bond insurance fund''.
    (b) Increased Aggregate Bond Limit.--Section 344 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066c) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by striking 
        ``$1,100,000,000'' and inserting ``$3,600,000,000'';
            (2) in paragraph (1), by striking ``$733,333,333'' and 
        inserting ``two-thirds''; and
            (3) in paragraph (2), by striking ``$366,666,667'' and 
        inserting ``one-third''.
    (c) Strengthening Technical Assistance.--Section 345 of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066d) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (8), by inserting ``and'' at the end;
            (2) by striking paragraph (9) and inserting the following:
            ``(9) may, directly or by grant or contract, provide 
        financial counseling and technical assistance to eligible 
        institutions to prepare the institutions to qualify, apply for, 
        and maintain a capital improvement loan, including a loan under 
        this part.''; and
            (3) by striking paragraph (10) and inserting the following:
            ``(10) may provide for the modification or deferment of a 
        loan made under this part based on need of the institution, as 
        defined by the Secretary, for a period not to exceed 6 fiscal 
        years, and, during the period of deferment of such a loan, 
        interest on the loan will not accrue or be capitalized.''.
    (d) HBCU Capital Financing Advisory Board.--Paragraph (2) of 
Section 347(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1066f(c)) 
is amended to read as follows:
            ``(2) Report.--On an annual basis, the Advisory Board shall 
        prepare and submit to the authorizing committees a report on--
                    ``(A) the financial status of the historically 
                Black colleges and universities described in paragraph 
                (1)(A);
                    ``(B) an overview of all loans awarded under the 
                program under this part, including the most recent 
                loans awarded for the fiscal year in which the report 
                is submitted; and
                    ``(C) administrative and legislative 
                recommendations for addressing the issues related to 
                construction financing facing historically Black 
                colleges and universities.''.

SEC. 3004. STRENGTHENING HISTORICALLY BLACK COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES 
              AND OTHER MINORITY-SERVING INSTITUTIONS.

    Section 371(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1067q(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(A)--
                    (A) in the first sentence, by striking 
                ``appropriated,'' and all that follows through ``2019'' 
                and inserting the following: ``appropriated, 
                $300,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding 
                fiscal year''; and
                    (B) by striking the second sentence; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking 
                        ``$100,000,000'' and inserting 
                        ``$117,500,000'';
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking 
                        ``$100,000,000'' and inserting ``$99,875,000'';
                            (iii) in clause (iii)--
                                    (I) by striking ``$55,000,000'' and 
                                inserting ``$65,000,000''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``(D)'' and 
                                inserting ``(E)'';
                            (iv) by redesignating clause (iii) as 
                        clause (iv); and
                            (v) by inserting after clause (ii) the 
                        following:
                            ``(iii) $17,625,000 shall be available for 
                        allocation under subparagraph (D);'';
                    (B) by redesignating subparagraph (D) as 
                subparagraph (E) and--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking 
                        ``$30,000,000'' each place it appears and 
                        inserting ``$35,000,000'';
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking 
                        ``$15,000,000'' each place it appears and 
                        inserting ``$18,000,000''; and
                            (iii) in clauses (iii) and (iv), by 
                        striking ``$5,000,000'' each place it appears 
                        and inserting ``$6,000,000''; and
                    (C) by striking subparagraph (C) and inserting the 
                following:
                    ``(C) Allocation and allotment hbcus.--The amount 
                made available for allocation under this subparagraph 
                by subparagraph (A)(ii) for any fiscal year shall be 
                available to eligible institutions described in 
                subsection (a)(1) and shall be made available as grants 
                under section 323 and allotted among such institutions 
                under section 324, treating such amount, plus the 
                amount appropriated for such fiscal year in a regular 
                or supplemental appropriation Act to carry out part B 
                of this title, as the amount appropriated to carry out 
                part B of this title for purposes of allotments under 
                section 324, for use by such institutions with a 
                priority for--
                            ``(i) activities described in paragraphs 
                        (1), (2), (4), (5), and (10) of section 323(a); 
                        and
                            ``(ii) other activities, consistent with 
                        the institution's comprehensive plan and 
                        designed to increase the institution's capacity 
                        to prepare students for careers in the physical 
                        or natural sciences, mathematics, computer 
                        science or information technology or sciences, 
                        engineering, language instruction in the less-
                        commonly taught languages or international 
                        affairs, or nursing or allied health 
                        professions.
                    ``(D) Allocation and allotment pbis.--The amount 
                made available for allocation under this subparagraph 
                by subparagraph (A)(iii) for any fiscal year shall be 
                available to eligible institutions described in 
                subsection (a)(5) and shall be available for a 
                competitive grant program to award grants of $600,000 
                annually for programs in any of the following areas:
                            ``(i) science, technology, engineering, or 
                        mathematics (STEM);
                            ``(ii) health education;
                            ``(iii) internationalization or 
                        globalization;
                            ``(iv) teacher preparation; or
                            ``(v) improving educational outcomes of 
                        African American males.''.

SEC. 3005. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

    Section 399(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1068h(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``2009'' each place it appears and 
        inserting ``2021'';
            (2) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                ``$135,000,000'' and inserting ``$150,000,000'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                ``$30,000,000'' and inserting ``$45,000,000'';
                    (C) in subparagraph (C), by striking 
                ``$15,000,000'' and inserting ``$25,000,000'';
                    (D) in subparagraph (D), by striking 
                ``$75,000,000'' and inserting ``$90,000,000'';
                    (E) in subparagraph (E), by striking 
                ``$25,000,000'' and inserting ``$30,000,000''; and
                    (F) in subparagraph (F), by striking 
                ``$30,000,000'' and inserting ``$60,000,000'';
            (3) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                ``$375,000,000'' and inserting ``$400,000,000''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                ``$125,000,000'' and inserting ``$135,000,000'';
            (4) in paragraph (3), by striking ``$10,000,000'' and 
        inserting ``$220,000,000''; and
            (5) in paragraph (4)(A), by striking ``$185,000'' and 
        inserting ``$225,000''.

                      TITLE IV--STUDENT ASSISTANCE

SEC. 4001. EFFECTIVE DATE.

    Except as otherwise provided in this title or the amendments made 
by this title, this title and the amendments made by this title shall 
take effect on July 1, 2021.

  PART A--GRANTS TO STUDENTS IN ATTENDANCE AT INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER 
                               EDUCATION

                     Subpart 1--Federal Pell Grants

SEC. 4011. AMOUNT OF GRANTS.

    Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``through fiscal year 2017''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``or as a postbaccalaureate in 
                accordance with subsection (c)(1)(B)'' after ``as an 
                undergraduate'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)(A)(ii), by striking 
                ``paragraph (7)(B)'' and inserting ``paragraph 
                (6)(B)'';
                    (B) by striking paragraph (6), and redesignating 
                paragraph (7) as paragraph (6); and
                    (C) in paragraph (6)(C) (as so redesignated), by 
                amending clause (iii) to read as follows:
                            ``(iii) Subsequent award years.--
                                    ``(I) Award years 2018-2019, 2019-
                                2020 and 2020-2021.--For each of the 
                                award years 2018-2019, 2019-2020, and 
                                2020-2021 the amount determined under 
                                this subparagraph for purposes of 
                                subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal to 
                                the amount determined under clause (ii) 
                                for award year 2017-2018.
                                    ``(II) Award year 2021-2022.--For 
                                award year 2021-2022, the amount 
                                determined under this subparagraph for 
                                purposes of subparagraph (B)(iii) shall 
                                be equal to--
                                            ``(aa) $6,195 or the total 
                                        maximum Federal Pell Grant for 
                                        the preceding award year (as 
                                        determined under clause 
                                        (iv)(II)), whichever is 
                                        greater, increased by $500; 
                                        reduced by
                                            ``(bb) $5,135 or the 
                                        maximum Federal Pell Grant for 
                                        which a student was eligible 
                                        for the preceding award year, 
                                        as specified in the last 
                                        enacted appropriation Act 
                                        applicable to that year, 
                                        whichever is greater, and
                                            ``(cc) rounded to the 
                                        nearest $5.
                                    ``(III) Award year 2022-2023 and 
                                each subsequent award year.--For award 
                                year 2022-2023 and each subsequent 
                                award year, the amount determined under 
                                this subparagraph for purposes of 
                                subparagraph (B)(iii) shall be equal 
                                to--
                                            ``(aa) $6,695 or the total 
                                        maximum Federal Pell Grant for 
                                        the preceding award year (as 
                                        determined under clause 
                                        (iv)(II)), whichever is 
                                        greater, increased by a 
                                        percentage equal to the annual 
                                        adjustment percentage for the 
                                        award year for which the amount 
                                        under this subparagraph is 
                                        being determined; reduced by
                                            ``(bb) $5,135 or the 
                                        maximum Federal Pell Grant for 
                                        which a student was eligible 
                                        for the preceding award year, 
                                        as specified in the last 
                                        enacted appropriation Act 
                                        applicable to that year, 
                                        whichever is greater; and
                                            ``(cc) rounded to the 
                                        nearest $5.'';
            (3) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking the matter 
                preceding subparagraph (A) and inserting the following: 
                ``After receiving an application for a Federal Pell 
                Grant under this subpart, the Secretary (including any 
                contractor of the Secretary processing applications for 
                Federal Pell Grants under this subpart) shall, in a 
                timely manner, furnish to the student financial aid 
                administrator at each institution of higher education 
                that a student awarded a Federal Pell Grant under this 
                subpart is attending, the expected family contribution 
                for each such student. Each such student financial 
                administrator shall--''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``after academic 
                year 1986-1987''; and
            (4) in subsection (j)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1) by inserting before the period 
                the following: ``, or if such institution of higher 
                education is subject to an ineligibility determination 
                under section 435(a)(9) or 493I(b)''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2) by inserting ``, final 
                adjusted cohort default rate, or on-time repayment 
                rate'' before ``determination''.

SEC. 4012. GRANT ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 401(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a(c)) is amended--
            (1) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) Period of eligibility for grants.--The period during 
        which a student may receive Federal Pell Grants shall be the 
        period required for the completion of the first undergraduate 
        baccalaureate course of study being pursued by that student at 
        the institution at which the student is in attendance except 
        that--
                    ``(A) any period during which the student is 
                enrolled in a noncredit or remedial course of study as 
                defined in paragraph (2) shall not be counted for the 
                purpose of this paragraph; and
                    ``(B) the period during which a student may receive 
                Federal Pell Grants shall also include the period 
                required for the completion of the first 
                postbaccalaureate course of study at an eligible 
                institution that meets the definition of institution of 
                higher education in section 101, in a case in which--
                            ``(i) the student received a Federal Pell 
                        Grant during the period required for the 
                        completion of the student's first undergraduate 
                        baccalaureate course of study for fewer than 14 
                        semesters, or the equivalent of fewer than 14 
                        semesters, as determined under paragraph (5);
                            ``(ii) the student would otherwise be 
                        eligible for a Federal Pell Grant, but for the 
                        completion of such baccalaureate course of 
                        study; and
                            ``(iii) the period during which the student 
                        receives Federal Pell Grants does not exceed 
                        the student's duration limits under paragraph 
                        (5).''; and
            (2) in paragraph (5)--
                    (A) by striking ``(5) The period'' and inserting 
                the following: ``(5) Maximum period.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in 
                subparagraph (B), the period'';
                    (B) by striking ``12'' each place the term appears 
                and inserting ``14''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(B) Exception.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Any Federal Pell Grant 
                        that a student received during a period 
                        described in subclause (I) or (II) of clause 
                        (ii) shall not count toward the student's 
                        duration limits under this paragraph.
                            ``(ii) Applicable periods.--Clause (i) 
                        shall apply with respect to any Federal Pell 
                        Grant awarded to a student to attend an 
                        institution--
                                    ``(I) during a period--
                                            ``(aa) for which the 
                                        student received a loan under 
                                        this title; and
                                            ``(bb) for which the loan 
                                        described in item (aa) is 
                                        forgiven under--

                                                    ``(AA) section 
                                                437(c)(1) or 464(g)(1) 
                                                due to the closing of 
                                                the institution;

                                                    ``(BB) section 493H 
                                                due to the student's 
                                                successful assertion of 
                                                a defense to repayment 
                                                of the loan; or

                                                    ``(CC) section 
                                                432(a)(6), section 
                                                685.215 of title 34, 
                                                Code of Federal 
                                                Regulations (or a 
                                                successor regulation), 
                                                or any other loan 
                                                forgiveness provision 
                                                or regulation under 
                                                this Act, as a result 
                                                of a determination by 
                                                the Secretary or a 
                                                court that the 
                                                institution committed 
                                                fraud or other 
                                                misconduct; or

                                    ``(II) during a period for which 
                                the student did not receive a loan 
                                under this title but for which, if the 
                                student had received such a loan, the 
                                student would have qualified for loan 
                                forgiveness under subclause (I)(bb).''.

SEC. 4013. EXTENDING FEDERAL PELL GRANT ELIGIBILITY OF CERTAIN SHORT-
              TERM PROGRAMS.

    (a) In General.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a) is amended by inserting after subsection (j) the 
following:
    ``(k) Job Training Federal Pell Grant Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--For the award year beginning on July 1, 
        2021, and each subsequent award year, the Secretary shall carry 
        out a program through which the Secretary shall award job 
        training Federal Pell Grants to students in eligible job 
        training programs approved by the Secretary in accordance with 
        paragraph (4).
            ``(2) Terms and conditions.--Each job training Federal Pell 
        Grant awarded under this subsection shall have the same terms 
        and conditions, and be awarded in the same manner, as a Federal 
        Pell Grant awarded under subsection (a), except as follows:
                    ``(A) A student who is eligible to receive a job 
                training Federal Pell Grant under this subsection is a 
                student who--
                            ``(i) has not yet attained a 
                        postbaccalaureate degree; and
                            ``(ii) is enrolled, or accepted for 
                        enrollment, in an eligible job training program 
                        at an institution of higher education.
                    ``(B) The amount of a job training Federal Pell 
                Grant for an eligible student shall be determined under 
                subsection (b), except that subsection (b)(4) shall not 
                apply.
            ``(3) Treatment of job training federal pell grant.--
                    ``(A) Inclusion in total eligibility period.--The 
                period during which a student received a job training 
                Federal Pell Grant under this subsection shall be 
                included in calculating the duration limits with 
                respect to such student under subsection (c)(5) and to 
                the extent that such period was a fraction of a 
                semester or the equivalent, only that same fraction of 
                such semester or equivalent shall count towards such 
                duration limits.
                    ``(B) Prevention of double benefits.--No student 
                may for the same payment period receive both a job 
                training Federal Pell Grant under this subsection and a 
                Federal Pell Grant under subsection (a).
            ``(4) Approval of eligible job training programs.--
                    ``(A) Eligible job training program.--An eligible 
                job training program shall be a career and technical 
                education program at an institution of higher education 
                that the Secretary determines meets the following 
                requirements:
                            ``(i) The job training program provides not 
                        less than 150, and less than 600, clock hours 
                        of instructional time over a period of not less 
                        than 8, and less than 15, weeks.
                            ``(ii) The job training program provides 
                        training aligned with the requirements of high-
                        skill, high-wage, or in-demand industry sectors 
                        or occupations in the State or local area in 
                        which the job training program is provided, as 
                        determined by an industry or sector partnership 
                        in such State or local area.
                            ``(iii) The job training program has been 
                        determined by the institution of higher 
                        education and by such industry or sector 
                        partnership to provide academic content, an 
                        amount of instructional time, and a recognized 
                        postsecondary credential that are sufficient 
                        to--
                                    ``(I) meet the hiring requirements 
                                of potential employers in the sectors 
                                or occupations described in clause 
                                (ii); and
                                    ``(II) satisfy any applicable 
                                educational prerequisite requirement 
                                for professional license or 
                                certification, so that a student who 
                                completes the program and seeks 
                                employment is qualified to take any 
                                licensure or certification examination 
                                needed to practice or find employment 
                                in such sectors or occupations.
                            ``(iv) The job training program prepares 
                        students to pursue related certificate or 
                        degree programs at an institution of higher 
                        education, including--
                                    ``(I) by ensuring the acceptability 
                                of the credits received under the job 
                                training program toward meeting such 
                                certificate or degree program 
                                requirements (such as through an 
                                articulation agreement); and
                                    ``(II) by ensuring that a student 
                                who completes noncredit coursework in 
                                the job training program, upon 
                                completion of the job training program 
                                and enrollment in such a related 
                                certificate or degree program, will 
                                receive academic credit for such 
                                noncredit coursework that will be 
                                accepted toward meeting such 
                                certificate or degree program 
                                requirements.
                            ``(v) The job training program provides to 
                        the Secretary the annual earnings expected to 
                        be paid in the sectors or occupations for which 
                        the program provides training not later than 6 
                        months after completion of such program (in 
                        this subsection referred to as the `expected 
                        earnings'), as such earnings are determined by 
                        an industry or sector partnership in the State 
                        or local area in which the program is provided, 
                        and which shall be--
                                    ``(I) greater than the average or 
                                median annual earnings paid to 
                                individuals with only a high school 
                                diploma (or the equivalent) based on 
                                the most recently available data from 
                                the Bureau of Labor Statistics or the 
                                Bureau of the Census with respect to 
                                such State or local area, or the Nation 
                                as a whole, as selected by such 
                                program;
                                    ``(II) validated by the Secretary; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) used to review the job 
                                training program under subparagraph 
                                (C).
                            ``(vi) The job training program is part of 
                        a career pathway, and includes counseling for 
                        students to--
                                    ``(I) support each such student in 
                                achieving the student's education and 
                                career goals; and
                                    ``(II) ensure that each such 
                                student receives information on--
                                            ``(aa) the sectors or 
                                        occupations described in clause 
                                        (ii) for which the job training 
                                        program provides training 
                                        (including the expected 
                                        earnings to be paid, and, if 
                                        available, the mean and median 
                                        earnings (described in 
                                        subparagraph (C)(ii)) paid, in 
                                        such sectors or occupations); 
                                        and
                                            ``(bb) the related 
                                        certificate or degree programs 
                                        described in clause (iv) for 
                                        which the job training program 
                                        provides preparation.
                            ``(vii) The job training program meets the 
                        requirements under section 104 that are 
                        applicable to a program of training to prepare 
                        students for gainful employment in a recognized 
                        occupation.
                            ``(viii) The job training program does not 
                        exceed by more than 50 percent the minimum 
                        number of clock hours required by a State to 
                        receive a professional license or certification 
                        in the State.
                            ``(ix) The job training program is provided 
                        by an institution of higher education that--
                                    ``(I) is approved by an accrediting 
                                agency or association that meets the 
                                requirements of section 496(a)(4)(C);
                                    ``(II) during the preceding 5 
                                years, has not been subject to any 
                                adverse actions or negative actions by 
                                the accrediting agency or association 
                                of the institution, State or Federal 
                                enforcement agencies, or the Secretary;
                                    ``(III) is listed on the provider 
                                list under section 122(d) of the 
                                Workforce Innovation and Opportunity 
                                Act (29 U.S.C. 3152(d)); and
                                    ``(IV) has a designated official 
                                responsible for engaging with the 
                                workforce development system in the 
                                State or local area in which the job 
                                training program is provided.
                            ``(x) The job training program has a 
                        verified completion rate and a verified annual 
                        earnings rate that meets the requirements of 
                        clauses (i) and (iii) of section 481(b)(2)(A), 
                        respectively, and satisfies the criteria 
                        described in clause (v) of such section.
                            ``(xi) The State board representing the 
                        State in which the job training program is 
                        provided certifies to the Secretary that the 
                        program meets the requirements of clauses (ii), 
                        (viii), and (ix)(III).
                    ``(B) Initial approval by the secretary.--Not later 
                than 180 days after the date on which a job training 
                program is submitted for approval under this 
                subparagraph, the Secretary shall make a determination 
                as to whether such job training program is an eligible 
                job training program in accordance with subparagraph 
                (A).
                    ``(C) Review of approval.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Not later than 3 years 
                        after the date an eligible job training program 
                        is approved under subparagraph (B), and not 
                        less than once every 3 years thereafter, the 
                        Secretary shall, using the data collected under 
                        paragraph (5) and such other information as the 
                        Secretary may require, determine whether such 
                        job training program continues to meet the 
                        requirements of subparagraph (A).
                            ``(ii) Requirements.--Subject to clause 
                        (iii), a determination under clause (i) that a 
                        job training program continues to meet the 
                        requirements of subparagraph (A) shall, at a 
                        minimum, require the Secretary to determine 
                        that the mean or median earnings (whichever is 
                        higher) paid to students not later than 6 
                        months after completing such program is equal 
                        to or greater than the expected earnings of the 
                        program.
                            ``(iii) Exception and appeals.--
                                    ``(I) Exception.--The Secretary may 
                                extend, by not more than an additional 
                                6 months, the period by when, after 
                                completion of the job training program, 
                                the mean or median earnings (whichever 
                                is higher) paid to students meets the 
                                requirements of clause (ii), in a case 
                                in which the job training program 
                                requesting such extension provides 
                                sufficient justification for such 
                                extension (as determined by the 
                                Secretary).
                                    ``(II) Appeals.--Not later than 60 
                                days after receiving notification from 
                                the Secretary of the loss of 
                                eligibility resulting from the review 
                                under subparagraph (C), a job training 
                                program may appeal any loss of 
                                eligibility under this subparagraph by 
                                demonstrating extenuating 
                                circumstances.
                                    ``(III) Secretarial requirements.--
                                The Secretary shall issue a decision on 
                                any appeal submitted by a job training 
                                program under subclause (II) not later 
                                than 45 days after its submission.
            ``(5) Data collection.--Using the postsecondary student 
        data system established under section 132(l) or a successor 
        system (whichever includes the most recent data) to streamline 
        reporting requirements and minimize reporting burdens, and in 
        coordination with the National Center for Education Statistics, 
        the Secretary of Labor, and each institution of higher 
        education offering an eligible job training program under this 
        subsection, the Secretary shall, on at least an annual basis, 
        collect data with respect to each such eligible job training 
        program, including the following:
                    ``(A) The number and demographics of students who 
                enroll in the program.
                    ``(B) The number of credits attempted and 
                accumulated annually by students enrolled in the 
                program.
                    ``(C) The share of such students who cease 
                enrollment on or before the completion of 60 percent of 
                the payment period or period of enrollment.
                    ``(D) The verified completion rate and the verified 
                annual earnings rate described in clauses (i) and (iii) 
                of section 481(b)(2)(A), respectively, for the program.
                    ``(E) The number and demographics of--
                            ``(i) students who complete the program; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) students who do not complete the 
                        program.
                    ``(F) The outcomes of the students who complete the 
                program, including--
                            ``(i) the share of such students who 
                        continue enrollment at the institution of 
                        higher education offering the program;
                            ``(ii) the share of such students who 
                        transfer to another institution of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(iii) the share of such students who 
                        complete a subsequent certificate or degree 
                        program;
                            ``(iv) the share of such students who 
                        secure employment 6 months and 1 year, 
                        respectively--
                                    ``(I) after completion of such 
                                program; or
                                    ``(II) in the case of a program 
                                that prepares students for a 
                                professional license or certification 
                                exam, after acquiring such license or 
                                certification;
                            ``(v) the expected earnings in the sectors 
                        or occupations for which the program provides 
                        training;
                            ``(vi) the mean and median earnings paid in 
                        such sectors or occupations to such students 
                        not later than 6 months after completing such 
                        program (as described in paragraph (4)(C)(ii)); 
                        and
                            ``(vii) in the case of a job training 
                        program that prepares students for a 
                        professional license or certification exams, 
                        the share of such students who pass such exams.
            ``(6) Title of job training federal pell grant.--Grants 
        made under this subsection shall be known as `job training 
        Federal Pell Grants'.
            ``(7) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Articulation agreement.--The term 
                `articulation agreement' has the meaning given the term 
                in section 486A.
                    ``(B) Career and technical education.--The term 
                `career and technical education' has the meaning given 
                the term in section 3 of the Carl D. Perkins Career and 
                Technical Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2302).
                    ``(C) Institution of higher education.--The term 
                `institution of higher education' means an eligible 
                institution for purposes of this subpart that is an 
                institution of higher education (as defined in section 
                101) or a postsecondary vocational institution (as 
                defined in section 102(c)).
                    ``(D) WIOA definitions.--The terms `career 
                pathway', `industry or sector partnership', `in-demand 
                industry sector or occupation', `recognized 
                postsecondary credential', `State board', and 
                `workforce development system' have the meanings given 
                such terms in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and 
                Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).''.
    (b) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
            (1) submit to the Committee on Education and Labor of the 
        House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, 
        Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the 
        impact of eligible job training programs described in 
        subsection (k) of section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1079a), as added by this section, based on the 
        most recent data collected under paragraph (5) of such 
        subsection (k); and
            (2) make the report described in paragraph (1) available 
        publicly on the website of the Department of Education.

SEC. 4014. PROVIDING FEDERAL PELL GRANTS FOR IRAQ AND AFGHANISTAN 
              VETERAN'S DEPENDENTS.

    (a) Amendment.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1070a et seq.) as amended by this subpart, is further amended by 
inserting after subsection (k) the following:
    ``(l) Scholarships for Veteran's Dependents.--
            ``(1) Definition of eligible veteran's dependent.--In this 
        subsection, the term `eligible veteran's dependent' means a 
        dependent or an independent student--
                    ``(A) whose parent or guardian was a member of the 
                Armed Forces of the United States and died as a result 
                of performing military service in Iraq or Afghanistan 
                after September 11, 2001; and
                    ``(B) who, at the time of the parent or guardian's 
                death, was--
                            ``(i) less than 24 years of age; or
                            ``(ii) enrolled at an institution of higher 
                        education on a part-time or full-time basis.
            ``(2) Grants.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall award a 
                Federal Pell Grant, as modified in accordance with the 
                requirements of this subsection, to each eligible 
                veteran's dependent to assist in paying the eligible 
                veteran's dependent's cost of attendance at an 
                institution of higher education.
                    ``(B) Designation.--Federal Pell Grants made under 
                this subsection may be known as `Iraq and Afghanistan 
                Service Grants'.
            ``(3) Prevention of double benefits.--No eligible veteran's 
        dependent may receive a grant under both this subsection and 
        subsection (a) or (k).
            ``(4) Terms and conditions.--The Secretary shall award Iraq 
        and Afghanistan Service Grants under this subsection in the 
        same manner and with the same terms and conditions, including 
        the length of the period of eligibility, as the Secretary 
        awards Federal Pell Grants under subsection (a), except that--
                    ``(A) the award rules and determination of need 
                applicable to the calculation of Federal Pell Grants 
                under subsection (a) shall not apply to Iraq and 
                Afghanistan Service Grants;
                    ``(B) the provisions of paragraph (2)(A)(iii) and 
                (3) of subsection (b), and subsection (f), shall not 
                apply;
                    ``(C) the maximum period determined under 
                subsection (c)(5) shall be determined by including all 
                Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grants received by the 
                eligible veteran's dependent, including such Grants 
                received under subpart 10 before the date of enactment 
                of the College Affordability Act; and
                    ``(D) an Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant to an 
                eligible veteran's dependent for any award year shall 
                equal the maximum Federal Pell Grant available under 
                subsection (b)(5) for that award year, except that an 
                Iraq and Afghanistan Service Grant--
                            ``(i) shall not exceed the cost of 
                        attendance of the eligible veteran's dependent 
                        for that award year; and
                            ``(ii) shall be adjusted to reflect the 
                        attendance by the eligible veteran's dependent 
                        on a less than full-time basis in the same 
                        manner as such adjustments are made for a 
                        Federal Pell Grant under subsection (a).
            ``(5) Estimated financial assistance.--For purposes of 
        determinations of need under part F, an Iraq and Afghanistan 
        Service Grant shall not be treated as estimated financial 
        assistance as described in sections 471(3) and 480(j).''.
    (b) Effective Date; Transition.--
            (1) Effective date.--The amendments made by this section 
        shall take effect with respect to the award year that begins 
        following the date of enactment of this Act, and each 
        succeeding award year.
            (2) Transition.--The Secretary shall take such steps as are 
        necessary to transition from the Iraq and Afghanistan Service 
        Grants program under subpart 10 of part A of title IV of the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070h), as in effect on 
        the day before the effective date of this Act, and the Iraq and 
        Afghanistan Service Grants program under section 401(l) of the 
        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a(j)), as added by 
        this section.

SEC. 4015. FEDERAL PELL GRANT FRAUD PREVENTION.

    Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a et 
seq.), as amended by this subpart, is further amended by inserting 
after subsection (l) the following:
    ``(m) Prevention of Fraud.--
            ``(1) Report.--Not later than December 31 of each year, the 
        Secretary shall prepare and submit a report to the authorizing 
        committees that includes the following information with respect 
        to unusual enrollment history:
                    ``(A) The number and percentage of total applicants 
                who were flagged for an unusual enrollment history in 
                the preceding award year.
                    ``(B) The number and percentage of institutions 
                that have had fewer than 2 percent of applicants 
                flagged for an unusual enrollment history in the 
                preceding award year.
                    ``(C) The name of each institution that has had 
                more than 2 percent of total applicants flagged for an 
                unusual enrollment history in the preceding award year.
                    ``(D) If the percentage of total applicants in 
                subparagraph (A) is greater than 2 percent, a detailed 
                plan from the Secretary as to how to reduce that 
                percentage below 2 percent by the following award year.
            ``(2) Definition.--For the purposes of this subsection the 
        term `unusual enrollment history' means, with respect to the 
        application for Federal student aid--
                    ``(A) a pattern in which a student attends an 
                institution long enough to receive a disbursement of 
                credit balance funds authorized by this title, does not 
                complete the enrollment period, enrolls at another 
                institution and repeats this pattern to collect an 
                additional credit balance of funds authorized by this 
                title without earning academic credit; or
                    ``(B) any other enrollment pattern that the 
                Department believes may signal an attempt by a student 
                to receive funds authorized under this title in a 
                fraudulent manner.''.

SEC. 4016. FEDERAL PELL GRANTS ON BEHALF OF INCARCERATED INDIVIDUALS.

    (a) In General.--Section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a), as amended by this subpart, is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:
    ``(n) Federal Pell Grants on Behalf of Incarcerated Individuals.--
            ``(1) Institutional requirements.--An eligible institution 
        may not award a Federal Pell Grant to an incarcerated 
        individual or on behalf of such individual, unless the 
        institution meets the following:
                    ``(A) The institution is approved to enroll 
                incarcerated individuals by--
                            ``(i) the Secretary in accordance with 
                        paragraph (2); and
                            ``(ii) an accrediting agency or association 
                        that meets the requirements of section 
                        496(a)(4)(D).
                    ``(B) The eligible institution--
                            ``(i) is an institution of higher education 
                        (as defined in section 101) or a postsecondary 
                        vocational institution (as defined in section 
                        102(c)); and
                            ``(ii) during the preceding 5 years, has 
                        not been subject to the denial, withdrawal, 
                        suspension, or termination of accreditation.
                    ``(C) The institution provides each incarcerated 
                individual, upon completion of a course offered by the 
                institution, with academic credits that are the 
                equivalent to credits earned by non-incarcerated 
                students for an equivalent course of study.
                    ``(D) The institution provides to the Secretary 
                confirmation from each facility involved that the 
                course of study offered by the institution at such 
                facility is accessible to incarcerated individuals 
                (including such individuals who are individuals with 
                disabilities).
                    ``(E) The institution does not enroll incarcerated 
                individuals in a course of study offered primarily as a 
                distance education program, except in a case in which 
                the institution provides to the Secretary--
                            ``(i) confirmation that the distance 
                        education program offers levels of faculty 
                        interaction, peer engagement, and student 
                        support sufficient to enable incarcerated 
                        individuals to successfully participate in such 
                        a program; and
                            ``(ii) evidence of the institution's 
                        success in offering other distance education 
                        programs.
                    ``(F) The institution develops and carries out a 
                process to allow each incarcerated individual to access 
                the transcripts and any other educational records of 
                such individual held by the institution, without regard 
                to the facility at which the individual is being held 
                or whether the individual has been released from such a 
                facility.
                    ``(G) The institution develops and carries out a 
                process to allow each incarcerated individual an 
                opportunity to provide feedback on courses that is 
                comparable to the opportunity to provide such feedback 
                that the institution offers to non-incarcerated 
                students.
                    ``(H) The institution does not directly charge an 
                incarcerated individual--
                            ``(i) in the case of such an individual who 
                        is an individual with a disability, for any 
                        cost of the provision of reasonable 
                        accommodations for the individual to 
                        participate in a course of study offered by the 
                        institution;
                            ``(ii) in the case of such an individual 
                        with an expected family contribution for an 
                        award year that would not disqualify the 
                        individual from receiving a Federal Pell Grant, 
                        for any amount of the cost of attendance not 
                        covered by the Federal Pell Grant or other 
                        Federal assistance received by the institution 
                        on behalf of the individual by ensuring that 
                        any such amount is offset--
                                    ``(I) by a State or institutional 
                                grant; or
                                    ``(II) other non-Federal financial 
                                assistance that does not have to be 
                                repaid by such individual; or
                            ``(iii) in the case of such an individual 
                        with an expected family contribution for an 
                        award year that would disqualify the individual 
                        from receiving a Federal Pell Grant, an amount 
                        that exceeds such expected family contribution.
                    ``(I) The institution makes available to 
                incarcerated individuals who are considering enrolling 
                in a course of study offered by the institution, in 
                simple and understandable terms, the following:
                            ``(i) Information with respect to each 
                        course of study at the institution for which 
                        such an individual may receive a Federal Pell 
                        Grant, including--
                                    ``(I) the cost of attendance;
                                    ``(II) the mode of instruction 
                                (such as distance education, in-person 
                                instruction, or a combination of such 
                                modes);
                                    ``(III) how enrollment in such 
                                course of study will impact the period 
                                of eligibility for Federal Pell Grants 
                                for such an individual, including in a 
                                case in which the individual is 
                                transferred to another facility or 
                                released before the completion of such 
                                course;
                                    ``(IV) the transferability of 
                                credits earned, and the acceptability 
                                of such credits toward a certificate or 
                                degree program offered by the 
                                institution;
                                    ``(V) the process for continuing 
                                postsecondary education--
                                            ``(aa) upon transfer to 
                                        another facility; or
                                            ``(bb) after the student's 
                                        period of incarceration or 
                                        confinement; and
                                    ``(VI) the process for continuing 
                                enrollment at the institution after the 
                                student's period of incarceration or 
                                confinement, including any barriers to 
                                admission (such as criminal history 
                                questions on applications for admission 
                                to such institution).
                            ``(ii) In the case of an institution that 
                        offers a program to prepare incarcerated 
                        individuals for gainful employment in a 
                        recognized occupation (as such term is defined 
                        in section 104)--
                                    ``(I) information on any applicable 
                                State licensure and certification 
                                requirements, including the 
                                requirements of the State in which the 
                                facility involved is located and each 
                                State in which such individuals 
                                permanently reside; and
                                    ``(II) restrictions related to the 
                                employment of formerly incarcerated 
                                individuals for each recognized 
                                occupation for which the course of 
                                study prepares students, including such 
                                restrictions--
                                            ``(aa) in Federal law; and
                                            ``(bb) in the laws of the 
                                        State in which the facility 
                                        involved is located and each 
                                        State in which such individuals 
                                        permanently reside.
                    ``(J) The institution submits the information 
                described in subparagraph (I) to each facility 
                involved, the Secretary, and the accrediting agency or 
                association described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
            ``(2) Approval by the secretary.--
                    ``(A) Initial eligibility.--With respect to an 
                eligible institution that seeks to award Federal Pell 
                Grants to incarcerated individuals under this 
                subsection, the Secretary shall make an initial 
                determination about whether such institution meets the 
                requirements of this subsection, which shall include a 
                confirmation that the institution--
                            ``(i) has secured the approval required 
                        under paragraph (1)(A)(ii); and
                            ``(ii) meets the requirements of paragraph 
                        (1)(B).
                    ``(B) Ongoing eligibility.--Not later than 5 years 
                after the Secretary makes an initial determination 
                under subparagraph (A) that an institution meets the 
                requirements of this subsection, and not less than 
                every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall determine 
                whether such institution continues to meet the 
                requirements of this subsection, based on--
                            ``(i) a review of the data collected under 
                        paragraph (3) with respect to the courses of 
                        study offered by such institution in which 
                        incarcerated individuals are enrolled, and 
                        other applicable information that may be 
                        available to the Secretary; and
                            ``(ii) whether such institution meets the 
                        requirements of paragraph (1).
            ``(3) Data collection.--The Secretary shall, on at least an 
        annual basis, collect data with respect to each course of study 
        offered by each institution at which incarcerated individuals 
        are enrolled, including--
                    ``(A) the demographics of such individuals;
                    ``(B) the share of such individuals receiving 
                Federal Pell Grants;
                    ``(C) information on the academic outcomes of such 
                individuals (such as credits attempted and earned, and 
                credential and degree completion);
                    ``(D) to the extent practicable, information on 
                post-release outcomes of such individuals (such as 
                continued postsecondary enrollment, employment, and 
                recidivism); and
                    ``(E) any data from student satisfaction surveys 
                conducted by the institution or the facility involved 
                regarding such course of study.
            ``(4) Best practices in educating incarcerated 
        individuals.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
        enactment of the College Affordability Act, and at least once 
        every 3 years thereafter, the Secretary shall collect and 
        disseminate to institutions awarding Federal Pell Grants to 
        incarcerated individuals under this subsection, best practices 
        with respect to the postsecondary education of such 
        individuals.
            ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Facility.--The term `facility' means--
                            ``(i) a place used for the confinement of 
                        individuals convicted of a criminal offense 
                        that is owned by, or under contract to, the 
                        Bureau of Prisons, a State, or a unit of local 
                        government; or
                            ``(ii) a facility to which an individual 
                        subject to involuntary civil confinement is 
                        committed.
                    ``(B) Facility involved.--The term `facility 
                involved' means, when used with respect to an 
                institution of higher education, a facility at which a 
                course of study of the institution is offered to 
                incarcerated individuals.
                    ``(C) Incarcerated individual.--The term 
                `incarcerated individual' means an individual who is 
                incarcerated in a facility or who is subject to an 
                involuntary civil commitment.
                    ``(D) Non-incarcerated student.--The term `non-
                incarcerated student' means a student at an institution 
                of higher education who is not an incarcerated 
                individual.''.
    (b) Report on Impacts of Federal Pell Grants Awarded to 
Incarcerated Individuals.--Not later than 3 years after the date of 
enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education shall submit to the 
authorizing committees and make publicly available on the website of 
the Department of Education, a report on the impacts of subsection (n) 
of section 401 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a), 
as added by this section, based on the most recent data collected under 
paragraph (3) of such subsection (n).

    Subpart 2--Federal Early Outreach and Student Services Programs

                    CHAPTER 1--FEDERAL TRIO PROGRAMS

SEC. 4021. PROGRAM AUTHORITY; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    (a) In General.--Section 402A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``$200,000'' and all 
        that follows through the period at the end and inserting the 
        following: ``$220,000, except that for any fiscal year for 
        which such minimum individual grant amount would result in 
        fewer than 2,780 grants awarded under this chapter, an 
        individual grant authorized under this chapter shall be awarded 
        in an amount that would result in not fewer than 2,780 grants 
        awarded under this chapter for such fiscal year.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by amending subparagraph (A) of paragraph (2) 
                to read as follows:
                    ``(A) Accountability for outcomes.--In making 
                grants under this chapter, the Secretary shall consider 
                each applicant's prior success in achieving high-
                quality service delivery, as determined under 
                subsection (f) under the particular program for which 
                funds are sought. The level of consideration given the 
                factor of prior success in achieving high-quality 
                service delivery shall not vary from the level of 
                consideration given such factor during fiscal years 
                1994 through 1997, except that grants made under 
                section 402H shall not be given such consideration.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (6)--
                            (i) in the heading, by striking ``With 
                        other programs for disadvantaged students''; 
                        and
                            (ii) by striking the last sentence;
                    (C) by redesignating paragraphs (7) and (8) as 
                paragraphs (8) and (9), respectively;
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following:
            ``(7) Inclusion of homeless and foster students.--The 
        Secretary shall, as appropriate, require each applicant for 
        funds under the programs authorized by this chapter (other than 
        the programs authorized under section 402E or 402G) to identify 
        and conduct outreach to foster care youth and homeless 
        individuals and make available to foster care youth and 
        homeless individuals services under such programs, including 
        mentoring, tutoring, and other services provided by such 
        programs.'';
                    (E) in paragraph (8), as so redesignated, by 
                striking ``8 months'' both places it appears and 
                inserting ``90 days''; and
                    (F) in paragraph (9), as so redesignated--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by striking ``Not later than 
                                180 days after the date of enactment of 
                                the Higher Education Opportunity Act,'' 
                                and inserting ``Not less than 90 days 
                                before the date on which a competition 
                                for a grant under this chapter 
                                begins,'';
                                    (II) in clause (iii), by striking 
                                ``prior experience'' and inserting 
                                ``accountability for outcomes''; and
                                    (III) in clause (v), by striking 
                                ``prior experience'' and inserting 
                                ``accountability for outcomes'';
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B) and 
                        redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph 
                        (B); and
                            (iii) in subparagraph (B), as so 
                        redesignated, by adding at the end the 
                        following:
                            ``(vii) Technical components of 
                        applications.--
                                    ``(I) Treatment of nonsubstantive 
                                technical components of applications.--
                                With respect to any competition for a 
                                grant under this chapter, the Secretary 
                                may not reject grant applications on 
                                the sole basis of a failure to meet 
                                page limits and formatting standards 
                                (including with respect to font size, 
                                font style, font type, line spacing, 
                                paragraph justification, and page 
                                margins).
                                    ``(II) Treatment of technical 
                                budget errors in applications.--
                                            ``(aa) In general.--With 
                                        respect to any competition for 
                                        a grant under this chapter, the 
                                        Secretary may not reject grant 
                                        applications on the sole basis 
                                        of a typographical or rounding 
                                        error in a proposed budget 
                                        until the Secretary has given 
                                        the applicant an opportunity 
                                        for correction in accordance 
                                        with item (bb).
                                            ``(bb) Notice and 
                                        opportunity for correction.--
                                        The Secretary shall provide 
                                        notice and identification of an 
                                        error described in item (aa) to 
                                        the applicant before awarding 
                                        grants for each competition and 
                                        shall allow the applicant to 
                                        submit a revised application 
                                        that corrects the identified 
                                        error.
                                            ``(cc) Treatment of revised 
                                        applications.--The Secretary 
                                        shall treat the revised 
                                        application in the same manner 
                                        as a timely submitted 
                                        application.
                                            ``(dd) Failure to 
                                        correct.--If an applicant has 
                                        received a notice and 
                                        opportunity for correction of a 
                                        typographical or rounding error 
                                        in a proposed budget in 
                                        accordance with item (bb) and 
                                        the applicant fails to correct 
                                        the error and submit a revised 
                                        application, the Secretary may 
                                        reject or penalize that grant 
                                        application.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(3), by adding at the end the 
        following: ``In addition, the Secretary shall host at least one 
        virtual, interactive training to ensure that any interested 
        applicants have access to technical assistance.'';
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (C);
                            (ii) by striking the period at the end of 
                        subparagraph (D) and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(E) documentation that the student has been determined 
        eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under section 401; 
        or
            ``(F) for a grant authorized under section 402B or 402F of 
        this chapter, documentation that a student is attending a 
        school that--
                    ``(i) elects, or for which the local educational 
                agency serving the school elects on behalf of the 
                school, to receive special assistance payment under 
                section 11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell 
                National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                    ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled students who 
                were identified students (defined in clause (i) of 
                section 11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or exceeds the threshold 
                described in clause (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that ends prior 
                to the first period for which such grant is awarded.''; 
                and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of 
                        subparagraph (C);
                            (ii) by striking the period at the end of 
                        subparagraph (D) and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(E) documentation that the student has been determined to 
        be eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under section 
        401; or
            ``(F) for a grant authorized under section 402B or 402F of 
        this chapter, documentation that a student is attending a 
        school that--
                    ``(i) elects, or for which the local educational 
                agency serving the school elects on behalf of the 
                school, to receive special assistance payment under 
                section 11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell 
                National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                    ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled students who 
                were identified students (defined in clause (i) of 
                section 11(a)(1)(F) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or exceeds the threshold 
                described in clause (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C. 
                1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that ends prior 
                to the first period for which such grant is awarded.'';
            (5) in subsection (f)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) by striking ``Prior experience'' and 
                        inserting ``Accountability in outcomes'' in the 
                        heading;
                            (ii) by striking ``on or after January 1, 
                        2009'' and inserting ``on or after the date of 
                        enactment of the College Affordability Act''; 
                        and
                            (iii) by striking ``prior experience of'' 
                        and inserting ``success in achieving'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``college 
                students, and'' and inserting ``college students, 
                foster care youth, homeless individuals, and''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) in clause (iv), by striking 
                                ``will make such students eligible for 
                                programs such as the Academic 
                                Competitiveness Grants Program'' and 
                                inserting ``includes at least 4 years 
                                of mathematics, 3 years of science, and 
                                2 years of a foreign language'';
                                    (II) by redesignating clauses (v) 
                                and (vi) as clauses (vi) and (vii), 
                                respectively; and
                                    (III) by inserting after clause 
                                (iv) the following:
                            ``(v) the completion of financial aid 
                        applications, including the Free Application 
                        for Federal Student Aid described in section 
                        483(a) and college admissions applications;''.
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``except in the 
                                case of programs that specifically 
                                target veterans,'' after ``under 
                                section 402C,'';
                                    (II) in clause (v), by striking 
                                ``will make such students eligible for 
                                programs such as the Academic 
                                Competitiveness Grants Program'' and 
                                inserting ``includes at least 4 years 
                                of mathematics, 3 years of science, and 
                                2 years of a foreign language'';
                                    (III) by redesignating clauses (vi) 
                                and (vii) as clauses (vii) and (viii), 
                                respectively; and
                                    (IV) by inserting after clause (v) 
                                the following:
                            ``(vi) the completion of financial aid 
                        applications, including the Free Application 
                        for Federal Student Aid described in section 
                        483(a) and college admission applications;'';
                            (iii) by redesignating subparagraphs (C), 
                        (D), and (E), as subparagraphs (D), (E), and 
                        (F), respectively;
                            (iv) by inserting after subparagraph (B) 
                        the following:
                    ``(C) For programs authorized under section 402C 
                that specifically target veterans, the extent to which 
                the eligible entity met or exceeded the entity's 
                objectives for such program regarding--
                            ``(i) the delivery of service to a total 
                        number of students served by the program, as 
                        agreed upon by the entity and the Secretary for 
                        the period of the program;
                            ``(ii) such students' academic performance 
                        as measured by standardized tests;
                            ``(iii) the retention and completion of 
                        participants in the program;
                            ``(iv) the provision of assistance to 
                        students served by the program in completing 
                        financial aid applications, including the Free 
                        Application for Federal Student Aid described 
                        in section 483(a) and college admission 
                        applications;
                            ``(v) the enrollment of such students in an 
                        institution of higher education; and
                            ``(vi) to the extent practicable, the 
                        postsecondary completion of such students.'';
                            (v) in subparagraph (D)(ii), as 
                        redesignated in clause (iii)--
                                    (I) in subclause (I), by striking 
                                ``in which such students were 
                                enrolled'' and inserting ``at any 
                                baccalaureate granting institution 
                                within 6 years of initial enrollment in 
                                the project''; and
                                    (II) in subclause (II), by striking 
                                items (aa) and (bb) and inserting the 
                                following:
                                    ``(aa) the transfer of such 
                                students to institutions of higher 
                                education that offer baccalaureate 
                                degrees, regardless of whether the 
                                transferring student completes a degree 
                                or certificate; or
                                    ``(bb) the completion of a degree 
                                or certificate by such students at any 
                                accredited institution within 4 years 
                                of initial enrollment in the 
                                project;'';
                            (vi) in subparagraph (E), as redesignated--
                                    (I) in clause (iii), by striking 
                                ``; and'' and inserting ``within 2 
                                years of receiving the baccalaureate 
                                degree;''; and
                                    (II) in clause (iv), by striking 
                                ``graduate study and the attainment of 
                                doctoral degrees by former program 
                                participants.'' and inserting 
                                ``graduate study; and
                            ``(v) the attainment of doctoral degrees by 
                        former program participants within 10 years of 
                        receiving the baccalaureate degree.''; and
                            (vii) in subparagraph (F), as 
                        redesignated--
                                    (I) in clause (i), by inserting 
                                ``within 2 years of service'' before 
                                the semicolon; and
                                    (II) in clause (ii), by inserting 
                                ``or re-enrollment'' after ``the 
                                enrollment'';
            (6) in subsection (g)--
                    (A) by striking ``$900,000,000 for fiscal year 2009 
                and such sums as may be necessary for each of the five 
                succeeding fiscal years.'' and inserting 
                ``$1,120,000,000 for fiscal year 2021, and each of the 
                5 succeeding fiscal years. The amount authorized to be 
                appropriated in the preceding sentence for fiscal year 
                2022 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years shall be 
                deemed increased by the annual adjustment percentage. 
                For purposes of this subsection, the term `adjustment 
                percentage' as applied to a fiscal year, means the 
                estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index 
                (as determined by the Secretary, using the definition 
                in section 478(f)) for the most recent calendar year 
                ending before the beginning of that fiscal year.'';
                    (B) by striking ``\1/2\ of'';
                    (C) by striking ``, and to provide'' and inserting 
                ``, to provide''; and
                    (D) by striking ``current grantees.'' and all that 
                follows through ``additional readers.'' and inserting 
                ``current grantees, and to carry out the requirements 
                of subsection (c)(9)(A).'';
            (7) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) by striking paragraph (4) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(4) Homeless individual.--The term `homeless individual' 
        has the meaning given the term `homeless children and youth' 
        under section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act 
        (42 U.S.C. 11434a).
            ``(5) Low-income individual.--The term `low-income 
        individual' means--
                    ``(A) an individual from a family whose taxable 
                income for the preceding year did not exceed 150 
                percent of the poverty line applicable to the 
                individual's family size as determined under section 
                673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 
                U.S.C. 9902(2));
                    ``(B) an individual whose taxable income as 
                reported on the individual's most recently completed 
                Free Application for Federal Student Aid under section 
                483(a) did not exceed 150 percent of such poverty line;
                    ``(C) an individual who has been determined to be 
                eligible for a Federal Pell Grant authorized under 
                section 401; or
                    ``(D) for grants authorized under 402B and 402F of 
                this chapter, a student who is attending a school 
                that--
                            ``(i) elects, or for which the local 
                        educational agency serving the school elects on 
                        behalf of the school, to receive special 
                        assistance payment under section 
                        11(a)(1)(F)(ii) of the Richard B. Russell 
                        National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 
                        1759a(a)(1)(F)(ii)); or
                            ``(ii) had a percentage of enrolled 
                        students who were identified students (defined 
                        in clause (i) of section 11(a)(1)(F) of such 
                        Act (42 U.S.C. 1759a(a)(1)(F))) that meets or 
                        exceeds the threshold described in clause 
                        (viii) of such section (42 U.S.C. 
                        1759a(a)(1)(F)) during the school year that 
                        ends prior to the first year of the period for 
                        which such grant is awarded.'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (5) as subsection 
                (i) and subparagraphs (A) through (D) as paragraphs (1) 
                through (4); and
                    (C) by redesignating paragraph (6) as subsection 
                (j); and
            (8) in subsection (j), as redesignated, by striking 
        ``subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of paragraph (5)'' and 
        inserting ``paragraph (1), (2), or (3) of subsection (i)''.
    (b) Conforming Amendments.--Chapter 1 of subpart 2 of part A of 
title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11) is 
amended--
            (1) by striking ``homeless children and youths as defined 
        in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act'' 
        each place it appears and inserting ``homeless individuals''; 
        and
            (2) by striking ``homeless children and youths (as such 
        term is defined in section 725 of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11434a))'' each place it appears and 
        inserting ``homeless individuals''.

SEC. 4022. TALENT SEARCH.

    Section 402B of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
12) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' at the 
                end;
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph 
                (4); and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
            ``(3) to advise such youths regarding the postsecondary 
        education selection process, including consideration of 
        financial aid awards offered, potential Federal loan burden, 
        and likelihood of graduating; and'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph 
                (5); and
                    (B) by striking paragraph (6) and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(6) education or counseling services to assist students 
        and their families regarding career choice; and
            ``(7) connections to programs providing financial literacy 
        and economic literacy so that students and their families are 
        able to make informed choices regarding postsecondary 
        education, including considering degree choices and potential 
        Federal loan burdens.'';
            (3) in subsection (c)(2), by striking ``career'' and 
        inserting ``academic''; and
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (4), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth;
            ``(6) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application for the project, a description of the activities 
        that will be undertaken to reach out to such homeless 
        individuals and foster care youth as part of the project; and
            ``(7) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals 
        and foster care youth.''.

SEC. 4023. UPWARD BOUND.

    Section 402C of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
13) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b), by striking paragraphs (5) and (6) 
        and inserting the following:
            ``(5) assistance to students and their families regarding 
        career choice;
            ``(6) education or counseling services designed to 
        education improve the financial literacy and economic literacy 
        of students or the students' parents in order to aid them in 
        making informed decisions about the postsecondary education 
        selection process and assist students and their families in 
        making informed choices regarding the postsecondary education 
        selection process; and
            ``(7) in the case of such a project that is not 
        specifically designed for veterans, as part of core curriculum, 
        instruction in mathematics through pre-calculus, science, 
        foreign language, language arts, and literature, and in the 
        case of such a project that is specifically designed for 
        veterans, instruction in mathematics through pre-calculus, 
        science, foreign language, and language arts.'';
            (2) by striking subsections (c) and (g) and redesignating 
        subsections (d), (e), (f), and (h) as subsections (c), (d), 
        (e), and (f), respectively;
            (3) in subsection (c), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``youth'' and 
                inserting ``participants'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) by striking ``youth participating in 
                        the project'' and inserting ``project 
                        participants''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``youth;'' and inserting 
                        ``participants;'' and
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking ``youth 
                participating in the project'' and inserting 
                ``participants''; and
            (4) in subsection (d), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth;
            ``(7) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster 
        care youth regarding the project; and
            ``(8) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals 
        and foster care youth.''; and
            (5) in subsection (e), as so redesignated--
                    (A) by striking ``$60'' and inserting ``$90'';
                    (B) by striking ``$300'' and inserting ``$450'';
                    (C) by striking ``$40'' and inserting ``$60''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following: ``Adults 
                participating in a project specifically targeting 
                veterans under this section may be paid stipends not in 
                excess of $100 per month during the year.''.

SEC. 4024. STUDENT SUPPORT SERVICES.

    Section 402D of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
14) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (3), by striking ``limited English 
                proficient'' and inserting ``low-income and first 
                generation college students, including limited English 
                proficient students''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (4), by striking ``, including--'' 
                and all that follows through the end of the paragraph 
                and inserting a period;
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (4), by striking ``including 
                financial planning for postsecondary education;'' and 
                inserting ``including--
                    ``(A) financial planning for postsecondary 
                education, including loan burdens required, repayment 
                options, and expected earnings in potential career 
                fields;
                    ``(B) basic personal income, household money 
                management, and financial planning skills; and
                    ``(C) basic economic decisionmaking skills.'';
                    (B) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and'' at the 
                end;
                    (C) in paragraph (6), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) basic and emergency supplemental living assistance 
        grants in accordance with subsection (f).'';
            (3) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (6)(B), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth;
            ``(8) require that such entity submit, in the application 
        for the project, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster 
        care youth, who are enrolled or accepted for enrollment at the 
        institution; and
            ``(9) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals 
        and foster care youth.''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f) Basic and Emergency Supplemental Living Assistance Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--In carrying out the activities required 
        under subsection (b)(7) with a grant received under this 
        section, the recipient of such grant shall provide basic and 
        emergency supplemental living assistance grants to assist 
        students who are current participants in the student support 
        services program offered by the institution (in this subsection 
        referred to as `eligible students')--
                    ``(A) in the case of a basic supplemental living 
                assistance grant, in covering reasonable, anticipated 
                expenses necessary for the completion of an academic 
                year of the students' first undergraduate baccalaureate 
                course of study; and
                    ``(B) in the case of an emergency supplemental 
                living assistance grant, in covering reasonable, 
                unanticipated expenses necessary for the students to 
                persist in college during such academic year.
            ``(2) Amount of grants.--The recipient may determine--
                    ``(A) the appropriate division of the funds between 
                basic and emergency supplemental assistance grants, 
                except that funds shall be provided for both basic and 
                emergency grants;
                    ``(B) the amount of each such grant and the total 
                grant funds that an eligible student may receive, 
                except that a student may not receive more than a total 
                of $500 in emergency supplemental assistance grants per 
                academic year; and
                    ``(C) the anticipated and unanticipated expenses 
                referred to in paragraph (1) that such grants will 
                cover based on the needs of eligible students, which--
                            ``(i) may vary by factors including 
                        academic year, housing, parental status, 
                        location in urban or rural area, or other 
                        circumstances; and
                            ``(ii) for an individual student, may 
                        cover--
                                    ``(I) any component of the cost of 
                                attendance for the student;
                                    ``(II) an allowance for actual or 
                                expected expenses incurred for 
                                dependent care that exceeds such 
                                expenses determined for the student 
                                under section 472(8);
                                    ``(III) an allowance for actual or 
                                expected expenses for transportation 
                                that exceeds such expenses determined 
                                for the student under section 472; and
                                    ``(IV) personal items or expenses 
                                not otherwise covered by the cost of 
                                attendance for the student.
            ``(3) Percentage of total funds.--The recipient may use not 
        more than 2 percent of the funds awarded under this section for 
        grants under this subsection.
            ``(4) Determination of need.--A grant provided to a student 
        under this subsection shall not be considered in determining 
        that student's need for grant or work assistance under this 
        title, except that in no case shall the total amount of student 
        financial assistance awarded to a student under this title 
        exceed that student's cost of attendance by more than $500.
            ``(5) Consultation.--In making grants to students under 
        this subsection, an institution shall ensure that adequate 
        consultation takes place between the student support service 
        program office and the institution's financial aid office.
            ``(6) Supplement, not supplant.--Funds received by a grant 
        recipient that are used under this subsection shall be used to 
        supplement, and not supplant, non-Federal funds expended for 
        student support services programs.
            ``(7) Funds.--For a fiscal year for which the funds 
        allocated for projects authorized under this section from the 
        amounts appropriated pursuant to the authority of section 
        402A(g) exceeds the funds allocated for such purpose for fiscal 
        year 2020, not more than 2 percent of such excess funds may be 
        made available for grants under this subsection.''.

SEC. 4025. POSTBACCALAUREATE ACHIEVEMENT PROGRAM AUTHORITY.

    Section 402E of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
15) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(2)--
                    (A) by striking ``summer''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``or faculty-led research 
                experiences'' before the semicolon;
            (2) in subsection (d)(4)--
                    (A) by striking ``summer''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``or faculty-led experiences who 
                have stipends'' after ``internships''; and
            (3) in subsection (f)(1), by striking ``$2,800'' and 
        inserting ``$4,000''.

SEC. 4026. EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY CENTERS.

    Section 402F of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-
16) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``pursue'' and 
        inserting ``begin or re-enter'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(5), by striking ``students;'' and 
        inserting ``students, including--
                    ``(A) financial planning for postsecondary 
                education, including student loan debt, repayment 
                options, and expected earnings in potential career 
                fields;
                    ``(B) basic personal income, household money 
                management, and financial planning skills; and
                    ``(C) basic economic decisionmaking skills;''; and
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ``and'' after the 
                semicolon;
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) require an assurance that the entity carrying out the 
        project has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
        needed to remove barriers to the participation and retention in 
        the project of homeless individuals, including unaccompanied 
        youth and foster care youth;
            ``(5) require that such entity submit, as part of the 
        application, a description of the activities that will be 
        undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals and foster 
        care youth regarding the project; and
            ``(6) require an assurance that such entity will prepare 
        and submit the report required under section 402H(e) at the 
        conclusion of the project regarding such homeless individuals 
        and foster care youth.''.

SEC. 4027. STAFF DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES.

    Section 402G(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070a-17(b)) is amended--
            (1) by inserting ``webinars, online classes,'' after 
        ``seminars, workshops,'';
            (2) by striking ``new directors'' and inserting ``staff'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraphs (1) through (5) as 
        paragraphs (2) through (6), respectively;
            (4) by inserting before paragraph (2), as so redesignated, 
        the following:
            ``(1) Legislative and regulatory requirements and program 
        management for new directors of programs funded under this 
        chapter.'';
            (5) in paragraph (2), as redesignated, by inserting ``for 
        continuing directors and staff of programs'' after ``operation 
        of programs''; and
            (6) in paragraph (4), as redesignated, by striking ``model 
        programs'' and inserting ``innovations''.

SEC. 4028. REPORTS AND EVALUATIONS.

    (a) Other Reporting Requirements.--Section 402H of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-18) is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``, 
                        including a rigorous evaluation of the programs 
                        and projects assisted under section 402C. The 
                        evaluation of the programs and projects 
                        assisted under section 402C shall be 
                        implemented not later than June 30, 2010'' and 
                        inserting ``The issues such evaluations shall 
                        measure shall include the effectiveness of 
                        programs and projects assisted under this 
                        chapter in--
                            ``(i) meeting or exceeding the stated 
                        objectives regarding the outcome criteria under 
                        402A(f);
                            ``(ii) enhancing the access of low-income 
                        individuals and first-generation college 
                        students to postsecondary education;
                            ``(iii) preparing individuals for 
                        postsecondary education; and
                            ``(iv) comparing students who participate 
                        in the programs funded under this chapter with 
                        students who do not participate in such 
                        programs with respect to--
                                    ``(I) level of education completed;
                                    ``(II) retention rates;
                                    ``(III) graduation rates;
                                    ``(IV) college admission and 
                                completion rates; and
                                    ``(V) other issues as the Secretary 
                                considers appropriate.''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting 
                        ``and take into account the agreed upon target 
                        determined under section 402A(f)(4)'' before 
                        the period; and
                    (B) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) Practices.--The evaluations described in paragraph 
        (1) shall identify institutional, community, and program or 
        project practices that are effective in--
                    ``(A) enhancing the access of low-income 
                individuals and first-generation college students to 
                postsecondary education;
                    ``(B) the preparation of such individuals and 
                students for postsecondary education;
                    ``(C) fostering the success of the individuals and 
                students in postsecondary education; and
                    ``(D) for programs and projects assisted under 
                section 402C, the characteristics of students who 
                benefit most from such programs and projects.''; and
            (2) in subsection (d), by inserting ``, including the 
        authorizing committees'' before the period.
    (b) Homeless Individuals and Foster Care Youth.--Section 402H of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-18) is further 
amended by adding at the end the following:
    ``(e) Report Regarding Homeless Individuals and Foster Care 
Youth.--Each entity carrying out a project under section 402B, 402C, 
402D, or 402F shall, at the conclusion of the project, prepare and 
submit a report to the Secretary that includes--
            ``(1) where available, data on the number of homeless 
        individuals and foster care youth served through the project; 
        and
            ``(2) a description of any strategies or program 
        enhancements that were used in the project and that were 
        effective in meeting the needs of such homeless individuals and 
        foster care youth.''.

  CHAPTER 2--GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
                                PROGRAMS

SEC. 4031. GAINING EARLY AWARENESS AND READINESS FOR UNDERGRADUATE 
              PROGRAMS.

    Chapter 2 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1070a-21 et seq.) is amended--
            (1) in section 404A (20 U.S.C. 1070a-21)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of 
                subsection (a)(1), by inserting ``, including for 
                college readiness'' after ``academic support''; and
                    (B) in subsection (b)--
                            (i) by amending paragraph (3) to read as 
                        follows:
            ``(3) Priority.--In making awards to eligible entities 
        described in subsection (c), the Secretary may give a 
        competitive priority--
                    ``(A) to eligible entities that--
                            ``(i) on the day before the date of 
                        enactment of the College Affordability Act, 
                        carried out successful educational opportunity 
                        programs under this chapter (as this chapter 
                        was in effect on such day); and
                            ``(ii) have a prior, demonstrated 
                        commitment to early intervention leading to 
                        college access and readiness through 
                        collaboration and replication of successful 
                        strategies; or
                    ``(B) to eligible entities that ensure that 
                students that received assistance under this chapter on 
                the day before the date of enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act continue to receive such assistance 
                through the completion of secondary school.'';
                            (ii) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Multiple award prohibition.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity described in 
                subsection (c)(1) that receives a grant under this 
                chapter shall not be eligible to receive an additional 
                grant under this chapter until after the date on which 
                the grant period with respect to such grant expires.
                    ``(B) Exception for no-cost extension.--
                Notwithstanding subparagraph (A), an eligible entity 
                described in subsection (c)(1) that receives a grant 
                under this chapter that has been extended under section 
                75.261 of title 34, Code of Federal Regulations may 
                receive an additional grant under this chapter prior to 
                the date on which the grant period applicable to such 
                extension expires.''; and
            (2) in section 404B (20 U.S.C. 1070a-22)--
                    (A) in subsection (a), in the matter preceding 
                paragraph (1), by inserting ``(except with respect to 
                continuation awards under this chapter)'' after 
                ``grants''; and
                    (B) in subsection (d)(1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``; 
                        and'' and inserting a period; and
                            (iii) by striking subparagraph (C);
            (3) in section 404C (20 U.S.C. 1070a-23)--
                    (A) in subsection (a)(2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (I), by striking 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (J), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting a semicolon; 
                        and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(K) provide an assurance that the eligible entity 
                has reviewed and revised policies and practices as 
                needed to remove barriers to the participation and 
                retention of homeless individuals (as defined in 
                section 402A) in the program, including unaccompanied 
                youth and foster care youth;
                    ``(L) describe the activities that will be 
                undertaken to reach out to such homeless individuals 
                and foster care youth as part of the program; and
                    ``(M) provide an assurance that the eligible entity 
                will prepare and submit the report required under 
                section 404G(c) at the conclusion of the grant 
                regarding such homeless individuals and foster care 
                youth.'';
                    (B) in subsection (b)(1)(A)--
                            (i) by inserting ``matching funds'' after 
                        ``will provide'';
                            (ii) by inserting ``equaling'' after 
                        ``private funds,''; and
                            (iii) by striking ``the cost of the 
                        program, which matching funds'' and inserting 
                        ``the total Federal grant award under this 
                        chapter, which'';
                    (C) in subsection (c)(1), by inserting ``at any 
                point during the grant award period'' after ``obligated 
                to students''; and
                    (D) by striking subsection (d) and inserting the 
                following:
    ``(d) Peer Review Panels and Competitions.--The Secretary shall--
            ``(1) convene peer review panels to assist in making 
        determinations regarding the awarding of grants under this 
        chapter; and
            ``(2) host a grant competition to make new awards under 
        this chapter in any year in which there are funds available to 
        make new awards.'';
            (4) in section 404D (20 U.S.C. 1070a-24)--
                    (A) in subsection (b)--
                            (i) in paragraph (1), by striking ``or 
                        former participants of a program under this 
                        chapter'' and inserting ``, former participants 
                        of a program under this chapter, or peers and 
                        near peers'' after ``adults'';
                            (ii) in paragraph (3), by inserting 
                        ``academic, social, and postsecondary 
                        planning'' after ``supportive'';
                            (iii) in paragraph (10)--
                                    (I) by redesignating subparagraphs 
                                (E) through (K) as subparagraphs (F) 
                                through (L), respectively;
                                    (II) by inserting after 
                                subparagraph (D) the following:
                    ``(E) counseling or referral services to address 
                the behavioral, social-emotional, and mental health 
                needs of at-risk students;'';
                                    (III) in subparagraph (I), as 
                                redesignated by subclause (I), by 
                                inserting ``, cognitive, non-cognitive, 
                                and credit-by-examination'' after 
                                ``skills'';
                                    (IV) in subparagraph (K), as 
                                redesignated by subclause (I), by 
                                striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                    (V) in subparagraph (L), as 
                                redesignated by subclause (I), by 
                                striking the period at the end and 
                                inserting ``; and''; and
                                    (VI) by adding at the end the 
                                following:
                    ``(M) capacity building activities that create 
                college-going cultures in participating schools and 
                local educational agencies.''; and
                            (iv) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(16) Creating or expanding secondary school drop-out 
        recovery programs that allow students who have dropped out of 
        secondary school to complete a regular secondary school diploma 
        and begin college-level work.
            ``(17) Establishing data collection and data sharing 
        agreements to obtain, analyze, and report postsecondary outcome 
        data for eligible students for a period of not more than 72 
        months after the end of the grant award period, which may 
        include postsecondary enrollment, persistence, and completion 
        data.
            ``(18) Establishing or maintaining an agreement with a 
        consortium of eligible entities described in section 404A(c) 
        to--
                    ``(A) foster collaborative approaches to research 
                and evaluation;
                    ``(B) improve the quality of data collection, data 
                sharing, analysis and reporting; and
                    ``(C) apply evidence to improve programs and 
                evaluation under this chapter.
            ``(19) Facilitating the recruitment, participation, and 
        retention of homeless individuals (as defined in section 402A) 
        and foster care youth in the services provided under this 
        chapter, including--
                    ``(A) establishing partnerships with community-
                based organizations, child welfare agencies, homeless 
                shelters, and local educational agency liaisons for 
                homeless individuals to identify such individuals and 
                youth, improve policies and practices, and to establish 
                data sharing agreements;
                    ``(B) carrying out activities (consistent with the 
                McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11301 
                et seq.)) to facilitate continued participation of 
                students who are no longer enrolled in a school served 
                under this chapter due to changes in residence 
                resulting from homelessness or foster care placement, 
                including--
                            ``(i) allowing continued participation when 
                        such a student is no longer enrolled, on a 
                        temporary basis, in a school served under this 
                        chapter; or
                            ``(ii) providing transitional services and 
                        referrals when such a student is no longer 
                        enrolled, on a permanent basis, in a school 
                        served under this chapter; and
                    ``(C) carrying out other activities to meet the 
                needs of such homeless individuals and foster care 
                youth.
            ``(20) Providing services under this chapter to students 
        who have received services under a previous grant award under 
        this chapter but have not yet completed grade 12.'';
                    (B) in subsection (c)--
                            (i) in paragraph (3), by inserting ``and 
                        technical assistance'' after ``support''; and
                            (ii) by striking paragraph (9); and
                    (C) in subsection (d)--
                            (i) in paragraph (3), by striking ``or'';
                            (ii) by redesignating paragraph (4) as 
                        paragraph (5); and
                            (iii) by inserting after paragraph (3) the 
                        following:
            ``(4) eligible for free or reduced-price lunch under the 
        Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1751 et 
        seq.); or'';
            (5) in section 404E (20 U.S.C. 1070a-25)--
                    (A) in subsection (a)--
                            (i) by redesignating paragraph (2) as 
                        paragraph (3);
                            (ii) by inserting after paragraph (1) the 
                        following:
            ``(2) Application requirements.--
                    ``(A) Plan for maintenance of financial 
                assistance.--An eligible entity proposing to establish 
                or maintain a financial assistance program providing 
                scholarships for students assisted by the program of 
                the eligible entity under this chapter shall include a 
                plan regarding the financial application program with 
                the application submitted under section 404C.
                    ``(B) Scholarship details.--Under a plan described 
                in subparagraph (A), an eligible entity--
                            ``(i) may elect to offer 1 or more types of 
                        scholarships; and
                            ``(ii) shall describe, for each type of 
                        scholarship--
                                    ``(I) the minimum and maximum 
                                awards for the scholarships, consistent 
                                with subsection (d), based on criteria 
                                and disbursement priorities established 
                                by the eligible entity;
                                    ``(II) the duration of the 
                                scholarships, which may be single-year 
                                or multi-year awards;
                                    ``(III) the enrollment requirements 
                                for participating students, which may 
                                include providing scholarships for 
                                participating students who are enrolled 
                                in an institution of higher education 
                                on less than a full-time basis during 
                                any award year; and
                                    ``(IV) any additional student 
                                eligibility criteria established by the 
                                eligible entity for earning and 
                                maintaining scholarships under this 
                                section, including--
                                            ``(aa) financial need;
                                            ``(bb) meeting 
                                        participation milestones in the 
                                        activities offered by the 
                                        eligible entity under section 
                                        404D;
                                            ``(cc) meeting and 
                                        maintaining satisfactory 
                                        academic milestones; and
                                            ``(dd) other criteria 
                                        aligned with State and local 
                                        goals to incentivize 
                                        postsecondary readiness, 
                                        access, and success.''; and
                            (iii) in paragraph (3), as redesignated by 
                        clause (i), by striking ``may award'' and 
                        inserting ``may use not less than 10 percent 
                        and not more than 50 percent of funds made 
                        available under this chapter to award'';
                    (B) in subsection (b)--
                            (i) in the subsection heading, by striking 
                        ``Limitation'' and inserting ``State 
                        limitation''; and
                            (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking 
                        ``eligible entity demonstrates'' and all that 
                        follows through the period at the end and 
                        inserting the following: ``eligible entity--
                    ``(A) demonstrates that the eligible entity has 
                another means of providing the students with the 
                financial assistance described in this section or 
                eligible students have reasonable access to State and 
                local financial assistance programs; and
                    ``(B) describes such means or access in the 
                application submitted under section 404C.'';
                    (C) in subsection (e)--
                            (i) by striking paragraph (1) and inserting 
                        the following:
            ``(1) In general.--
                    ``(A) Scholarship plan.--Each eligible entity 
                described in section 404A(c)(1) that receives a grant 
                under this chapter shall hold in reserve, for the 
                students served by such grant as described in section 
                404B(d)(1)(A) or 404D(d), an estimated amount that is 
                based on the eligible entity's scholarship plan 
                described in subsection (a)(1).
                    ``(B) Interest use.--Interest earned on funds held 
                in reserve under subparagraph (A) may be used by the 
                eligible entity to administer the scholarship program 
                during the award period and through the post-award 
                period described in paragraph (4).'';
                            (ii) in paragraph (2)(B), by inserting ``, 
                        or been accepted for enrollment,'' after 
                        ``enrolled''; and
                            (iii) in paragraph (3)--
                                    (I) in subparagraph (A), by 
                                striking ``and'' after the semicolon;
                                    (II) by redesignating subparagraph 
                                (B) as subparagraph (C); and
                                    (III) by inserting after 
                                subparagraph (A) the following:
                    ``(B) the costs associated with enrolling in an 
                institution of higher education; and''; and
                    (D) in subsection (g)--
                            (i) in paragraph (3)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``or, if the 
                                eligible entity chooses, in another 
                                program of study or credential program 
                                for which an individual could use funds 
                                received under a Federal Pell Grant to 
                                attend,'' before ``that is located''; 
                                and
                                    (II) by striking ``except that, at 
                                the State's option'' and inserting 
                                ``except that, at the eligible entity's 
                                option''; and
                            (ii) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``and 
                        qualifies for an award, consistent with the 
                        eligible entity's scholarship plan as described 
                        in subsection (a)(2)'' after ``404D(a)'';
            (6) in section 404G (20 U.S.C. 1070a-27)--
                    (A) in subsection (b)--
                            (i) in paragraph (1), by striking ``and'' 
                        after the semicolon;
                            (ii) in paragraph (2), by striking the 
                        period at the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                            (iii) by inserting after paragraph (2) the 
                        following:
            ``(3) include the following metrics:
                    ``(A) The number of students completing the Free 
                Application for Federal Student Aid under section 483.
                    ``(B) If applicable, the number of students 
                receiving a scholarship under section 404E.
                    ``(C) The graduation rate of participating students 
                from high school.
                    ``(D) The enrollment of participating students in 
                postsecondary education.
                    ``(E) Such other metrics as the Secretary may 
                require.'';
                    (B) by redesignating subsections (c) and (d) as 
                subsections (e) and (f), respectively;
                    (C) by inserting after subsection (b) the 
                following:
    ``(c) Report on Homeless Individuals and Foster Care Youth.--Each 
eligible entity that receives a grant under section 404A shall, at the 
conclusion of such grant, prepare and submit a report to the Secretary 
that includes--
            ``(1) where available, the number of homeless individuals 
        (as defined in section 402A) and foster care youth served 
        through the program; and
            ``(2) a description of any strategies or program 
        enhancements that were used by the eligible entity in carrying 
        out the program that were effective in meeting the needs of 
        such homeless individuals and foster care youth.'';
                    (D) in subsection (d), as so redesignated--
                            (i) in the subsection heading, by inserting 
                        ``and technical assistance'' after ``Federal 
                        evaluation'';
                            (ii) in the matter preceding paragraph 
                        (1)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``after 
                                consultation with the community of 
                                eligible entities receiving grants 
                                under this chapter and'' after 
                                ``Secretary shall,'';
                                    (II) by striking ``0.75'' and 
                                inserting ``1''; and
                                    (III) by striking ``evaluate the 
                                effectiveness of the program and, as 
                                appropriate, disseminate the results of 
                                the evaluation. Such evaluation shall 
                                include a separate analysis of'';
                            (iii) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and 
                        (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively, 
                        and indenting the margins appropriately; and
                            (iv) before subparagraph (A) (as 
                        redesignated by clause (iii)), by inserting the 
                        following:
            ``(1) provide pre-application technical assistance 
        workshops for eligible entities and potential applicants in any 
        year in which new awards are expected to be made;
            ``(2) support initiatives designed to improve the research, 
        data collection and infrastructure, and evaluation capacity of 
        eligible entities; and
            ``(3) evaluate the effectiveness of the program and, as 
        appropriate, disseminate the results of the evaluation. Such 
        evaluation may include a separate analysis of--''; and
            (7) in section 404H, by striking ``$400,000,000 for fiscal 
        year 2009'' and inserting ``$500,000,000 for fiscal year 
        2021''.

     Subpart 3--Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants

SEC. 4041. PURPOSE; APPROPRIATIONS AUTHORIZED.

    Section 413A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b) 
is amended--
            (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows:
    ``(a) Purpose of Subpart.--It is the purpose of this subpart to--
            ``(1) provide, through institutions of higher education, 
        supplemental grants to assist in making available the benefits 
        of postsecondary education to qualified students who 
        demonstrate financial need in accordance with the provisions of 
        part F of this title; and
            ``(2) to establish grant programs at various institutions 
        of higher education, as defined in section 101, to determine 
        best practices and policies regarding the distribution of 
        emergency grant aid to assist students in completing their 
        program of study, notwithstanding aid they may have received in 
        accordance with the provisions of part F of this title.'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ``appropriated'' and 
        all that follows through the end and inserting ``appropriated--
                    ``(A) $1,150,000,000 for fiscal year 2021;
                    ``(B) $1,300,000,000 for fiscal year 2022;
                    ``(C) $1,450,000,000, for fiscal year 2023;
                    ``(D) $1,600,000,000 for fiscal year 2024; and
                    ``(E) $1,750,000,000 for fiscal year 2025 and each 
                succeeding fiscal year.'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) For the purpose of enabling the Secretary to fund 
        emergency grant aid programs under section 440D, there are 
        allocated, from funds authorized under paragraph (b)(1), 
        $12,500,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
        fiscal years.''.

SEC. 4042. INSTITUTIONAL ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 413C(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070b-2) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``agrees'' inserting ``except as 
                provided in paragraph (4), agrees''; and
                    (B) by striking ``and'' at the end;
            (2) in paragraph (3)(D), by striking the period and 
        inserting ``; and''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) agrees that the Federal share of an award under this 
        subpart to an institution eligible for assistance under title 
        III or title V shall equal 100 percent of such award.''.

SEC. 4043. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

    Section 413D of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b-
3) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 413D. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Years 2021 Through 2025.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        section 413A(b)(1) for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
        allocate to each institution--
                    ``(A) for fiscal year 2021, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 90 percent of the amount the 
                        institution received under subsection (a) for 
                        fiscal year 2020, as such subsection was in 
                        effect with respect to such fiscal year (in 
                        this subparagraph referred to as `the 2020 
                        amount for the institution'); or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(B) for fiscal year 2022, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 80 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(C) for fiscal year 2023, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 60 percent of the fiscal year 2020 
                        amount for the institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c);
                    ``(D) for fiscal year 2024, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 40 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c); 
                        and
                    ``(E) for fiscal year 2025, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 20 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (c).
            ``(2) Ratable reduction.--
                    ``(A) In general.--If the amount appropriated under 
                section 413A(b)(1) for a fiscal year is less than the 
                amount required to be allocated to the institutions 
                under this subsection, then the amount of the 
                allocation to each institution shall be ratably 
                reduced.
                    ``(B) Additional appropriations.--If the amounts 
                allocated to each institution are ratably reduced under 
                subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year and additional 
                amounts are appropriated for such fiscal year, the 
                amount allocated to each institution from the 
                additional amounts shall be increased on the same basis 
                as the amounts under subparagraph (A) were reduced 
                (until each institution receives the amount required to 
                be allocated under this subsection).
    ``(b) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Year 2026 and Each Succeeding 
Fiscal Year.--From the amount appropriated under section 413A(b)(1) for 
fiscal year 2026 and each succeeding fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
allocate to each institution the fair share amount for the institution 
determined under subsection (c).
    ``(c) Determination of Fair Share Amount.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the fair share 
        amount for an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to 
        the sum of the institution's undergraduate student need 
        described in paragraph (2) for the preceding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Institutional undergraduate student need 
        calculation.--The institutional undergraduate student need for 
        an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to the sum of 
        the following:
                    ``(A) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
                    ``(B) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of the undergraduate student need at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of undergraduate student need at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(3) Eligibility for fair share amount.--The Secretary may 
        not allocate funds under this subpart to any institution that, 
        for 2 or more fiscal years during any 3 fiscal year period 
        beginning not earlier than the first day of the first fiscal 
        year that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this 
        paragraph, has a student population with less than 7 percent of 
        undergraduate students who are recipients of Federal Pell 
        Grants.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Average cost of attendance.--The term `average cost 
        of attendance' has the meaning given the term in section 
        4202(e)(5)(B).
            ``(2) Undergraduate student need.--The term `undergraduate 
        student need' means, with respect to an undergraduate student 
        for an award year, the lesser of the following:
                    ``(A) The total of the amount equal to (except the 
                amount computed by this clause shall not be less than 
                zero)--
                            ``(i) the average cost of attendance for 
                        the award year, minus
                            ``(ii) such undergraduate student's 
                        expected family contribution (computed in 
                        accordance with part F of this title) for the 
                        preceding award year.
                    ``(B) The total loan annual limit for a Federal 
                Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a Federal Direct 
                Loan.''.

SEC. 4044. EMERGENCY FINANCIAL AID GRANT PROGRAM.

    Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070b et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

              ``Subpart 11--Emergency Financial Aid Grants

``SEC. 440D. EMERGENCY FINANCIAL AID GRANT PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Emergency Financial Aid Grant Programs Authorized.--The 
Secretary shall carry out a grant program to make grants, in accordance 
with subsection (c), to eligible entities to provide emergency 
financial aid grants to students in accordance with subsection (d).
    ``(b) Matching Funds.--
            ``(1) Limitation on amount of federal share.--Except as 
        provided in paragraph (3), the Federal share of the cost of any 
        emergency grant aid program carried out under this section may 
        not exceed 50 percent.
            ``(2) Limitation.--Matching funds provided by an eligible 
        entity under this subsection may not include in-kind 
        contributions.
            ``(3) Exceptions.--The Federal share of the cost of an 
        emergency grant aid program carried out under this section 
        shall equal 100 percent if the institution carrying out the 
        emergency grant aid is an institution of higher education 
        eligible for assistance under title III or V.
    ``(c) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each eligible entity desiring to carry 
        out an emergency grant aid program under this section shall 
        submit an application to the Secretary, at such time, in such 
        manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
        require.
            ``(2) Outreach.--The Secretary shall, at least 30 days 
        before each deadline to submit applications under paragraph 
        (1), conduct outreach to institutions of higher education 
        described in subsection (b)(3) to provide such institutions 
        with information on the opportunity to apply under paragraph 
        (1) to carry out an emergency grant aid program under this 
        section.
            ``(3) Contents.--Each application under paragraph (1) shall 
        include a description of the emergency grant aid program to be 
        carried out by the eligible entity, including--
                    ``(A) an estimate of the number of emergency 
                financial aid grants that such entity will make in an 
                award year and how such eligible entity assessed such 
                estimate;
                    ``(B) the criteria the eligible entity will use to 
                determine an emergency for which an eligible student 
                will be eligible to receive an emergency financial aid 
                grant;
                    ``(C) an assurance that an emergency for which an 
                eligible student will be eligible to receive an 
                emergency financial aid grant will include financial 
                challenges that would directly impact the ability of an 
                eligible student to continue and complete the course of 
                study of such student, including--
                            ``(i) a loss of employment, transportation, 
                        child care, utilities, or housing of the 
                        student;
                            ``(ii) a medical condition (including 
                        pregnancy) of the student, or a dependent of 
                        the student;
                            ``(iii) with respect to the eligible 
                        student, food insecurity; and
                            ``(iv) in the case of an eligible student 
                        who is a dependent student--
                                    ``(I) the death of a parent or 
                                guardian of such eligible student; or
                                    ``(II) a medical condition of the 
                                parent or guardian of such eligible 
                                student which results in the loss of 
                                employment of such parent or guardian;
                    ``(D) a description of the process by which an 
                eligible student may apply and receive an emergency 
                financial aid grant;
                    ``(E) an assurance that the eligible entity, when 
                applicable, will make information available to eligible 
                students about the eligibility of such students and 
                their dependents for assistance under the supplemental 
                nutrition assistance program under the Food and 
                Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), the 
                special supplemental nutrition program for women, 
                infants, and children under the Child Nutrition Act of 
                1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786), and the program of block grants 
                for States for temporary assistance for needy families 
                established under part A of title IV of the Social 
                Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
                    ``(F) how the eligible entity will administer the 
                emergency grant aid program, including the processes 
                the eligible entity will use to respond to 
                applications, approve applications, and disburse 
                emergency financial aid grants outside of normal 
                business hours;
                    ``(G) an assurance that the process by which an 
                eligible student applies for an emergency financial aid 
                grant includes--
                            ``(i) to the extent practicable, an 
                        interview; and
                            ``(ii) at least one opportunity to appeal a 
                        denial of such a grant;
                    ``(H) an assurance that the eligible entity will 
                acknowledge receipt of a student's request and 
                distribute funds in a timely manner as determined by 
                the Secretary;
                    ``(I) a description of how the school intends to 
                limit fraud or abuse; and
                    ``(J) any other information the Secretary may 
                require.
            ``(4) Priority.--In selecting eligible entities to carry 
        out an emergency grant aid program under this section, the 
        Secretary shall give priority to an eligible entity in which at 
        least 30 percent of the students enrolled at such eligible 
        entity are eligible to receive a Federal Pell Grant.
    ``(d) Use of Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--An eligible entity may only use funds 
        provided under this section to make emergency financial aid 
        grants to eligible students.
            ``(2) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Amount.--An emergency financial aid grant to 
                an eligible student may not be in an amount greater 
                than $750.
                    ``(B) Total amount.--The total amount of the 
                Federal share of emergency financial aid grants that an 
                eligible student may receive from an eligible entity 
                may not exceed $2,000. An eligible student may receive 
                an amount under this section that would cause the 
                amount of total financial aid received by such student 
                to exceed the cost of attendance of the institution of 
                higher education in which the student is enrolled.
    ``(e) Reporting and Oversight.--
            ``(1) In general.--Not less frequently than once annually, 
        each eligible entity that receives a grant under this subpart 
        shall submit to the Secretary a report on the progress of the 
        eligible entity in carrying out the programs supported by such 
        grant.
            ``(2) Form of report.--The report under paragraph (1) shall 
        be submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and 
        containing such information as the Secretary may require. The 
        Secretary shall issue uniform guidelines describing the 
        information that shall be reported by grantees under such 
        paragraph.
            ``(3) Content of report.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The report under paragraph (1) 
                shall include, at minimum, the following:
                            ``(i) The number of students that received 
                        a grant, including the number of students who 
                        received more than one grant.
                            ``(ii) The average award amount awarded to 
                        eligible students.
                            ``(iii) The types of emergencies declared 
                        and frequencies emergencies declared by 
                        eligible students.
                            ``(iv) The number of students that applied 
                        for emergency grant aid.
                            ``(v) The number of students that were 
                        denied such grants.
                            ``(vi) The average amount of time it took 
                        an eligible entity to respond to requests for 
                        emergency grant aid and average amount of time 
                        it took the eligible entity to award or deny 
                        the emergency grant aid.
                            ``(vii) Outcomes of the eligible students 
                        that received emergency grant aid, including 
                        rates of persistence, retention, and 
                        completion, and a comparison of such rates for 
                        such students as compared to such rates for 
                        Federal Pell recipients at the institution.
    ``(f) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education that on the date such entity 
        receives a grant under this section, is participating in the 
        FSEOG program under subpart 3.
            ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        a student who--
                    ``(A) is enrolled in an eligible entity on an at 
                least half-time basis; and
                    ``(B) who is making satisfactory academic progress.
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.''.

Subpart 4--Special Programs for Students Whose Families Are Engaged in 
                     Migrant and Seasonal Farmwork

SEC. 4051. SPECIAL PROGRAMS FOR STUDENTS WHOSE FAMILIES ARE ENGAGED IN 
              MIGRANT AND SEASONAL FARMWORK.

    Section 418A(i) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070d-2(i)) is amended by striking ``2009'' and inserting ``2021''.

          Subpart 5--Child Care Access Means Parents in School

SEC. 4061. CCAMPIS REAUTHORIZATION.

    Section 419N of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070e) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)--
                                    (I) by striking ``The amount'' and 
                                inserting ``Except as provided in 
                                subparagraph (C), the amount''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``1 percent'' and 
                                inserting ``2 percent'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by striking 
                        ``subsection (g)'' and inserting ``subsection 
                        (h)''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Performance bonus.--
                            ``(i) In general.--Notwithstanding 
                        subparagraph (A), for any fiscal year for which 
                        the amount appropriated under subsection (h) is 
                        not less than $140,000,000, the Secretary may 
                        pay a performance bonus to an eligible 
                        institution of higher education.
                            ``(ii) Maximum amount.--A bonus paid to an 
                        eligible institution of higher education under 
                        clause (i) for a fiscal year shall not exceed 
                        an amount equal to 20 percent of the amount of 
                        the annual grant payment received by the 
                        institution under paragraph (3)(B) for the 
                        fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which 
                        the bonus is paid.
                            ``(iii) Use of bonus.--A bonus received by 
                        an institution under clause (i) shall be used 
                        by the institution in the same manner as a 
                        grant under this section and shall be treated 
                        as grant funds for purposes of the application 
                        of paragraph (5), except that the Secretary may 
                        extend the grant period as necessary for the 
                        institution to use such bonus.
                            ``(iv) Eligible institution of higher 
                        education.--In this subparagraph, the term 
                        `eligible institution of higher education' 
                        means an institution of higher education that--
                                    ``(I) has received a grant under 
                                this section for not less than the 
                                period of three consecutive fiscal 
                                years preceding the fiscal year in 
                                which the bonus is paid under clause 
                                (i);
                                    ``(II) for each such preceding 
                                fiscal year, has met or exceeded the 
                                performance levels established by the 
                                institution for such year under 
                                subsection (e)(1)(B)(v); and
                                    ``(III) has demonstrated the need 
                                for such bonus.''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``4 
                        years'' and inserting ``5 years''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking 
                        ``subsection (e)(2)'' and inserting 
                        ``subsection (e)(3)'';
            (2) by amending subsection (c) to read as follows:
    ``(c) Applications.--
            ``(1) In general.--An institution of higher education 
        desiring a grant under this section shall submit an application 
        to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and accompanied 
        by such information as the Secretary may require. Such 
        application shall--
                    ``(A) demonstrate that the institution is an 
                eligible institution described in subsection (b)(4);
                    ``(B) specify the amount of funds requested;
                    ``(C) demonstrate the need of low-income students 
                at the institution for campus-based child care services 
                by including in the application--
                            ``(i) information regarding student 
                        demographics, including whether the student is 
                        a full-time or part-time student;
                            ``(ii) an assessment of child care capacity 
                        on or near campus;
                            ``(iii) information regarding the waiting 
                        lists for child care services on or near 
                        campus;
                            ``(iv) information regarding additional 
                        needs created by concentrations of poverty or 
                        by geographic isolation;
                            ``(v) information about the number of low-
                        income student parents being served through 
                        campus-based child care services; and
                            ``(vi) other relevant data;
                    ``(D) specify the estimated percentage of the 
                institution's grant that will be used directly to 
                subsidize the fee charged for on-campus and off-campus 
                childcare, respectively, for low-income students;
                    ``(E) contain a description of the activities to be 
                assisted, including whether the grant funds will 
                support an existing child care program or a new child 
                care program;
                    ``(F) identify the resources, including technical 
                expertise and financial support, that the institution 
                will draw upon to support the child care program and 
                the participation of low-income students in the program 
                (such as accessing social services funding, using 
                student activity fees to help pay the costs of child 
                care, using resources obtained by meeting the needs of 
                parents who are not low-income students, and accessing 
                foundation, corporate, or other institutional support) 
                and demonstrate that the use of the resources will not 
                result in increases in student tuition;
                    ``(G) contain an assurance that the institution 
                will meet the child care needs of low-income students 
                through the provision of services, or through a 
                contract for the provision of services;
                    ``(H) describe the extent to which the child care 
                program will coordinate with the institution's early 
                childhood education curriculum, to the extent the 
                curriculum is available, to meet the needs of the 
                students in the early childhood education program at 
                the institution, and the needs of the parents and 
                children participating in the child care program 
                assisted under this section;
                    ``(I) in the case of an institution seeking 
                assistance for a new child care program--
                            ``(i) provide a timeline, covering the 
                        period from receipt of the grant through the 
                        provision of the child care services, 
                        delineating the specific steps the institution 
                        will take to achieve the goal of providing low-
                        income students with child care services;
                            ``(ii) specify any measures the institution 
                        will take to assist low-income students with 
                        child care during the period before the 
                        institution provides child care services; and
                            ``(iii) include a plan for identifying 
                        resources needed for the child care services, 
                        including space in which to provide child care 
                        services, and technical assistance if 
                        necessary;
                    ``(J) contain an assurance that any child care 
                facility assisted under this section will meet the 
                applicable State and local government licensing, 
                certification, approval, or registration requirements;
                    ``(K) in the case of an institution that is awarded 
                a grant under this section after the date of the 
                enactment of the College Affordability Act, provide an 
                assurance that, not later than three years after the 
                date on which such grant is awarded, any child care 
                facility assisted with such grant will--
                            ``(i) meet Head Start performance standards 
                        under subchapter B of chapter 13 of title 45, 
                        Code of Federal Regulations (as in effect on 
                        the date of enactment of the College 
                        Affordability Act) and any successor 
                        regulations;
                            ``(ii) be in the top tier of the quality 
                        rating improvement system for such facilities 
                        used by the State in which the facility is 
                        located;
                            ``(iii) meet the licensing requirements of 
                        the State in which the facility is located and 
                        the quality requirements under the Child Care 
                        and Development Block Grant Act of 1990 (42 
                        U.S.C. 9858 et seq.); or
                            ``(iv) be accredited by a national early 
                        childhood accrediting body with demonstrated 
                        valid and reliable program quality standards;
                    ``(L) contain an assurance that the institution, 
                when applicable, will make information available to 
                students receiving child care services provided under 
                this section about the eligibility of such students and 
                their dependents for assistance under the supplemental 
                nutrition assistance program under the Food and 
                Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), the 
                special supplemental nutrition program for women, 
                infants, and children under the Child Nutrition Act of 
                1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786), and the program of block grants 
                for States for temporary assistance for needy families 
                established under part A of title IV of the Social 
                Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.); and
                    ``(M) contain an abstract summarizing the contents 
                of such application and how the institution intends to 
                achieve the purpose under subsection (a).
            ``(2) Technical assistance.--The Secretary may provide 
        technical assistance to eligible institutions to help such 
        institutions qualify, apply for, and maintain a grant under 
        this section.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in the matter preceding paragraph (1), by 
                striking ``to institutions of higher education that 
                submit applications describing programs that'';
                    (B) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) based on the extent to which institutions of higher 
        education that submit applications for such a grant leverage 
        local or institutional resources, including in-kind 
        contributions, to support the activities assisted under this 
        section;'';
                    (C) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (3);
                    (D) by inserting after paragraph (1), the 
                following:
            ``(2) to institutions of higher education that, compared to 
        other institutions of higher education that submit applications 
        for such a grant, demonstrate a high likelihood of need for 
        campus-based child care based on student demographics (such as 
        a high proportion of low-income students or independent 
        students); and''; and
                    (E) in paragraph (3) (as redesignated by 
                subparagraph (C)), by inserting ``to institutions of 
                higher education that submit applications describing 
                programs that'' before ``utilize''; and
            (4) in subsection (e)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)(B)--
                            (i) by redesignating clauses (ii), (iii), 
                        and (iv) as clauses (vi), (vii), and (viii), 
                        respectively; and
                            (ii) by striking the semicolon at the end 
                        of clause (i) and inserting the following: 
                        ``which shall include--
                                    ``(I) the number of full- and part-
                                time students, respectively, receiving 
                                child care services under this section 
                                at least once per week during the 
                                academic year;
                                    ``(II) the number of credits 
                                accumulated by students receiving such 
                                child care services;
                                    ``(III) the number of students 
                                receiving child care services under 
                                this section at least once per week 
                                during the academic year who--
                                            ``(aa) remain enrolled at 
                                        the institution during the 
                                        academic year for which they 
                                        received such services;
                                            ``(bb) enroll at the 
                                        institution for the following 
                                        academic year; and
                                            ``(cc) graduate or transfer 
                                        within--

                                                    ``(AA) 150 percent 
                                                of the normal time for 
                                                completion of a 
                                                student's four-year 
                                                degree granting 
                                                program; or

                                                    ``(BB) 200 percent 
                                                of the normal time for 
                                                completion of a 
                                                student's two-year 
                                                degree-granting 
                                                program;

                            ``(ii) with respect to the total student 
                        enrollment at the institution and the total 
                        enrollment of low-income students at the 
                        institution, respectively--
                                    ``(I) the rate at which students 
                                who complete an academic year at the 
                                institution re-enroll in the 
                                institution for the following academic 
                                year; and
                                    ``(II) the percentage of students 
                                graduating or transferring within--
                                            ``(aa) 150 percent of the 
                                        normal time for completion of a 
                                        student's four-year degree 
                                        granting program; or
                                            ``(bb) 200 percent of the 
                                        normal time for completion of a 
                                        student's two-year degree 
                                        granting program;
                            ``(iii) the percentage of the institution's 
                        grant that was used directly to subsidize the 
                        fee charged for on-campus and off-campus 
                        childcare, respectively, for low-income 
                        students;
                            ``(iv) whether the institution restricts 
                        eligibility for child care services to only 
                        full-time students;
                            ``(v) the sufficiently ambitious levels of 
                        performance established for such year by the 
                        institution that demonstrate meaningful 
                        progress and allow for meaningful evaluation of 
                        program quality based on the information in 
                        clauses (i)(III) and (iii);'';
                    (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (3);
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) Report.--
                    ``(A) Report required.--On an annual basis, the 
                Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees a 
                report that includes--
                            ``(i) a summary of the information 
                        described in paragraph (1); and
                            ``(ii) each abstract submitted under 
                        subsection (c)(1)(M) by an institution of 
                        higher education that receives a grant under 
                        this section.
                    ``(B) Public availability.--The Secretary shall 
                make each report submitted under subparagraph (A) 
                publicly available.'';
                    (D) in paragraph (3), as so redesignated, by 
                inserting ``(other than the information provided under 
                subparagraph (B)(v) of such paragraph)'' after 
                ``paragraph (1)''; and
                    (E) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Technical assistance.--The Secretary shall provide 
        technical assistance to institutions of higher education 
        receiving grants under this section to help such institutions 
        meet the reporting requirements under this subsection.'';
            (5) by redesignating subsection (g) as subsection (h);
            (6) by inserting after subsection (f) the following:
    ``(g) Nondiscrimination.--No person in the United States shall, on 
the basis of actual or perceived race, color, religion, national 
origin, sex (including sexual orientation, gender identity, pregnancy, 
childbirth, a medical condition related to pregnancy or childbirth, and 
sex stereotype), or disability, be excluded from participation in, be 
denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination by any 
program funded, in whole or in part, with funds made available under 
this section or with amounts appropriated for grants, contracts, or 
certificates administered with such funds.''; and
            (7) in subsection (h), as so redesignated, by striking 
        ``such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 2009'' and 
        inserting ``$200,000,000 for fiscal year 2021''.

             Subpart 6--Jumpstart to College Grant Programs

SEC. 4071. JUMPSTART TO COLLEGE GRANT PROGRAMS.

    Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070 et seq.) is further amended by inserting after subpart 7 the 
following:

                   ``Subpart 8--Jumpstart to College

``SEC. 419O. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Eligible entity.--The term `eligible entity' means an 
        institution of higher education in partnership with one or more 
        local educational agencies (which may be an educational service 
        agency). Such partnership may also include other entities such 
        as nonprofit organizations or businesses, and schools in 
        juvenile detention centers.
            ``(2) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101 (20 U.S.C. 1001).
            ``(3) ESEA terms.--The terms `dual or concurrent enrollment 
        program', `early college high school', `educational service 
        agency', `four-year adjusted cohort graduation rate', `local 
        educational agency', `secondary school', and `State' have 
        meanings given the terms in section 8101 of the Elementary and 
        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 7801).
            ``(4) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student' 
        means a student counted under section 1124(c) of the Elementary 
        and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6333(c)).
            ``(5) Recognized postsecondary credential.--The term 
        `recognized postsecondary credential' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 3 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity 
        Act (29 U.S.C. 3102).

``SEC. 419P. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; RESERVATIONS.

    ``(a) In General.--To carry out this subpart, there are authorized 
to be appropriated $250,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 
five succeeding fiscal years.
    ``(b) Reservations.--From the funds appropriated under subsection 
(a) for each fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve--
            ``(1) not less than 40 percent for grants to eligible 
        entities under section 419Q;
            ``(2) not less than 55 percent for grants to States under 
        section 419R; and
            ``(3) not less than 5 percent for national activities under 
        section 419T.

``SEC. 419Q. GRANTS TO ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to eligible 
entities, on a competitive basis, to assist such entities in 
establishing or supporting an early college high school or dual or 
concurrent enrollment program in accordance with this section.
    ``(b) Duration.--Each grant under this section shall be awarded for 
a period of 6 years.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of 
each grant under this section is sufficient to enable each grantee to 
carry out the activities described in subsection (h), except that a 
grant under this section may not exceed $2,000,000.
    ``(d) Matching Requirement.--
            ``(1) In general.--For each year that an eligible entity 
        receives a grant under this section, the entity shall 
        contribute matching funds, in the amounts described in 
        paragraph (2), for the activities supported by the grant.
            ``(2) Amounts described.--The amounts described in this 
        paragraph are--
                    ``(A) for each of the first and second years of the 
                grant period, 20 percent of the grant amount;
                    ``(B) for each of the third and fourth years of the 
                grant period, 30 percent of the grant amount;
                    ``(C) for the fifth year of the grant period, 40 
                percent of the grant amount; and
                    ``(D) for the sixth year of the grant period, 50 
                percent of the grant amount.
            ``(3) Determination of amount contributed.--
                    ``(A) In-kind contributions.--The Secretary shall 
                allow an eligible entity to meet the requirements of 
                this subsection through in-kind contributions.
                    ``(B) Non-federal sources.--Not less than half of 
                each amount described in paragraph (2) shall be 
                provided by the eligible entity from non-Federal 
                sources.
    ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--An eligible entity shall use a 
grant received under this section only to supplement funds that would, 
in the absence of such grant, be made available from other Federal, 
State, or local sources for activities supported by the grant, not to 
supplant such funds.
    ``(f) Priority.--In awarding grants under this section, the 
Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that--
            ``(1) propose to establish or support an early college high 
        school or other dual or concurrent enrollment program that will 
        serve a student population of which not less than 51 percent 
        are low-income students;
            ``(2) include a local educational agency which serves a 
        high school that is--
                    ``(A) identified for comprehensive support and 
                improvement under section 1111(c)(4)(D)(i) of the 
                Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(D)(i)); or
                    ``(B) implementing a targeted support and 
                improvement plan as described in section 1111(d)(2) of 
                the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(d)(2));
            ``(3) are from States that provide assistance to early 
        college high schools or other dual enrollment programs, such as 
        assistance to defray the costs of higher education (including 
        costs of tuition, fees, and textbooks); and
            ``(4) propose to establish or support an early college high 
        school or dual or concurrent enrollment program that meets 
        quality standards established by--
                    ``(A) a nationally recognized accrediting agency or 
                association that offers accreditation specifically for 
                such programs; or
                    ``(B) a State process specifically for the review 
                and approval of such programs.
    ``(g) Equitable Distribution.--The Secretary shall ensure, to the 
extent practicable, that eligible entities receiving grants under this 
section--
            ``(1) are from a representative cross section of--
                    ``(A) urban, suburban, and rural areas; and
                    ``(B) regions of the United States; and
            ``(2) include both two-year and four-year institutions of 
        higher education.
    ``(h) Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) Mandatory activities.--
                    ``(A) In general.--An eligible entity shall use 
                grant funds received under this section--
                            ``(i) to support the activities described 
                        in its application under subsection (i);
                            ``(ii) to create and maintain a coherent 
                        system of supports for students, teachers, 
                        principals, and faculty under the program, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) college and career readiness, 
                                academic, and social support services 
                                for students; and
                                    ``(II) professional development for 
                                secondary school teachers, faculty, and 
                                principals, and faculty from the 
                                institution of higher education, 
                                including--
                                            ``(aa) joint professional 
                                        development activities; and
                                            ``(bb) activities to assist 
                                        such teachers, faculty, and 
                                        principals in using effective 
                                        parent and community engagement 
                                        strategies and to help ensure 
                                        the success of students 
                                        academically at risk of not 
                                        enrolling in or completing 
                                        postsecondary education, first-
                                        generation college students, 
                                        and students described in 
                                        section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of 
                                        the Elementary and Secondary 
                                        Education Act of 1965 (20 
                                        U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
                            ``(iii) to carry out liaison activities 
                        among the partners that comprise the eligible 
                        entity pursuant to an agreement or memorandum 
                        of understanding documenting commitments, 
                        resources, roles, and responsibilities of the 
                        partners consistent with the design of the 
                        program;
                            ``(iv) for outreach programs to ensure that 
                        secondary school students and their families, 
                        including students academically at risk of not 
                        enrolling in or completing postsecondary 
                        education, first-generation college students, 
                        and students described in section 
                        1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the Elementary and 
                        Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
                        6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)), are--
                                    ``(I) aware of, and recruited into, 
                                the early college high school or dual 
                                or concurrent enrollment program; and
                                    ``(II) assisted with the process of 
                                enrolling and succeeding in the early 
                                college high school or dual or 
                                concurrent enrollment program, which 
                                may include providing academic support;
                            ``(v) to collect, share, and use data (in 
                        compliance with section 444 of the General 
                        Education Provisions Act (20 U.S.C. 1232g)) for 
                        program improvement and program evaluation; and
                            ``(vi) to review and strengthen its program 
                        to maximize the potential that students 
                        participating in the program will eventually 
                        complete a recognized postsecondary credential, 
                        including by optimizing--
                                    ``(I) the curriculum of the 
                                program;
                                    ``(II) the use of high-quality 
                                assessments of student learning, such 
                                as performance-based, project-based, or 
                                portfolio assessments that measure 
                                higher-order thinking skills;
                                    ``(III) the sequence of courses 
                                offered by the program; and
                                    ``(IV) the alignment of academic 
                                calendars between the secondary schools 
                                and the institution of higher education 
                                participating in the program.
                    ``(B) New programs.--In the case of an eligible 
                entity that uses a grant under this section to 
                establish an early college high school or dual or 
                concurrent enrollment program, the entity shall use 
                such funds during the first year of the grant period--
                            ``(i) to design the curriculum and sequence 
                        of courses in collaboration with, at a 
                        minimum--
                                    ``(I) faculty from the institution 
                                of higher education;
                                    ``(II) teachers and faculty from 
                                the local educational agency; and
                                    ``(III) in the case of a career and 
                                technical education program, employers 
                                or workforce development entities to 
                                ensure that the program is aligned with 
                                labor market demand;
                            ``(ii) to develop and implement an 
                        articulation agreement between the institution 
                        of higher education and the local educational 
                        agency that governs how secondary and 
                        postsecondary credits will be awarded under the 
                        program; and
                            ``(iii) to carry out the activities 
                        described in subparagraph (A).
            ``(2) Allowable activities.--An eligible entity may use 
        grant funds received under this section to support the 
        activities described in its application under subsection (i), 
        including by--
                    ``(A) purchasing textbooks and equipment that 
                support the program's curriculum;
                    ``(B) pursuant to the assurance provided by the 
                eligible entity under subsection (i)(3)(A), paying 
                tuition and fees for postsecondary courses taken by 
                students under the program;
                    ``(C) incorporating work-based learning 
                opportunities (other than by paying wages of students) 
                into the program (which may include partnering with 
                entities that provide such opportunities), including--
                            ``(i) internships;
                            ``(ii) career-based capstone projects;
                            ``(iii) pre-apprenticeships and registered 
                        apprenticeships provided by eligible providers 
                        of apprenticeship programs described in section 
                        122(a)(2)(B) of the Workforce Innovation and 
                        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3152(a)(2)(B)); and
                            ``(iv) work-based learning opportunities 
                        provided under chapters 1 and 2 of subpart 2 of 
                        part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act 
                        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a-11 et seq.);
                    ``(D) providing students with transportation to and 
                from the program;
                    ``(E) paying costs for--
                            ``(i) high school teachers to obtain the 
                        skills, credentials, or industry certifications 
                        necessary to teach for the institution of 
                        higher education participating in the program; 
                        or
                            ``(ii) postsecondary faculty to become 
                        certified to teach high school; or
                    ``(F) providing time during which secondary school 
                teachers and faculty and faculty from an institution of 
                higher education can collaborate, which may include 
                professional development, the planning of team 
                activities for such teachers and faculty and curricular 
                design and student assessment.
    ``(i) Application.--
            ``(1) In general.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
        this section, an eligible entity shall submit to the Secretary 
        an application at such time, in such manner, and containing 
        such information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Contents of application.--The application under 
        paragraph (1) shall include, at minimum, a description of--
                    ``(A) the partnership that comprises the eligible 
                entity, including documentation of partner commitments, 
                resources and budget, roles, and responsibilities;
                    ``(B) how the partners that comprise the eligible 
                entity will coordinate to carry out the mandatory 
                activities described in subsection (h)(1);
                    ``(C) the number of students intended to be served 
                by the program and demographic information relating to 
                such students;
                    ``(D) how the eligible entity's curriculum and 
                sequence of courses form a program of study leading to 
                a recognized postsecondary credential;
                    ``(E) how postsecondary credits earned will be 
                transferable to institutions of higher education within 
                the State, including any applicable statewide transfer 
                agreements and any provisions of such agreements that 
                are specific to dual or concurrent enrollment programs;
                    ``(F) how the eligible entity will conduct outreach 
                to students;
                    ``(G) how the eligible entity will determine the 
                eligibility of students for postsecondary courses, 
                including an explanation of the multiple factors the 
                entity will take into account to assess the readiness 
                of students for such courses; and
                    ``(H) the sustainability plan for the early college 
                high school or other dual or concurrent enrollment 
                program.
            ``(3) Assurances.--The application under paragraph (1) 
        shall include assurances from the eligible entity that--
                    ``(A) students participating in a program funded 
                with a grant under this section will not be required to 
                pay tuition or fees for postsecondary courses taken 
                under the program;
                    ``(B) postsecondary credits earned by students 
                under the program will be transcribed upon completion 
                of the required course work; and
                    ``(C) instructors of postsecondary courses under 
                the program will meet the same standards applicable to 
                other faculty at the institution of higher education 
                that is participating in the program.

``SEC. 419R. GRANTS TO STATES.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall award grants to States, on a 
competitive basis, to assist States in supporting or establishing early 
college high schools or dual or concurrent enrollment programs.
    ``(b) Duration.--Each grant under this section shall be awarded for 
a period of 6 years.
    ``(c) Grant Amount.--The Secretary shall ensure that the amount of 
each grant under this section is sufficient to enable each grantee to 
carry out the activities described in subsection (f).
    ``(d) Matching Requirement.--For each year that a State receives a 
grant under this section, the State shall provide, from non-Federal 
sources, an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount of the grant 
received by the State for such year to carry out the activities 
supported by the grant.
    ``(e) Supplement, Not Supplant.--A State shall use a grant received 
under this section only to supplement funds that would, in the absence 
of such grant, be made available from other Federal, State, or local 
sources for activities supported by the grant, not to supplant such 
funds.
    ``(f) Uses of Funds.--
            ``(1) Mandatory activities.--A State shall use grant funds 
        received under this section to--
                    ``(A) support the activities described in its 
                application under subsection (g);
                    ``(B) plan and implement a statewide strategy for 
                expanding access to early college high schools and dual 
                or concurrent enrollment programs for students who are 
                underrepresented in higher education to raise statewide 
                rates of secondary school graduation, readiness for 
                postsecondary education, and completion of recognized 
                postsecondary credentials, with a focus on students 
                academically at risk of not enrolling in or completing 
                postsecondary education;
                    ``(C) identify any obstacles to such a strategy 
                under State law or policy;
                    ``(D) provide technical assistance (either directly 
                or through a knowledgeable intermediary) to early 
                college high schools and other dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs, which may include--
                            ``(i) brokering relationships and 
                        agreements that forge a strong partnership 
                        between elementary and secondary and 
                        postsecondary partners; and
                            ``(ii) offering statewide training, 
                        professional development, and peer learning 
                        opportunities for school leaders, instructors, 
                        and counselors or advisors;
                    ``(E) identify and implement policies that will 
                improve the effectiveness and ensure the quality of 
                early college high schools and dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs, such as eligibility and access, 
                funding, data and quality assurance, governance, 
                accountability, and alignment policies;
                    ``(F) update the State's requirements for a student 
                to receive a regular high school diploma to align with 
                the challenging State academic standards and entrance 
                requirements for credit-bearing coursework as described 
                in subparagraphs (A) and (D) of section 1111(b)(1) of 
                the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(b)(1));
                    ``(G) incorporate indicators regarding student 
                access to and completion of early college high schools 
                and dual or concurrent enrollment programs into the 
                school quality and student success indicators included 
                in the State system of annual meaningful 
                differentiation as described under section 
                1111(c)(4)(B)(v)(I) of the Elementary and Secondary 
                Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(B)(v)(I));
                    ``(H) disseminate best practices for early college 
                high schools and dual or concurrent enrollment 
                programs, which may include best practices from 
                programs in the State or other States;
                    ``(I) facilitate statewide secondary and 
                postsecondary data collection, research and evaluation, 
                and reporting to policymakers and other stakeholders; 
                and
                    ``(J) conduct outreach programs to ensure that 
                secondary school students, their families, and 
                community members are aware of early college high 
                schools and dual or concurrent enrollment programs in 
                the State.
            ``(2) Allowable activities.--A State may use grant funds 
        received under this section to--
                    ``(A) establish a mechanism to offset the costs of 
                tuition, fees, standardized testing and performance 
                assessment costs, and support services for low-income 
                students, and students from underrepresented 
                populations enrolled in early college and high schools 
                or dual or concurrent enrollment;
                    ``(B) establish formal transfer systems within and 
                across State higher education systems, including two-
                year and four-year public and private institutions, to 
                maximize the transferability of college courses;
                    ``(C) provide incentives to school districts that--
                            ``(i) assist high school teachers in 
                        getting the credentials needed to participate 
                        in early college high school programs and dual 
                        or concurrent enrollment; and
                            ``(ii) encourage the use of college 
                        instructors to teach college courses in high 
                        schools;
                    ``(D) support initiatives to improve the quality of 
                early college high school and dual or concurrent 
                enrollment programs at participating institutions, 
                including by assisting such institutions in aligning 
                programs with the quality standards described in 
                section 419Q(f)(3); and
                    ``(E) reimburse low-income students to cover part 
                or all of the costs of an Advanced Placement or 
                International Baccalaureate examination.
    ``(g) State Applications.--
            ``(1) Application.--To be eligible to receive a grant under 
        this section, a State shall submit to the Secretary an 
        application at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
        information as the Secretary may require.
            ``(2) Contents of application.--The application under 
        paragraph (1) shall include, at minimum, a description of--
                    ``(A) how the State will carry out the mandatory 
                State activities described in subsection (f)(1);
                    ``(B) how the State will ensure that any programs 
                funded with a grant under this section are coordinated 
                with programs under--
                            ``(i) the Carl D. Perkins Career and 
                        Technical Education Act of 2006 (20 U.S.C. 2301 
                        et seq.);
                            ``(ii) the Workforce Innovation and 
                        Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.);
                            ``(iii) the Elementary and Secondary 
                        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.); 
                        and
                            ``(iv) the Individuals with Disabilities 
                        Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq.);
                    ``(C) how the State intends to use grant funds to 
                address achievement gaps for each category of students 
                described in section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the 
                Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 
                U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi));
                    ``(D) how the State will access and leverage 
                additional resources necessary to sustain early college 
                high schools or other dual or concurrent enrollment 
                programs;
                    ``(E) how the State will identify and eliminate 
                barriers to implementing effective early college high 
                schools and dual or concurrent enrollment programs 
                after the grant expires, including by engaging 
                businesses and nonprofit organizations; and
                    ``(F) such other information as the Secretary 
                determines to be appropriate.

``SEC. 419S. REPORTING AND OVERSIGHT.

    ``(a) In General.--Not less frequently than once annually, each 
State and eligible entity that receives a grant under this subpart 
shall submit to the Secretary a report on the progress of the State or 
eligible entity in carrying out the programs supported by such grant.
    ``(b) Form of Report.--The report under subsection (a) shall be 
submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing 
such information as the Secretary may require. The Secretary shall 
issue uniform guidelines describing the information that shall be 
reported by grantees under such subsection.
    ``(c) Contents of Report.--
            ``(1) In general.--The report under subsection (a) shall 
        include, at minimum, the following:
                    ``(A) The number of students enrolled in the early 
                college high school or dual or concurrent enrollment 
                program.
                    ``(B) The number and percentage of students 
                reimbursed by the State for part or all of the costs of 
                an Advanced Placement or International Baccalaureate 
                examination and the student test scores.
                    ``(C) The number and percentage of students 
                enrolled in the early college high school or dual or 
                concurrent enrollment program who earn a recognized 
                postsecondary credential concurrently with a high 
                school diploma.
                    ``(D) The number of postsecondary credits earned by 
                eligible students while enrolled in the early college 
                high school or dual or concurrent enrollment program 
                that may be applied toward a recognized postsecondary 
                credential.
                    ``(E) The number and percentage of students who 
                earn a high school diploma.
                    ``(F) The number and percentage of graduates who 
                enroll in postsecondary education.
            ``(2) Categories of students.--The information described in 
        each of subparagraphs (A) through (G) of paragraph (1) shall be 
        set forth separately for each category of students described in 
        section 1111(b)(2)(B)(xi) of the Elementary and Secondary 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(b)(2)(B)(xi)).

``SEC. 419T. NATIONAL ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Reporting by Secretary.--Not less frequently than once 
annually, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that 
includes--
            ``(1) an analysis of the information received from States 
        and eligible entities under section 419S;
            ``(2) an identification of best practices for carrying out 
        programs supported by grants under this subpart; and
            ``(3) the results of the evaluation under subsection (b).
    ``(b) National Evaluation.--Not later than 6 months after the date 
of the enactment of the College Affordability Act, the Secretary shall 
seek to enter into a contract with an independent entity to perform an 
evaluation of the grants awarded under this subtitle. Such evaluation 
shall apply rigorous procedures to obtain valid and reliable data 
concerning student outcomes by social and academic characteristics and 
monitor the progress of students from secondary school to and through 
postsecondary education.
    ``(c) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance to States and eligible entities concerning best practices 
and quality improvement programs in early college high schools and dual 
or concurrent enrollment programs and shall disseminate such best 
practices among eligible entities, States, and local educational 
agencies.
    ``(d) Administrative Costs.--From amounts reserved to carry out 
this section under section 419P(b)(3), the Secretary may reserve such 
sums as may be necessary for the direct administrative costs of 
carrying out the Secretary's responsibilities under this subtitle.

``SEC. 419U. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

    ``(a) Employees.--Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to 
alter or otherwise affect the rights, remedies, and procedures afforded 
to the employees of local educational agencies (including schools) or 
institutions of higher education under Federal, State, or local laws 
(including applicable regulations or court orders) or under the terms 
of collective bargaining agreements, memoranda of understanding, or 
other agreements between such employees and their employers.
    ``(b) Graduation Rate.--A student who graduates from an early 
college high school supported by a grant under section 419Q within 100 
percent of the normal time for completion described in the eligible 
entity's application under such section shall be counted in the four-
year adjusted cohort graduation rate for such high school.''.

                        Subpart 7--TEACH Grants

SEC. 4081. REVISED DEFINITIONS OF TEACH GRANTS.

    Section 420L of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g) 
is amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Teacher preparation program.--The term `teacher 
        preparation program' means a State-approved course of study 
        provided by an institution of higher education, the completion 
        of which signifies that an enrollee has met all the State's 
        educational or training requirements for initial certification 
        or licensure to teach in the State's elementary schools or 
        secondary schools.''.

SEC. 4082. REVISIONS TO ESTABLISHING TEACH GRANT PROGRAM.

    Section 420M of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
1) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``an application'' and inserting 
                ``a Free Application for Federal Student Aid authorized 
                under section 483(a)''; and
                    (B) by striking ``in the amount of'' and all that 
                follows through the period at the end and inserting the 
                following: ``except as provided in subsection (d)(4), 
                in the amount of--
                    ``(A) $8,000, to be available to a teacher 
                candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate junior at 
                the eligible institution;
                    ``(B) $8,000, to be available to a teacher 
                candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate senior at 
                the eligible institution; and
                    ``(C) $4,000, to be available to a teacher 
                candidate who is enrolled at the eligible institution 
                for any year not described in subparagraph (A) or (B) 
                or a teacher candidate who is enrolled in the second 
                year of an associate's degree program and intends to 
                teach in an early childhood education program; and''; 
                and
            (2) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``undergraduate'' 
                and inserting ``associate, undergraduate,''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) Associate degree students.--
                    ``(A) Maximum amount for associate degree study.--
                The period during which an associate degree student 
                intending to teach in an early childhood education 
                program may receive grants under this subpart shall be 
                the period required for the completion of an 
                associate's degree course of study pursued by the 
                teacher candidate at the eligible institution at which 
                the teacher candidate is in attendance, except that the 
                total amount that a teacher candidate may receive under 
                this subpart for an associate's degree course of study 
                shall not exceed $8,000.
                    ``(B) Effect on further undergraduate or post-
                baccalaureate study.--In the case of a teacher 
                candidate intending to teach in an early childhood 
                education program who receives a grant under this 
                subpart for an associate's degree course of study and 
                who seeks to receive a grant described in subparagraph 
                (A) or (B) of subsection (a)(1), the amount of such 
                grant shall be equal to--
                            ``(i) one half of the amount that is equal 
                        to $16,000, minus the amount the teacher 
                        candidate received under this subpart for the 
                        associate's degree course of study of such 
                        candidate, to be available to a teacher 
                        candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate 
                        junior at the eligible institution; and
                            ``(ii) one half of the amount that is equal 
                        to $16,000, minus the amount the teacher 
                        candidate received under this subpart for the 
                        associate's degree course of study of such 
                        candidate, to be available to a teacher 
                        candidate who is enrolled as an undergraduate 
                        senior at the eligible institution.''.

SEC. 4083. REVISIONS TO TEACH GRANT AGREEMENTS TO SERVE AND 
              ELIGIBILITY.

    Section 420N of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
2) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the heading of paragraph (2), by striking 
                ``Demonstration of teach'' and insert ``Teach'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)(A)(ii)(II), by striking 
                ``batteries in an undergraduate, post-baccalaureate, or 
                graduate school admissions test'' and inserting 
                ``assessments used for admission to an undergraduate, 
                post-baccalaureate, or graduate school program'';
                    (C) in paragraphs (2)(B)(i), by striking ``or 
                another high-need'' and inserting ``early childhood 
                education, or another high-need''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (2)(B)(ii), by striking ``, such 
                as Teach for America,'';
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (B), by inserting 
                        before the semicolon at the end the following: 
                        ``or in a high-need early childhood education 
                        program (as defined in section 200(15));'';
                            (ii) in subparagraph (C)--
                                    (I) by striking ``or'' at the end 
                                of clause (vi);
                                    (II) by redesignating clause (vii) 
                                as clause (viii);
                                    (III) by inserting after clause 
                                (vi), as so amended, the following:
                            ``(vii) early childhood education; or''; 
                        and
                                    (IV) in clause (viii), as so 
                                redesignated, by adding ``and'' at the 
                                end;
                            (iii) in subparagraph (D)--
                                    (I) by inserting ``or early 
                                childhood education program'' after 
                                ``school''; and
                                    (II) by striking ``and'' at the 
                                end; and
                            (iv) by striking subparagraph (E);
                    (B) by striking ``and'' at the end of paragraph 
                (2);
                    (C) by striking the period at the end of paragraph 
                (3) and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(4) the Secretary will--
                    ``(A) notify, or ensure that the applicable loan 
                servicer will notify, the applicant of--
                            ``(i) the date on which submission of the 
                        certification under paragraph (1)(D) is 
                        required; and
                            ``(ii) any failure to submit such 
                        certification; and
                    ``(B) allow employers and borrowers to use 
                electronic signatures to certify such employment.'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by striking ``In the event'' and inserting the 
                following:
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), in the 
        event''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Clarification.--
                    ``(A) Application.--Paragraph (1) may only apply 
                with respect to a recipient of a grant under this 
                subpart if--
                            ``(i) after completing the course of study 
                        for which the recipient received the grant, 
                        such recipient does not serve as a full-time 
                        teacher as required under subsection (b)(1) for 
                        at least--
                                    ``(I) 1 year, as certified under 
                                subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is 
                                not later than 5 years after the date 
                                such course of study was completed;
                                    ``(II) 2 years, as certified under 
                                subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is 
                                not later than 6 years after the date 
                                such course of study was completed;
                                    ``(III) 3 years, as certified under 
                                subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is 
                                not later than 7 years after the date 
                                such course of study was completed; or
                                    ``(IV) 4 years, as certified under 
                                subsection (b)(1)(D) on a date that is 
                                not later than 8 years after the date 
                                such course of study was completed; or
                            ``(ii) the recipient elects to have such 
                        grant treated as a loan in accordance with such 
                        paragraph (1).
                    ``(B) Appeal.--A recipient of a grant may appeal a 
                decision to convert a loan under paragraph (1).''; and
            (4) in subsection (d)--
                    (A) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph 
                (5);
                    (B) in paragraph (1), by striking ``subsection 
                (b)(1)(C)(vii)'' and inserting ``subsection 
                (b)(1)(C)(viii)''; and
                    (C) by inserting after paragraph (1), the 
                following:
            ``(2) Change of school description or program definition.--
        If a recipient of an initial grant under this subpart teaches 
        in a school or an early childhood education program for an 
        academic year during which the school is identified as a school 
        described in section 465(a)(2)(A) or a program that meets the 
        definition of section 200(15), but the school or program no 
        longer meets such description or definition during a subsequent 
        academic year, the grant recipient may fulfill the service 
        obligation described in subsection (b)(1) by continuing to 
        teach at that school or program.
            ``(3) Change of teacher duties or assignment.--If a 
        recipient of an initial grant under this subpart teaches as a 
        full-time teacher described in subsection (b)(1)(A), but the 
        recipient no longer meets such description during a subsequent 
        academic year due to switching academic roles to that of a 
        full-time co-teacher, teacher leader, instructional or academic 
        coach, department chairperson, special education case manager, 
        guidance counselor, or school administrator within a school or 
        program, the grant recipient may fulfill the service obligation 
        described in subsection (b)(1) by continuing to work in any 
        such academic role on a full-time basis at that school or 
        program
            ``(4) Change in high-need field status.--If a recipient of 
        an initial grant under this subpart teaches in a field at a 
        school or an early childhood education program for an academic 
        year during which the field is designated under subsection 
        (b)(1)(C)(viii), but the field no longer is so designated 
        during a subsequent academic year, the grant recipient may 
        fulfill the service obligation described in subsection (b)(1) 
        by continuing to teach in such field at such school or early 
        childhood education program.''.

SEC. 4084. REVISIONS TO TEACH GRANT DATA COLLECTION AND REPORTING.

    Section 420P of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070g-
4) is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 420P. DATA COLLECTION AND REPORTING.

    ``(a) Data Collection.--
            ``(1) Aggregate student data.--On an annual basis, using 
        the postsecondary student data system established under section 
        132(l) or a successor system (whichever includes the most 
        recent data) to streamline reporting requirements and minimize 
        reporting burdens, and in coordination with the National Center 
        for Education Statistics, the Secretary shall determine, 
        disaggregate in accordance with paragraph (2), and make 
        available to the public in accordance with paragraph (3), with 
        respect to each institution (and each category of institution 
        listed in section 132(d)) that received a payment under this 
        subpart in the previous academic year, the following 
        information:
                    ``(A) The number and mean dollar amount of TEACH 
                Grants awarded to students at the institution.
                    ``(B) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who exit their program of study before 
                completing the program.
                    ``(C) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who complete their program of study and 
                begin employment as a teacher in the first academic 
                year following the year of such completion.
                    ``(D) The number and proportion of individuals 
                employed as teachers who received a TEACH Grant and 
                whose TEACH Grants are converted into loans during the 
                8-year period following the year in which the recipient 
                completed the recipient's program of study, set forth 
                separately for each year in such period.
                    ``(E) The number and proportion of TEACH Grant 
                recipients who fulfill the terms of their agreement to 
                serve under section 420N(b) during the 8-year period 
                following the year in which the recipient completed the 
                recipient's program of study, set forth separately for 
                each year in such period.
            ``(2) Disaggregation.--The information determined under 
        paragraph (1)--
                    ``(A) except in cases in which such disaggregation 
                would reveal personally identifiable information about 
                an individual student, shall be disaggregated by--
                            ``(i) race;
                            ``(ii) ethnicity;
                            ``(iii) gender;
                            ``(iv) socioeconomic status;
                            ``(v) Federal Pell Grant eligibility 
                        status;
                            ``(vi) status as a first-generation college 
                        student (as defined in section 402A(h));
                            ``(vii) military or veteran status;
                            ``(viii) disability status;
                            ``(ix) level of study (associate, 
                        undergraduate, postbaccalaureate, or graduate, 
                        as applicable); and
                            ``(x) each teacher preparation program 
                        offered by an institution; and
                    ``(B) may be disaggregated by any combination of 
                subgroups or descriptions described in subparagraph 
                (A).
            ``(3) Availability of data.--The information determined 
        under paragraph (1) shall--
                    ``(A) remain available to the public for a period 
                of not less than 10 years after its initial release by 
                the Secretary; and
                    ``(B) be updated as necessary to reflect the most 
                accurate and up-to-date information for each 
                institution for each year of data collection.
    ``(b) Information From Institutions.--Each institution that 
receives a payment under this subpart shall provide to the Secretary, 
on an annual basis, such information as may be necessary for the 
Secretary to carry out subsection (a).
    ``(c) Reports and Dissemination.--
            ``(1) Initial and interim reports.--Not later than 3 years 
        after the date on which the first TEACH Grant is awarded under 
        this subpart after the date of enactment of the College 
        Affordability Act, and at least once every 3 years thereafter, 
        the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees a 
        report that includes the information required under paragraph 
        (2).
            ``(2) Elements.--Each report under this subsection shall 
        include, based on information determined under subsection (a), 
        the following:
                    ``(A) A review of the utilization of TEACH Grants 
                at teacher preparation programs at institutions that 
                received a payment under this subpart.
                    ``(B) A review of TEACH Grant practices that 
                correlate with higher rates of completion of agreements 
                under section 420N(b).
                    ``(C) Guidance and recommendations on how effective 
                utilization of TEACH Grants can be replicated.
            ``(3) Availability.--Each report under this subsection 
        shall be made available to the public in an accessible format--
                    ``(A) on a website of the Department of Education; 
                and
                    ``(B) in any other format determined to be 
                appropriate by the Secretary.''.

 Subpart 8--Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College Access

SEC. 4091. NORTHERN MARIANA ISLANDS AND AMERICAN SAMOA COLLEGE ACCESS.

    Subpart 10 of part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070(h)) is amended to 
read as follows:

   ``Subpart 10--Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa College 
                                 Access

``SEC. 420R. PUBLIC SCHOOL GRANTS.

    ``(a) Purpose.--It is the purpose of this subpart to establish a 
program that enables college-bound residents of the Northern Mariana 
Islands and American Samoa to have greater choices among institutions 
of higher education.
    ``(b) Grants.--
            ``(1) In general.--From amounts appropriated under 
        subsection (j), the Secretary shall provide--
                    ``(A) 50 percent of such amount to the Northern 
                Mariana Islands for the Governor to award grants to 
                eligible institutions that enroll eligible students to 
                pay the difference between the tuition and fees charged 
                for in-State students and the tuition and fees charged 
                for out-of-State students on behalf of each eligible 
                student enrolled in the eligible institution; and
                    ``(B) 50 percent of such amount to the American 
                Samoa for the Governor to award grants to eligible 
                institutions that enroll eligible students to pay the 
                difference between the tuition and fees charged for in-
                State students and the tuition and fees charged for 
                out-of-State students on behalf of each eligible 
                student enrolled in the eligible institution.
            ``(2) Maximum student amounts.--The amount paid on behalf 
        of an eligible student under this section shall be--
                    ``(A) not more than $15,000 for any one award year 
                (as defined in section 481); and
                    ``(B) not more than $45,000 in the aggregate.
            ``(3) Proration.--The Governor shall prorate payments under 
        this section for students who attend an eligible institution on 
        less than a full-time basis.
    ``(c) Reduction for Insufficient Appropriations.--
            ``(1) In general.--If the funds appropriated pursuant to 
        subsection (j) for any fiscal year are insufficient to award a 
        grant in the amount determined under subsection (a) on behalf 
        of each eligible student enrolled in an eligible institution, 
        then the Governor, in consultation with the Secretary of 
        Education, shall--
                    ``(A) first, ratably reduce the amount of the 
                tuition and fee payment made on behalf of each eligible 
                student who has not received funds under this section 
                for a preceding year; and
                    ``(B) after making reductions under subparagraph 
                (A), ratably reduce the amount of the tuition and fee 
                payments made on behalf of all other eligible students.
            ``(2) Adjustments.--The Governor, in consultation with the 
        Secretary of Education, may adjust the amount of tuition and 
        fee payments made under paragraph (1) based on--
                    ``(A) the financial need of the eligible students 
                to avoid undue hardship to the eligible students; or
                    ``(B) undue administrative burdens on the Governor.
            ``(3) Further adjustments.--Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) 
        and (2), the Governor may prioritize the making or amount of 
        tuition and fee payments under this subsection based on the 
        income and financial need of eligible students.
    ``(d) Definitions.--In this subpart:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution that--
                    ``(A) is a public four-year institution of higher 
                education located in one of the several States, the 
                District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United States 
                Virgin Islands, or Guam;
                    ``(B) is eligible to participate in the student 
                financial assistance programs under title IV; and
                    ``(C) enters into an agreement with the Governors 
                of the Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa 
                containing such conditions as each Governor may 
                specify, including a requirement that the institution 
                use the funds made available under this section to 
                supplement and not supplant assistance that otherwise 
                would be provided to eligible students from the 
                Northern Mariana Islands and American Samoa.
            ``(2) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        an individual who--
                    ``(A) graduated from a public institution of higher 
                education located in the Northern Mariana Islands or 
                American Samoa;
                    ``(B) begins the individual's course of study 
                within the 3 calendar years (excluding any period of 
                service on active duty in the Armed Forces or service 
                under the Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. 2501 et seq.) or 
                subtitle D of title I of the National and Community 
                Service Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12571 et seq.)) of 
                graduation from a public institution of higher 
                education located in the Northern Mariana Islands or 
                American Samoa;
                    ``(C) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment, on at 
                least a half-time basis, in a baccalaureate degree or 
                other program (including a program of study abroad 
                approved for credit by the institution at which such 
                student is enrolled) leading to a recognized 
                educational credential at an eligible institution;
                    ``(D) if enrolled in an eligible institution, is 
                maintaining satisfactory progress in the course of 
                study the student is pursuing in accordance with 
                section 484(c); and
                    ``(E) has not completed the individual's first 
                undergraduate baccalaureate course of study.
            ``(3) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term in section 101.
            ``(4) Governor.--The term `Governor' means the Governor of 
        the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands or American 
        Samoa.
    ``(e) Construction.--Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to 
require an institution of higher education to alter the institution's 
admissions policies or standards in any manner to enable an eligible 
student to enroll in the institution.
    ``(f) Applications.--Each student desiring a tuition payment under 
this section shall submit an application to the eligible institution at 
such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the 
eligible institution may require.
    ``(g) Administration of Program.--
            ``(1) In general.--Each Governor shall carry out the 
        program under this section in consultation with the Secretary. 
        Each Governor may enter into a grant, contract, or cooperative 
        agreement with another public or private entity to administer 
        the program under this section if the Governor determines that 
        doing so is a more efficient way of carrying out the program.
            ``(2) Policies and procedures.--Each Governor, in 
        consultation with institutions of higher education eligible for 
        participation in the program authorized under this section, 
        shall develop policies and procedures for the administration of 
        the program.
            ``(3) Memorandum of agreement.--Each Governor and the 
        Secretary shall enter into a Memorandum of Agreement that 
        describes--
                    ``(A) the manner in which the Governor shall 
                consult with the Secretary with respect to 
                administering the program under this section; and
                    ``(B) any technical or other assistance to be 
                provided to the Governor by the Secretary for purposes 
                of administering the program under this section (which 
                may include access to the information in the common 
                financial reporting form developed under section 483).
    ``(h) Governor's Report.--Each Governor shall report to the 
Secretary and the authorizing committees annually regarding--
            ``(1) the number of eligible students attending each 
        eligible institution and the amount of the grant awards paid to 
        those institutions on behalf of the eligible students;
            ``(2) the extent, if any, to which a ratable reduction was 
        made in the amount of tuition and fee payments made on behalf 
        of eligible students; and
            ``(3) the progress in obtaining recognized academic 
        credentials of the cohort of eligible students for each year.
    ``(i) GAO Report.--Not later than 24 months of the date of the 
enactment of this College Affordability Act, the Comptroller General of 
the United States shall report on the effect of the program assisted 
under this section on educational opportunities for eligible students. 
The Comptroller General shall analyze whether eligible students had 
difficulty gaining admission to eligible institutions because of any 
preference afforded to in-State residents by eligible institutions, and 
shall expeditiously report any findings regarding such difficulty to 
Congress. In addition the Comptroller General shall--
            ``(1) analyze and identify any challenges eligible students 
        face in gaining admission to eligible institutions, including 
        admission aided by assistance provided under this subpart, due 
        to--
                    ``(A) caps on the number of out-of-State students 
                the institution will enroll;
                    ``(B) significant barriers imposed by academic 
                entrance requirements (such as grade point average and 
                standardized scholastic admissions tests); and
                    ``(C) absence of admission programs benefitting 
                minority students; and
            ``(2) report the findings of the analysis described in 
        paragraph (1) and the assessment described in paragraph (2) to 
        Congress and the Governor.
    ``(j) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated to the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands and 
American Samoa to carry out this subpart $5,000,000, to be available 
until expended, for fiscal year 2021 and each of the 5 succeeding 
fiscal years.
    ``(k) Effective Date.--This subpart shall take effect with respect 
to payments for periods of instruction that begin on or after January 
1, 2021.

``SEC. 420S. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

    ``(a) Personnel.--The Secretary shall arrange for the assignment of 
an individual, pursuant to subchapter VI of chapter 33 of title 5, 
United States Code, to serve as an adviser to each Governor with 
respect to the programs assisted under this subpart.
    ``(b) Administrative Expenses.--Each Governor may use not more than 
5 percent of the funds made available for a program under section 420R 
for a fiscal year to pay the administrative expenses of a program under 
section 420R for the fiscal year.
    ``(c) Inspector General Review.--Each of the programs assisted 
under this subpart shall be subject to audit and other review by the 
Inspector General of the Department of Education in the same manner as 
programs are audited and reviewed under the Inspector General Act of 
1978 (5 U.S.C. App.).
    ``(d) Gifts.--The Governor may accept, use, and dispose of 
donations of services or property for purposes of carrying out this 
subpart.
    ``(e) Maximum Student Amount Adjustments.--Each Governor shall 
establish rules to adjust the maximum student amounts described in 
section 440S(b)(2) for eligible students described in section 
440S(d)(2) who transfer between the eligible institutions described in 
section 440S(d)(1).''.

              Subpart 9--Community College Student Success

SEC. 4092. COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS GRANT PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.

    Part A of title IV (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:

            ``Subpart 11--Community College Student Success

``SEC. 420T. COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS GRANT PROGRAM 
              AUTHORIZED.

    ``From the amounts appropriated under 420BB, the Secretary of 
Education shall establish and carry out the community college student 
success grant program to award grants under sections 420U and 420V, on 
a competitive basis, to eligible institutions to plan and implement 
community college student success programs designed to increase--
            ``(1) the rate at which program participants graduate from 
        a program of study at such eligible institution within 150 
        percent of the normal time for graduation; and
            ``(2) transfer rates of program participants.

``SEC. 420U. GRANTS TO PLAN COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) Planning Grants Authorized.--From the amounts appropriated to 
carry out this section under section 420BB for a fiscal year, the 
Secretary shall award planning grants for such fiscal year, on a 
competitive basis, to eligible institutions to develop plans for 
community college student success programs.
    ``(b) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall be for a 
1-year period.
    ``(c) Peer Review Process; Priority.--In awarding grants under this 
section for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall--
            ``(1) carry out a peer review process that--
                    ``(A) requires that each application submitted 
                under subsection (d) be peer reviewed by a panel of 
                readers composed of individuals selected by the 
                Secretary, which shall include--
                            ``(i) not less than 50 percent of readers--
                                    ``(I) who are not employees of the 
                                Federal Government; and
                                    ``(II) who have relevant research 
                                or practical experience with respect to 
                                student support programs designed to 
                                increase graduation rates and transfer 
                                rates at public 2-year institutions of 
                                higher education; and
                            ``(ii) to the maximum extent practicable, 
                        individuals who are members of groups 
                        underrepresented in higher education, including 
                        African Americans, Hispanics, Native Americans, 
                        Alaska Natives, Asian Americans, Native 
                        American Pacific Islanders (including Native 
                        Hawaiians), and individuals with disabilities; 
                        and
                    ``(B) ensures that no individual assigned under 
                subparagraph (A) to review an application has any 
                conflict of interest with regard to that application 
                that may make the individual unable to impartially 
                conduct such review; and
            ``(2) give priority to eligible institutions that are 
        eligible to receive funding under title III or V.
    ``(d) Application.--An eligible institution desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require, which shall include--
            ``(1) the graduation rate and transfer rate for the most 
        recent academic year for which data are available for eligible 
        students and all students, respectively;
            ``(2) an analysis of how implementing a community college 
        student success program may improve the graduation rate or 
        transfer rate for eligible students; and
            ``(3) a description of the methods the eligible institution 
        has previously used to improve the graduation rate or transfer 
        rate with respect to eligible students and all students, 
        respectively.
    ``(e) Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that receives a grant 
under this section shall use the grant to develop a plan to implement a 
community college student success program at the eligible institution.
    ``(f) Report.--Not later than 1 year after the date on which an 
eligible institution receives a grant under this section, such eligible 
institution shall submit to the Secretary a report that includes--
            ``(1) a plan for implementing a community college student 
        success program at the eligible institution, including--
                    ``(A) the sufficiently ambitious outcome goals for 
                achieving significant improvements in graduation rates 
                and transfer rates for program participants, as such 
                rates are defined by the eligible institution, in 
                consultation with the Secretary, before the end of the 
                grant period;
                    ``(B) the number of such eligible students who will 
                participate in such program, including how such 
                eligible students will be identified, referred, and 
                selected, in cases where the interest in the program is 
                larger than the budget for the program;
                    ``(C) based on the most recent academic year for 
                which data are available, disaggregated by full-time 
                students and all students--
                            ``(i) graduation rates; and
                            ``(ii) transfer rates;
                    ``(D) an analysis of the financial needs of the 
                full-time students;
                    ``(E) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will effectively staff a community college student 
                success program; and
                    ``(F) a timeline for the implementation of such 
                program;
            ``(2) a budgetary analysis that includes--
                    ``(A) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will provide non-Federal funds for such program under 
                subsection (d) of section 420V; and
                    ``(B) a description of how the eligible institution 
                will continue to fund such program after the end of the 
                grant period for the grant awarded to the institution 
                under section 420V; and
            ``(3) such other information as the Secretary may require.

``SEC. 420V. GRANTS TO IMPLEMENT COMMUNITY COLLEGE STUDENT SUCCESS 
              PROGRAMS.

    ``(a) Implementation Grants Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amounts appropriated to carry 
        out this section under section 420BB for a fiscal year, the 
        Secretary shall award grants for such fiscal year, on a 
        competitive basis, to eligible institutions awarded a grant 
        under section 420U to implement community college student 
        success programs.
            ``(2) Consultation.--In awarding grants under this section 
        for a fiscal year, the Secretary shall consult with the 
        independent evaluator before finalizing which eligible 
        institutions will receive such a grant for such fiscal year.
    ``(b) Requirements for Selection.--To be eligible to receive a 
grant under this section, an eligible institution shall meet the 
following requirements:
            ``(1) The eligible institution was awarded a grant under 
        section 420U at least 1 year before such eligible institution 
        submits an application under subsection (e).
            ``(2) The eligible institution submits an application under 
        subsection (e).
            ``(3) The eligible institution demonstrates, on the date of 
        the application described in subsection (e), the availability 
        of non-Federal funding for the matching funds required under 
        subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (d)(1).
    ``(c) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section shall be for a 
5-year period.
    ``(d) Non-Federal Contribution.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except as provided in paragraph (2), an 
        eligible institution awarded a grant under this section shall 
        contribute in cash from non-Federal sources, the following:
                    ``(A) For the second year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 20 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                the community college student success program at the 
                institution for such year.
                    ``(B) For the third year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 30 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
                    ``(C) For the fourth year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 40 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
                    ``(D) For the fifth year of the grant period, an 
                amount equal to 50 percent of the cost of carrying out 
                such program for such year.
            ``(2) Exception.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1), 
                with respect to an exempt institution awarded a grant 
                under this section, for each year of the grant period 
                beginning with the second year through the fifth year, 
                the Secretary shall not require the institution to make 
                a cash contribution from non-Federal sources in an 
                amount that is greater than the amount equal to 5 
                percent of the cost of carrying out the community 
                college student success program at the institution for 
                such year.
                    ``(B) Definitions.--For purposes of this paragraph:
                            ``(i) Exempt institution.--The term `exempt 
                        institution' means an eligible institution that 
                        is a--
                                    ``(I) Tribal college or university; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) an institution located in 
                                the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, 
                                American Samoa, the United States 
                                Virgin Islands, the Commonwealth of the 
                                Northern Mariana Islands, the Republic 
                                of the Marshall Islands, the Federated 
                                States of Micronesia, or the Republic 
                                of Palau.
                            ``(ii) Tribal college or university.--The 
                        term `Tribal college or university' has the 
                        meaning given the term in section 316 of the 
                        Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1059c).
    ``(e) Application.--An eligible institution desiring a grant under 
this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, 
in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may 
require, which shall include a copy of the report described in 420U(e).
    ``(f) Required Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that receives 
a grant under this section shall use the grant funds to--
            ``(1) implement a community college student success 
        program; and
            ``(2) regularly review--
                    ``(A) data to monitor the academic progress of 
                eligible students participating in such program; and
                    ``(B) the meeting and program participation 
                requirements described in section 420AA(1).
    ``(g) Permissible Use of Funds.--An eligible institution that 
receives a grant under this section may use the grant to--
            ``(1) establish or expand a data tracking system that 
        includes early alerts to complete the regular reviews required 
        under subsection (f)(2);
            ``(2) provide eligible students participating in the 
        community college student success program for which the grant 
        is awarded with financial assistance to cover the costs 
        described in paragraph (2), (3), or (8) of section 472;
            ``(3) establish or expand career development services for 
        such students, such as career workshops or career counseling;
            ``(4) establish or expand tutoring services for such 
        students;
            ``(5) cover the employment of administrators for the 
        program whose sole job shall be to administer the program, 
        without regard to whether the employment is full-time or less 
        than full-time; and
            ``(6) provide financial support for eligible students 
        participating in such program to enroll in courses offered 
        during enrollment periods that are outside the fall and spring 
        semesters (or equivalent terms).
    ``(h) Reports.--Using the postsecondary student data system 
established under section 132(l) or a successor system (whichever 
includes the most recent data) to streamline reporting requirements and 
minimize reporting burdens, and in coordination with the National 
Center for Education Statistics, the Secretary shall, on at least an 
annual basis, collect data with respect to each community college 
student success program, including the following:
            ``(1) Each eligible institution that receives a grant under 
        this subpart shall, on an annual basis, provide to the 
        Secretary such information as may be necessary for the 
        Secretary to collect such data, including--
                    ``(A) the demographic characteristics of the 
                students participating in the community college student 
                success program;
                    ``(B) the average number of credits attempted and 
                average number of credits earned, rate of retention, 
                rate of degree completion, and rates of transfer of 
                such eligible students; and
                    ``(C) the graduation rate of such eligible 
                students.
            ``(2) Each such eligible institution shall, not less than 
        once for each year of the grant period, submit to the Secretary 
        an annual performance report for such year of the grant period 
        that includes--
                    ``(A) an analysis of the implementation and 
                progress of such program based on the sufficiently 
                ambitious outcome goals described in the report 
                submitted by the institution under section 
                420U(e)(1)(A), including challenges to and changes made 
                to such program;
                    ``(B) if according to the analysis under 
                subparagraph (A), the program is not on track to meet 
                such sufficiently ambitious outcome goals, a 
                description of the plans to adjust the program to 
                improve the performance of the program;
                    ``(C) the participation of such eligible students 
                in tutoring, career services (which can include benefit 
                counseling), and meetings with program advisors; and
                    ``(D) when data is available, which shall compare 
                the data collected for such year under this paragraph 
                with such data collected for each of the 2 years 
                preceding the date on which the grant was awarded.
            ``(3) Not later than 6 years after the date on which the 
        eligible institution received such grant, submit a final report 
        to the Secretary that includes an analysis of--
                    ``(A) the factors that contributed to the success 
                or failure of the community college student success 
                program in meeting the ambitious outcome goals 
                described in the report submitted by the institution 
                under section 3(e)(1)(A);
                    ``(B) the challenges faced in attempting to 
                implement such program;
                    ``(C) information on how to improve such program;
                    ``(D) whether the program has created an 
                institution-wide reform with respect to graduation 
                rates and transfer rates for all students, and if so, 
                how such reform was created; and
                    ``(E) how the eligible institution will continue to 
                fund such program after the end of the grant period.

``SEC. 420W. EVALUATIONS.

    ``(a) Independent Evaluations.--Before finalizing which eligible 
institutions will receive grants under section 420V for a fiscal year, 
the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Institute of 
Education Sciences, shall enter into a contract with an independent 
evaluator--
            ``(1) to consult with the Secretary on which eligible 
        institutions should receive the grants; and
            ``(2) to use the What Works Clearinghouse Standards 
        (without reservations) to evaluate, throughout the duration of 
        the grant period of such grants--
                    ``(A) each community college student success 
                program for which such grant is awarded, including 
                whether the program met its ambitious outcome goals 
                described in the report submitted by the institution 
                under section 420U(e)(1)(A);
                    ``(B) the average impact of community college 
                student success programs on graduation rates and 
                transfer rates for eligible students;
                    ``(C) the variation in program impact across 
                eligible institutions with respect to such rates; and
                    ``(D) whether such programs lead to higher 
                graduation rates and transfer rates of eligible 
                students per dollar spent for such students by such 
                institutions compared with such rates at eligible 
                institutions without such programs.
    ``(b) Results of Evaluations.--The results of the evaluations under 
subsection (a) shall be made publicly available on the website of the 
Department of Education.
    ``(c) Funding for Evaluations.--The Secretary may reserve not more 
than 15 percent of the funds appropriated under section 420BB for a 
fiscal year to carry out this section for such fiscal year.

``SEC. 420X. OUTREACH AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.

    ``(a) Outreach.--The Secretary shall conduct outreach activities to 
notify eligible institutions of the availability of grants under this 
subpart.
    ``(b) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall provide technical 
assistance--
            ``(1) to eligible institutions that may be interested in 
        applying for grants under this subpart, including assistance 
        with applications for such grants; and
            ``(2) to eligible institutions awarded grants under this 
        subpart, including assistance with--
                    ``(A) establishing ambitious outcome goals 
                described in section 420U(e)(1)(A); and
                    ``(B) the implementation of a community college 
                student success program.
    ``(c) Funding for Technical Assistance for Evaluations.--The 
Secretary may reserve not more than 7 percent of the funds appropriated 
under section 420BB for a fiscal year for technical assistance under 
this section for such fiscal year.

``SEC. 420Y. REPORT TO CONGRESS.

    ``Not later than 1 year after the date on which the Secretary 
receives the final evaluation results under section 420W for eligible 
institutions that were awarded grants under section 420V for the same 
fiscal year, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report that 
includes--
            ``(1) the number of grants awarded under section 420V for 
        such fiscal year, and the amount of such grants;
            ``(2) the number of grants awarded under section 420U to 
        eligible institutions that received the grants described in 
        paragraph (1), and the amount of such grants;
            ``(3) the number of grants awarded under section 420U to 
        eligible institutions that would have been eligible but did not 
        receive the grants in paragraph (1);
            ``(4) such final evaluation results; and
            ``(5) any other information the Secretary may deem 
        relevant.

``SEC. 420Z. SUPPLEMENT, NOT SUPPLANT.

    ``Funds awarded to an eligible institution under this subpart shall 
be used only to supplement the amount of funds that would, in the 
absence of the Federal funds provided under this subpart, be made 
available from non-Federal sources or other Federal sources to carry 
out the activities under this subpart, and not to supplant such funds.

``SEC. 420AA. DEFINITIONS.

    ``In this subpart:
            ``(1) Community college student success program.--The term 
        `community college student success program' means a program 
        carried out by an eligible institution under which the 
        institution carries out the following:
                    ``(A) Provides eligible students participating in 
                such program with an amount that covers the cost of 
                tuition and fees that are not covered by any Federal, 
                State, or institutional financial assistance received 
                by the student.
                    ``(B) Requires eligible students participating in 
                such program to--
                            ``(i) be enrolled in the eligible 
                        institution and carry a full-time academic 
                        workload during each fall and spring semester 
                        (or equivalent terms) during which the student 
                        participates in such program;
                            ``(ii) if the eligible student is referred 
                        to remedial courses or is on academic 
                        probation, meet, on at least a weekly basis or 
                        under an alternate schedule, as determined by 
                        the institution, with a tutor, except that in 
                        the case of an eligible student who is 
                        academically struggling, but who is not 
                        referred to remedial courses or on academic 
                        probation, the student may meet with a tutor as 
                        often as the program advisor for such student 
                        requires or under an alternate schedule, as 
                        determined by the institution;
                            ``(iii) meet with a program advisor--
                                    ``(I) twice each month during the 
                                first semester (or equivalent term) of 
                                participation in such program; and
                                    ``(II) as directed by the program 
                                advisor in subsequent semesters (or 
                                equivalent terms) under subparagraph 
                                (C)(ii); and
                            ``(iv) meet with an on-campus career 
                        advisor or participate in a career services 
                        event once each semester (or equivalent term) 
                        or under an alternate schedule, as determined 
                        by the institution.
                    ``(C) Provides a program advisor to each eligible 
                student participating in such program who--
                            ``(i) provides comprehensive academic and 
                        personal advising to the eligible student, 
                        including--
                                    ``(I) the creation and 
                                implementation of an academic plan for 
                                the student to graduate from a program 
                                of study at the eligible institution 
                                within 150 percent of the normal time 
                                for graduation from such program;
                                    ``(II) if an eligible student is 
                                referred to remedial courses, 
                                encouraging such student to complete 
                                such courses as quickly as possible; 
                                and
                                    ``(III) assisting the eligible 
                                student with developing and achieving 
                                academic goals, including creating 
                                strong transfer pathways that 
                                demonstrate programmatic transfer for 
                                students interested in transferring to 
                                a 4-year institution of higher 
                                education;
                            ``(ii) after the eligible student 
                        participating in such program completes a 
                        semester (or equivalent term), creates for the 
                        eligible student a needs-based advising 
                        schedule that indicates, based on the eligible 
                        student's academic performance, the frequency 
                        with which such eligible student shall be 
                        required to meet with a program advisor for 
                        each subsequent semester (or equivalent term) 
                        of program participation;
                            ``(iii) has a caseload of not more than 150 
                        eligible students;
                            ``(iv) tracks the attendance of the 
                        eligible student at the meetings described in 
                        clauses (ii), (iii), and (iv) of subparagraph 
                        (B);
                            ``(v) monitors the academic progress of the 
                        eligible student; and
                            ``(vi) provides each eligible student who 
                        meets the requirements of subparagraph (B), on 
                        at least a monthly basis, with financial 
                        incentives, such as a transportation pass or a 
                        gas card.
                    ``(D) Provides free tutoring and career services 
                (which can include benefit counseling) to eligible 
                students participating in such program, and may reserve 
                places in select courses for such eligible students in 
                order to create a community within cohorts of eligible 
                students.
                    ``(E) Provides information to eligible students 
                participating in such program about the eligibility of 
                such students for assistance under the supplemental 
                nutrition assistance program under the Food and 
                Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.) and the 
                program of block grants for States for temporary 
                assistance for needy families established under part A 
                of title IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 
                et seq.).
            ``(2) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means a public 2-year institution of higher 
        education.
            ``(3) Eligible student.--The term `eligible student' means 
        a student enrolled at an eligible institution who--
                    ``(A) on the date such eligible student would begin 
                participation in a community college student success 
                program at such eligible institution--
                            ``(i) is enrolled in a program of study 
                        leading to an associate degree;
                            ``(ii) is enrolled at such institution and 
                        carrying a full-time academic workload during 
                        each fall and spring semester (or equivalent 
                        terms) during which the student participates in 
                        such program;
                            ``(iii) is--
                                    ``(I) a first-time undergraduate 
                                student; or
                                    ``(II) a continuing or transfer 
                                student with not more than 15 credits 
                                and a minimum grade point average of 
                                2.0 (or its equivalent); and
                            ``(iv) is considered by the eligible 
                        institution to need no more than two remedial 
                        courses; and
                    ``(B) if the student is eligible for financial aid 
                under title IV, has completed the Free Application for 
                Federal Student Aid or other common financial reporting 
                form under section 483(a); and
                    ``(C) meets any other requirements established by 
                the institution.
            ``(4) Full-time academic workload.--The term `full-time 
        academic workload', when used with respect to a semester or 
        equivalent term, means at least 12 credits (or the equivalent).
            ``(5) Institution of higher education.--The term 
        `institution of higher education' has the meaning given the 
        term under section 101.
            ``(6) Transfer rate.--The term `transfer rate', when used 
        with respect to students enrolled in a program of study at an 
        eligible institution, means the rate at which such students 
        transfer to a 4-year institution of higher education.

``SEC. 420BB. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    ``There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this subpart 
$1,000,000,000, to be available until expended for fiscal year 2021 and 
each of the 5 succeeding fiscal years.''.

SEC. 4093. FEDERAL PELL BONUS PROGRAM.

    Part A of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1070 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

             ``Subpart 12--Federal Pell Grant Bonus Program

``SEC. 420CC. FEDERAL PELL GRANT BONUS PROGRAM.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall allot funds in an amount 
determined under subsection (b) to each eligible institution to support 
the attainment of bachelor's degrees among low-income students, which 
may include providing financial aid and student support services to 
such students.
    ``(b) Allotment Formula.--For each fiscal year, each eligible 
institution shall be allotted an amount under subsection (a) that bears 
the same proportion to the amount appropriated under subsection (c) for 
such fiscal year as the number of bachelor's degrees awarded by the 
institution for the award year ending prior to the beginning of the 
preceding fiscal year to students who, during such award year, received 
a Federal Pell Grant and graduated from the program in which such 
students were enrolled in the normal time for completion of such 
program (within the meaning of section 132(i)(1)(J)(i)) bears to the 
total number of bachelor's degrees awarded to such students by all 
eligible institutions for such award year.
    ``(c) Data.--In determining the allotments under subsection (b), 
the Secretary may request from eligible institutions any data that may 
be necessary.
    ``(d) Authorization of Appropriations.--There are authorized to be 
appropriated, and there are appropriated, to carry out this section 
$500,000,000 for fiscal year 2021 and each succeeding fiscal year. Any 
amounts appropriated under this subsection shall be available until 
expended.
    ``(e) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution of higher education (as 
        defined in section 101)--
                    ``(A) in which, for the 3 most recent award years, 
                the average percentage of undergraduate students 
                enrolled at the institution who received Federal Pell 
                Grants is not less than 25 percent of the total number 
                of undergraduate students enrolled at such institution; 
                and
                    ``(B) that has not opted out of receiving an 
                allotment under this section.
            ``(2) Low-income student.--The term `low-income student' 
        has the meaning given such term in section 499R(3).''.

             PART B--FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

SEC. 4101. TERMINATION OF CERTAIN REPAYMENT PLAN OPTIONS AND 
              OPPORTUNITY TO CHANGE REPAYMENT PLANS.

    (a) Selection of Repayment Plans.--Section 428(b) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (D)--
                            (i) in clause (ii), by striking ``may 
                        annually change the selection of a repayment 
                        plan under this part,'' and inserting ``may at 
                        any time after July 1, 2021, change the 
                        selection of a repayment plan under this part 
                        to one of the 2 repayment plans described in 
                        paragraph (9)(C),''; and
                            (ii) in clause (iii), by striking ``be 
                        subject to income contingent repayment in 
                        accordance with subsection (m);'' and inserting 
                        ``be subject to income-based repayment in 
                        accordance with section 493C(f);''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (E)(i), by striking ``the 
                option of repaying the loan in accordance with a 
                standard, graduated, income-sensitive, or extended 
                repayment schedule (as described in paragraph (9)) 
                established by the lender in accordance with 
                regulations of the Secretary; and'' and inserting ``the 
                option of repaying the loan in accordance with a 
                repayment plan described in paragraph (9)(C) 
                established by the lender in accordance with 
                regulations of the Secretary; and''; and
            (2) in paragraph (9), by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Selection of repayment plans on and after 
                july 1, 2021.--
                            ``(i) Opportunity to change repayment 
                        plans.--Notwithstanding any other provision of 
                        this paragraph, or any other provision of law, 
                        and in accordance with regulations, beginning 
                        on July 1, 2021, the lender shall offer a 
                        borrower of a loan made, insured, or guaranteed 
                        under this part the opportunity to change 
                        repayment plans, and to enroll in one of the 
                        following repayment plans:
                                    ``(I) A fixed repayment plan 
                                described in section 493E.
                                    ``(II) The income-based repayment 
                                plan under section 493C(f).''.
    (b) Assignment by the Secretary.--Section 428(m) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078(m)) is amended--
            (1) in the subsection heading, by striking ``Income-
        contingent and'';
            (2) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows:
            ``(1) Authority of secretary to require.--The Secretary may 
        require borrowers who have defaulted on loans made under this 
        part that are assigned to the Secretary under subsection (c)(8) 
        to repay those loans under the income-based repayment plan 
        under section 493C(f).''; and
            (3) in the heading for paragraph (2), by striking ``income 
        contingent or''.

SEC. 4102. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR SUBSIDIZED LOANS 
              AFTER CERTAIN PERIODS.

    Section 428(c)(3)(C) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1078(c)(3)(C)) is amended--
            (1) in clause (iii), by inserting before the semicolon the 
        following: ``, and with respect to a forbearance granted to a 
        borrower on or after the date of enactment of the College 
        Affordability Act on a loan made, insured or guaranteed under 
        this section or on a Federal Direct Stafford Loan, provide 
        information to the borrower to assist the borrower in 
        understanding that interest shall accrue on the loan but not be 
        capitalized at the expiration of such period of forbearance''; 
        and
            (2) in clause (iv)--
                    (A) in subclause (III), by inserting before the 
                semicolon at the end the following: ``, except that 
                this subclause shall not apply with respect to any 
                period of forbearance beginning on or after the date of 
                enactment of the College Affordability Act''; and
                    (B) in subclause (IV), by inserting before the 
                semicolon at the end the following: ``except that this 
                subclause shall not apply with respect to any period of 
                forbearance beginning on or after the date of enactment 
                of the College Affordability Act''.

SEC. 4103. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR PLUS LOANS AFTER 
              CERTAIN PERIODS.

    Section 428B(d)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1078-2(d)(2)) is amended--
            (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ``Interest on'' and 
        inserting ``Subject to subparagraph (C), interest on''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Interest capitalization.--With respect to a 
                deferment during any period described in clause 
                (i)(II), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of section 427(a)(2)(C) 
                or clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of section 
                428(b)(1)(M), or any period of forbearance, beginning 
                on or after the date of enactment of the College 
                Affordability Act on a loan made under this section, 
                interest shall not be added to the principal amount of 
                the loan at the expiration of such deferment or 
                forbearance period.''.

SEC. 4104. SUBSEQUENT CONSOLIDATION LOANS.

    Section 428C(a)(3)(B)(i)(V) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1078-3(a)(3)(B)(i)(V)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``or'' at the end of item (bb);
            (2) by striking the period at the end of item (cc); and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                            ``(dd) for the purpose of 
                                        separating a joint 
                                        consolidation loan into 2 
                                        separate Federal Direct 
                                        Consolidation Loans under 
                                        section 455(g)(2); or
                                            ``(ee) for the purpose of 
                                        section 455(m)(9)(A)(ii), 
                                        493C(f)(2)(G), or 493E(c).''.

SEC. 4105. DEFAULT REDUCTION PROGRAM.

    Section 428F(a)(1)(C) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 
U.S.C. 1078-6(a)(1)(C)) is amended by striking ``to remove the record 
of the default from the borrower's credit history'' and inserting ``to 
remove any adverse item of information relating to such loan from the 
borrower's credit history''.

SEC. 4106. TERMINATION OF INTEREST CAPITALIZATION FOR UNSUBSIDIZED 
              LOANS AFTER CERTAIN PERIODS.

    Section 428H(e)(2)(A)(ii)(III) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1078-8(e)(2)(A)(ii)(III)) is amended by inserting before the 
semicolon the following: ``, except that with respect to a deferment 
during any period described in clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of 
section 427(a)(2)(C) or clause (i)(II), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v) of 
section 428(b)(1)(M), or any period of forbearance, beginning on or 
after the date of enactment of the College Affordability Act on a loan 
made, insured, or guaranteed under this section or on a Federal Direct 
Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, interest shall not be added to the 
principal amount of the loan at the expiration of such deferment or 
forbearance period''.

SEC. 4107. DISBURSEMENT OF STUDENT LOANS.

    Section 428G of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078-
7(a)) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) Adjusted cohort default rate.--Beginning on the date 
        on which the final adjusted cohort default rates are published 
        by the Secretary for not less than 3 fiscal years under section 
        435(m), an institution whose adjusted cohort default rate (as 
        determined under section 435(m)) for each of the 3 most recent 
        fiscal years for which data are available is less than 5 
        percent may disburse any loan made, insured, or guaranteed 
        under this part in a single installment for any period of 
        enrollment that is not more than 1 semester, 1 trimester, 1 
        quarter, or 4 months.''; and
            (2) in subsection (e), by inserting before the period the 
        following: ``, or beginning on the date on which the final 
        adjusted cohort default rates are published by the Secretary 
        for fiscal year 2018 under section 435(m), an adjusted cohort 
        default rate (as determined under section 435(m)) of less than 
        2 percent''.

SEC. 4108. STUDENT LOAN CONTRACT AND LOAN DISCLOSURES.

    (a) Student Loan Contract.--Section 432(m)(1)(D) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)) is amended by adding at 
the end the following:
                            ``(iv) Student loan contract.--
                                    ``(I) In general.--Any master 
                                promissory note form described in this 
                                subparagraph that is developed or used 
                                for loans made under part D for periods 
                                of enrollment beginning on or after the 
                                date of enactment of the College 
                                Affordability Act shall be referred to 
                                as a `student loan contract'.
                                    ``(II) Clarification on use.--
                                Notwithstanding clause (i), each 
                                student loan contract for a part D loan 
                                made for periods of enrollment 
                                beginning on or after the date of 
                                enactment of the College Affordability 
                                Act shall--
                                            ``(aa) not be entered into 
                                        by a student unless the student 
                                        has completed all required 
                                        counseling related to such 
                                        loan, including counseling 
                                        required under section 485(l);
                                            ``(bb) be signed by the 
                                        student entering such student 
                                        loan contract after completion 
                                        of such counseling; and
                                            ``(cc) be used only for the 
                                        academic year for which the 
                                        initial loans are made under 
                                        the contract, and shall not be 
                                        valid for additional loans for 
                                        the same or subsequent periods 
                                        of enrollment.''.
    (b) Loan Disclosures.--Section 432(m)(1)(D) of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1082(m)(1)(D)) is further amended by adding 
after clause (iv) (as amended) the following:
                            ``(v) Loan disclosures.--For loans made for 
                        periods of enrollment beginning on or after the 
                        date of enactment of the College Affordability 
                        Act, the Secretary shall take such steps as are 
                        necessary to streamline the student loan 
                        disclosure requirements under this Act. The 
                        Secretary shall ensure that information 
                        required to be disclosed to a student who is 
                        applying for, receiving, or preparing to repay 
                        a loan under part D of this Act shall be 
                        streamlined in a manner that--
                                    ``(I) based upon consumer testing, 
                                reduces and simplifies the paperwork 
                                students are required to complete; and
                                    ``(II) limits the number of times 
                                students are presented with disclosures 
                                by incorporating the streamlined 
                                disclosures into required student loan 
                                counseling under section 485(l), the 
                                student loan contract under this 
                                subparagraph, or both.''.

SEC. 4109. BORROWER ADVOCATE CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.

    Section 433 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1083) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)(13), by striking ``Student Loan 
        Ombudsman'' and inserting ``Borrower Advocate''; and
            (2) in subsection (e)(3)(E), by striking ``Student Loan 
        Ombudsman'' and inserting ``Borrower Advocate''.

SEC. 4110. COHORT DEFAULT RATES.

    (a) Ineligibility Based on High Default Rates.--
            (1) In general.--Section 435(a) of the Higher Education Act 
        of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)) is amended--
                    (A) in paragraph (7)(A), by adding at the end the 
                following:
                            ``(iii) Default management plan.--The 
                        default management plan required under clause 
                        (i) may not include placing students in 
                        forbearance as a means of reducing the cohort 
                        default rate or the adjusted cohort default 
                        rate of the institution.''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(9) Ineligibility based on high adjusted cohort default 
        rates.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Except as provided in 
                subparagraphs (B) and (D), beginning on the date that 
                is one year after the date on which the final adjusted 
                cohort default rates are published by the Secretary for 
                not less than 3 fiscal years, in a case in which one of 
                the following determinations is made with respect to an 
                institution, such institution shall be ineligible to 
                participate in a program under this title for the 
                fiscal year for which the determination is made and for 
                the two succeeding fiscal years:
                            ``(i) The institution's adjusted cohort 
                        default rate is greater than 20 percent for 
                        each of the 3 most recent fiscal years for 
                        which the final adjusted cohort default rates 
                        are published.
                            ``(ii) With respect to the 6 most recent 
                        fiscal years for which the final adjusted 
                        cohort default rates are published--
                                    ``(I) the institution's adjusted 
                                cohort default rate is greater than 15 
                                percent for each such fiscal year; and
                                    ``(II) the Secretary determines 
                                that, during such 6-year period, the 
                                institution has not made adequate 
                                progress in meeting standards for 
                                student achievement established by the 
                                relevant accrediting agency or 
                                association pursuant to section 
                                496(a)(5)(A).
                            ``(iii) With respect to the 8 most recent 
                        fiscal years for which the final adjusted 
                        cohort default rates are published--
                                    ``(I) the institution's adjusted 
                                cohort default rate is greater than 10 
                                percent for each such fiscal year; and
                                    ``(II) the Secretary determines 
                                that, during such 8-year period, the 
                                institution has not made adequate 
                                progress in meeting standards for 
                                student achievement established by the 
                                relevant accrediting agency or 
                                association pursuant to section 
                                496(a)(5)(A).
                    ``(B) Exceptions for certain categories of 
                educational programs.--With respect to an institution 
                that loses eligibility to participate in a program 
                under this title in accordance with subparagraph 
                (A)(ii), such institution may request and be granted an 
                exception to such loss of eligibility for a category of 
                educational programs at such institution by 
                demonstrating to the Secretary that the adjusted cohort 
                default rate for the category of educational programs 
                is 15 percent or less for each fiscal year of the 6-
                year period on which such loss of eligibility for the 
                institution is based.
                    ``(C) Determination of the adjusted cohort rate for 
                a category of educational programs.--In determining the 
                adjusted cohort default rate for a category of 
                educational programs for purposes of this paragraph--
                            ``(i) subsection (m) shall be applied--
                                    ``(I) in paragraph (1)--
                                            ``(aa) in subparagraph (A), 
                                        by substituting `received for 
                                        enrollment in the category of 
                                        educational programs for which 
                                        such rate is being determined' 
                                        for `received for attendance at 
                                        the institution'; and
                                            ``(bb) in subparagraph 
                                        (E)(i)(II), by substituting, 
                                        `percentage of students 
                                        enrolled in the category of 
                                        educational programs for which 
                                        such rate is being determined' 
                                        for `percentage of students 
                                        enrolled at the institution'; 
                                        and
                                    ``(II) as if the following were 
                                added at the end of paragraph (2):
                    ```(E) In the case of a student who has received a 
                loan for enrollment in more than one category of 
                educational programs, the student (and such student's 
                subsequent repayment or default) is attributed to the 
                last category of educational programs in which such 
                student was enrolled.'.
                    ``(D) Transition exception.--
                            ``(i) In general.--A covered institution 
                        with an adjusted cohort default rate that is 
                        greater than 20 percent for the first fiscal 
                        year for which such rates are published by the 
                        Secretary may request that any determination of 
                        such institution's ineligibility under 
                        paragraph (9)(A) not be based on the adjusted 
                        cohort default rate of such institution for any 
                        or all of the first 3 fiscal years for which 
                        such rates are published by the Secretary.
                            ``(ii) Requirement.--To be granted a 
                        request under clause (i), an institution shall 
                        submit to the Secretary a default management 
                        plan as specified in paragraph (7).
                            ``(iii) Definition of covered 
                        institution.--In this subparagraph, the term 
                        `covered institution' means--
                                    ``(I) a public institution of 
                                higher education;
                                    ``(II) a part B institution (as 
                                defined in section 322); or
                                    ``(III) a private, nonprofit 
                                institution of higher education at 
                                which not less than 45 percent of the 
                                total student enrollment consists of 
                                low-income students (as such term is 
                                defined in section 419N(b)(7)).
                    ``(E) Category of educational programs defined.--
                The term `category of educational programs', when used 
                with respect to an institution, means one of the 
                following:
                            ``(i) The educational programs at the 
                        institution leading to an undergraduate, non-
                        degree credential.
                            ``(ii) The educational programs at the 
                        institution leading to an associate's degree.
                            ``(iii) The educational programs at the 
                        institution leading to a bachelor's degree.
                            ``(iv) The educational programs at the 
                        institution leading to a graduate, non-degree 
                        credential.
                            ``(v) The educational program at the 
                        institution leading to a graduate degree.
            ``(10) Application of adjusted cohort default rate.--
        Beginning on the date on which the final adjusted cohort 
        default rates are published by the Secretary for not less than 
        3 fiscal years--
                    ``(A) paragraph (1) shall be applied by 
                substituting `paragraph (9)' for `paragraph (2)';
                    ``(B) paragraph (3) shall be applied by 
                substituting `adjusted cohort default rate, calculated 
                in accordance with subsection (m)(1)(D), is greater 
                than 20 percent for any 3 consecutive fiscal years' for 
                `cohort default rate, calculated in accordance with 
                subsection (m), is equal to or greater than the 
                threshold percentage specified in paragraph (2)(B)(iv) 
                for any two consecutive fiscal years';
                    ``(C) paragraph (4) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in subparagraph (C), by substituting 
                        `adjusted cohort default rate is greater than 
                        15 percent' for `cohort default rate equals or 
                        exceeds 20 percent'; and
                            ``(ii) in the matter following subparagraph 
                        (C), by substituting `adjusted cohort default 
                        rate to reflect the percentage of defaulted 
                        loans in the representative sample that are 
                        required to be excluded pursuant to subsection 
                        (m)(1)(B)' for `cohort default rate to reflect 
                        the percentage of defaulted loans in the 
                        representative sample that are required to be 
                        excluded pursuant to subsection (m)(1)(B)';
                    ``(D) paragraph (5)(A) shall be applied by 
                substituting `paragraph (9)' for `paragraph (2)'; and
                    ``(E) paragraph (7) shall be applied--
                            ``(i) in subparagraph (A)(i)--
                                    ``(I) in the matter preceding 
                                subclause (I), by substituting 
                                `adjusted cohort default rate is 
                                greater than 20 percent' for `cohort 
                                default rate is equal to or greater 
                                than the threshold percentage specified 
                                in paragraph (2)(B)(iv)'; and
                                    ``(II) in subclauses (I) and (II), 
                                by substituting `adjusted cohort 
                                default rate' for `cohort default 
                                rate'; and
                            ``(ii) in subparagraph (B)(i), by 
                        substituting `adjusted cohort default rate is 
                        greater than 20 percent' for `cohort default 
                        rate is equal to or greater than the threshold 
                        percentage specified in paragraph 
                        (2)(B)(iv)'.''.
            (2) Conforming amendments.--Section 435(a)(2) of the Higher 
        Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(a)) is amended--
                    (A) in the paragraph heading, by adding at the end 
                the following: ``Before fiscal year 2018''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B)(iv), by striking ``and any 
                succeeding fiscal year'' and inserting ``through fiscal 
                year 2017''.
    (b) Adjusted Cohort Default Rate Defined.--Section 435(m)(1) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(m)(1)) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:
                    ``(D)(i) With respect to a cohort default rate 
                calculated for an institution under this paragraph for 
                fiscal year 2018 and for each succeeding fiscal year, 
                such cohort default rate shall be adjusted as follows:
                            ``(I) In determining the number of current 
                        and former students at an institution who enter 
                        repayment for such fiscal year--
                                    ``(aa) any such student who is in 
                                nonmandatory forbearance for such 
                                fiscal year for a period of greater 
                                than 18 months but less than 36 months 
                                shall not be counted as entering 
                                repayment for such fiscal year;
                                    ``(bb) such a student shall be 
                                counted as entering repayment for the 
                                first fiscal year for which the student 
                                ceases to be in a period of forbearance 
                                and otherwise meets the requirements 
                                for being in repayment; and
                                    ``(cc) any such student who is in a 
                                period of forbearance for 3 or more 
                                years shall be counted as in default 
                                and included in the institution's total 
                                number of students in default.
                            ``(II) Such rate shall be multiplied by the 
                        percentage of students enrolled at the 
                        institution for such fiscal year who are 
                        borrowing a loan under part D of this title.
                    ``(ii) The result obtained under this subparagraph 
                for an institution shall be referred to in this Act as 
                the `adjusted cohort default rate'.''.
    (c) Publication of Adjusted Cohort Default Rate.--Section 435(m) of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1085(m)) is amended by 
adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) Beginning on the date on which the final adjusted 
        cohort default rates for fiscal year 2018 are made available 
        for publication by the Secretary, paragraph (4) shall be 
        applied by substituting `adjusted cohort default' for `cohort 
        default' each place it appears.''.

SEC. 4111. AUTOMATIC INCOME MONITORING PROCEDURES AFTER A TOTAL AND 
              PERMANENT DISABILITY DISCHARGE.

    Section 437(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Automatic income monitoring.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Not later than 2 years after the 
                date of enactment of the College Affordability Act, the 
                Secretary shall establish and implement, with respect 
                to any borrower described in subparagraph (B), 
                procedures to--
                            ``(i) obtain (for each year of the income-
                        monitoring period described in subparagraph (B) 
                        and without further action by the borrower) 
                        such information as is reasonably necessary 
                        regarding the income of such borrower for the 
                        purpose of determining the borrower's continued 
                        eligibility for the loan discharge described in 
                        subparagraph (B) for such year, and any other 
                        information necessary to determine such 
                        continued eligibility of the borrower for such 
                        year, except that in the case of a borrower 
                        whose returns and return information indicate 
                        that the borrower has no earned income for any 
                        year of such income-monitoring period, such 
                        borrower shall be treated as not having earned 
                        income in excess of the poverty line for such 
                        year subject to clause (ii);
                            ``(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to 
                        opt out of clause (i) and prevent the Secretary 
                        from obtaining information under such clause 
                        without further action by the borrower; and
                            ``(iii) provide the borrower with an 
                        opportunity to update the information obtained 
                        under clause (i) before the determination of 
                        the borrower's continued eligibility for such 
                        loan discharge for such year.
                    ``(B) Applicability.--Subparagraph (A) shall 
                apply--
                            ``(i) to each borrower of a covered loan 
                        (defined in section 455(d)(10)) that is 
                        discharged under this subsection or section 
                        464(c)(1)(F) due to the permanent and total 
                        disability of the borrower; and
                            ``(ii) during the income-monitoring period 
                        under this subsection, defined in this 
                        paragraph as the period--
                                    ``(I) beginning on the date on 
                                which such loan is so discharged; and
                                    ``(II) during which the Secretary 
                                determines whether a reinstatement of 
                                the obligation of, and resumption of 
                                collection on, such loan may be 
                                necessary.''.

SEC. 4112. REPAYMENT OF PARENT LOANS DUE TO STUDENT DISABILITY.

    Section 437(d) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087(d)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``If a student'' and inserting the 
        following:
            ``(1) Death.--If a student''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Disability.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary shall discharge a 
                parent's liability on a loan described in section 428B 
                by repaying the amount owed on the loan if the student 
                on whose behalf the parent has received the loan--
                            ``(i) becomes permanently and totally 
                        disabled (as determined in accordance with 
                        regulations of the Secretary); or
                            ``(ii) is unable to engage in any 
                        substantial gainful activity by reason of any 
                        medically determinable physical or mental 
                        impairment that can be expected to result in 
                        death, has lasted for a continuous period of 
                        not less than 60 months, or can be expected to 
                        last for a continuous period of not less than 
                        60 months.
                    ``(B) Disability determinations.--Subsection (a)(2) 
                shall apply to a disability determination under this 
                paragraph in the same manner as such subsection applies 
                to a determination under subsection (a)(1).
                    ``(C) Safeguards.--The safeguards to prevent fraud 
                and abuse developed under subsection (a)(1) shall apply 
                under this paragraph.
                    ``(D) Reinstatement of loans.--The Secretary may 
                promulgate regulations to reinstate the obligation of, 
                and resume collection on, loans discharged under this 
                paragraph in cases in which the Secretary determines 
                that the reinstatement and resumption is necessary and 
                appropriate based upon the regulations developed under 
                subsection (a)(1).''.

                  PART C--FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS

SEC. 4201. PURPOSE; AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

    Section 441 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-51) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b), by striking ``part, such sums as may 
        be necessary for fiscal year 2009 and each of the five 
        succeeding fiscal years.'' and inserting ``part--
            ``(1) $1,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2021;
            ``(2) $1,750,000,000 for fiscal year 2022;
            ``(3) $2,000,000,000 for fiscal year 2023;
            ``(4) $2,250,000,000 for fiscal year 2024; and
            ``(5) $2,500,000,000 for fiscal year 2025 and each 
        succeeding fiscal year.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``child 
                development and early learning (including Head Start 
                and Early Head Start programs carried out under the 
                Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9831 et seq.)),'', before 
                ``literacy training,'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ``and'';
                    (C) in paragraph (4)(C), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(5) work-based learning designed to give students 
        experience in any activity described in paragraph (1), (2), 
        (3), or (4), without regard to whether credit is awarded.''; 
        and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(d) Work-Based Learning Defined.--For purposes of this part, the 
term `work-based learning' means sustained interactions with industry, 
community, or academic professionals in real workplace settings that 
shall--
            ``(1) include on campus opportunities;
            ``(2) foster in-depth, first-hand engagement with the tasks 
        required of a given career field that are aligned to a 
        student's field of study; and
            ``(3) may include internships, fellowships, research 
        assistant positions, teacher residencies, and apprenticeships 
        registered under the Act of August 16, 1937 (commonly known as 
        the ``National Apprenticeship Act''; 50 Stat. 664, chapter 663; 
        29 U.S.C. 50 et seq.).''.

SEC. 4202. ALLOCATION FORMULA.

    Section 442 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-52) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 4202. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.

    ``(a) Reservations.--
            ``(1) Reservation for improved institutions.--
                    ``(A) Amount of reservation for improved 
                institutions.--Beginning with the first fiscal year 
                that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of the 
                College Affordability Act, for a fiscal year in which 
                the amount appropriated under section 441(b) exceeds 
                $700,000,000, the Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) reserve the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) an amount equal to 20 percent 
                                of the amount by which the amount 
                                appropriated under section 441(b) 
                                exceeds $700,000,000; or
                                    ``(II) $150,000,000; and
                            ``(ii) allocate the amount reserved under 
                        clause (i) to each improved institution in an 
                        amount equal to the greater of the following:
                                    ``(I) The amount that bears the 
                                same proportion to the amount reserved 
                                under clause (i) as the total amount of 
                                all Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at 
                                the improved institution for the second 
                                preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                                total amount of Federal Pell Grant 
                                funds awarded at improved institutions 
                                participating under this part for the 
                                second preceding fiscal year.
                                    ``(II) $5,000.
                    ``(B) Improved institution described.--For purposes 
                of this paragraph, an improved institution is an 
                institution that, on the date the Secretary makes an 
                allocation under subparagraph (A)(ii)--
                            ``(i) is an institution of higher education 
                        (as defined under section 101) participating 
                        under this part;
                            ``(ii) is with respect to--
                                    ``(I) the completion rate or 
                                graduation rate of Federal Pell Grant 
                                recipients at the institution, in the 
                                top 75 percent of all institutions 
                                participating under this part for the 
                                preceding fiscal year;
                                    ``(II) the percentage of Federal 
                                Pell Grant recipients at the 
                                institution, in the top 50 percent of 
                                the institutions described in subclause 
                                (I); and
                                    ``(III) the annual increase in the 
                                completion rate or graduation rate of 
                                Federal Pell Grant recipients at the 
                                institution, in the top 50 percent of 
                                the institutions described in 
                                subclauses (I) and (II).
                    ``(C) Completion rate or graduation rate.--For 
                purposes of determining the completion rate or 
                graduation rate under this section, a Federal Pell 
                Grant recipient who is either a full-time student or a 
                part-time student shall be counted as a completer or 
                graduate if, within 150 percent of the normal time for 
                completion of or graduation from the program, the 
                student has completed or graduated from the program, or 
                enrolled in any program of an institution participating 
                in any program under this title for which the prior 
                program provides substantial preparation.
            ``(2) Reservation for grant program.--From the amount 
        appropriated under section 441(b) for a fiscal year and 
        remaining after the Secretary reserves funds under subparagraph 
        (A), the Secretary shall reserve $30,000,000 to carry out 
        grants under section 449.
            ``(3) Reallocation of amount returned by improved 
        institutions.--If an institution returns to the Secretary any 
        portion of the sums allocated to such institution under this 
        subsection for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reallot 
        such excess to improved institutions on the same basis as under 
        paragraph (1)(A).
            ``(4) Publication.--Beginning 1 year after the first 
        allocations are made to improved institutions under paragraph 
        (1)(A) and annually thereafter, the Secretary shall make 
        publicly available--
                    ``(A) a list of the improved institutions that 
                received funding under such paragraph in the prior 
                fiscal year;
                    ``(B) the percentage of students at each such 
                improved institution that are Federal Pell Grant 
                recipients;
                    ``(C) the completion rate or graduation rate for 
                the students described in subparagraph (B) with respect 
                to each such improved institution; and
                    ``(D) a comparison between the information 
                described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) for the 
                prior fiscal year for such improved institution, and 
                such information for the year prior to such year.
    ``(c) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Years 2021 Through 2025.--
            ``(1) In general.--From the amount appropriated under 
        section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after the 
        Secretary reserves funds under subsection (a), the Secretary 
        shall allocate to each institution--
                    ``(A) for fiscal year 2021, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 90 percent of the amount the 
                        institution received under this subsection and 
                        subsection (a) for fiscal year 2020, as such 
                        subsections were in effect with respect to such 
                        fiscal year (in this subparagraph referred to 
                        as `the 2020 amount for the institution'); or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(B) for fiscal year 2022, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 80 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(C) for fiscal year 2023, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 60 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d);
                    ``(D) for fiscal year 2024, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 40 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d); 
                        and
                    ``(E) for fiscal year 2025, an amount equal to the 
                greater of--
                            ``(i) 20 percent of the 2020 amount for the 
                        institution; or
                            ``(ii) the fair share amount for the 
                        institution determined under subsection (d).
            ``(2) Ratable reduction.--
                    ``(A) In general.--If the amount appropriated under 
                section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after 
                the Secretary reserves funds under subsection (a) is 
                less than the amount required to be allocated to the 
                institutions under this subsection, then the amount of 
                the allocation to each institution shall be ratably 
                reduced.
                    ``(B) Additional appropriations.--If the amounts 
                allocated to each institution are ratably reduced under 
                subparagraph (A) for a fiscal year and additional 
                amounts are appropriated for such fiscal year, the 
                amount allocated to each institution from the 
                additional amounts shall be increased on the same basis 
                as the amounts under subparagraph (A) were reduced 
                (until each institution receives the amount required to 
                be allocated under this subsection).
    ``(d) Allocation Formula for Fiscal Year 2026 and Each Succeeding 
Fiscal Year.--Except as provided in subsection (d)(5), from the amount 
appropriated under section 441(b) for fiscal year 2026 and each 
succeeding fiscal year and remaining after the Secretary reserves funds 
under subsection (a), the Secretary shall allocate to each institution 
the fair share amount for the institution determined under subsection 
(d).
    ``(e) Determination of Fair Share Amount.--
            ``(1) In general.--Subject to paragraph (2), the fair share 
        amount for an institution for a fiscal year shall be equal to 
        the sum of--
                    ``(A) 100 percent of the institution's 
                undergraduate student need described in paragraph (2) 
                for the preceding fiscal year; and
                    ``(B) 25 percent of the institution's graduate 
                student need described in paragraph (3) for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(2) Institutional undergraduate student need 
        calculation.--The undergraduate student need for an institution 
        for a fiscal year shall be equal to the sum of the following:
                    ``(A) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
                    ``(B) An amount equal to 50 percent of the amount 
                that bears the same proportion to the available 
                appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the total 
                amount of the undergraduate student need at the 
                institution for the preceding fiscal year bears to the 
                total amount of undergraduate student need at all 
                institutions participating under this part for the 
                preceding fiscal year.
            ``(3) Institutional graduate student need calculation.--The 
        graduate student need for an institution for a fiscal year 
        shall be equal to the amount that bears the same proportion to 
        the available appropriated amount for such fiscal year as the 
        total amount of the graduate student need at the institution 
        for the preceding fiscal year bears to the total amount of 
        graduate student need at all institutions participating under 
        this part for the preceding fiscal year.
            ``(4) Eligibility for fair share amount.--The Secretary may 
        not allocate funds under this part to any institution that, for 
        two or more fiscal years during any three fiscal year period 
        beginning not earlier than the first day of the first fiscal 
        year that is 2 years after the date of the enactment of this 
        paragraph, has--
                    ``(A) a student population with less than 7 percent 
                of undergraduate students who are recipients of Federal 
                Pell Grants; or
                    ``(B) if the institution only enrolls graduate 
                students, a student population with less than 5 percent 
                of students that have an expected family contribution 
                of zero.
            ``(5) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Available appropriated amount.--In this 
                section, the term `available appropriated amount' 
                means--
                            ``(i) the amount appropriated under section 
                        441(b) for a fiscal year, minus
                            ``(ii) the amounts reserved under 
                        subsection (a) for such fiscal year.
                    ``(B) Average cost of attendance.--The term 
                `average cost of attendance' means, with respect to an 
                institution, the average of the attendance costs for a 
                fiscal year for students which shall include--
                            ``(i) tuition and fees, computed on the 
                        basis of information reported by the 
                        institution to the Secretary, which shall 
                        include--
                                    ``(I) total revenue received by the 
                                institution from undergraduate and 
                                graduate tuition and fees for the 
                                second year preceding the year for 
                                which it is applying for an allocation; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) the institution's enrollment 
                                for such second preceding year;
                            ``(ii) standard living expenses equal to 
                        150 percent of the difference between the 
                        income protection allowance for a family of 
                        five with one in college and the income 
                        protection allowance for a family of six with 
                        one in college for a single independent 
                        student; and
                            ``(iii) books and supplies, in an amount 
                        not exceeding $1,000.
                    ``(C) Graduate student need.--The term `graduate 
                student need' means, with respect to a graduate student 
                for a fiscal year, the lesser of the following:
                            ``(i) The amount equal to (except the 
                        amount computed by this clause shall not be 
                        less than zero)--
                                    ``(I) the average cost of 
                                attendance for the preceding fiscal 
                                year, minus
                                    ``(II) such graduate student's 
                                expected family contribution (computed 
                                in accordance with part F of this 
                                title) for the preceding fiscal year.
                            ``(ii) The total annual loan limit for a 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan.
                    ``(D) Undergraduate student need.--The term 
                `undergraduate student need' means, with respect to an 
                undergraduate student for a fiscal year, the lesser of 
                the following:
                            ``(i) The total of the amount equal to 
                        (except the amount computed by this clause 
                        shall not be less than zero)--
                                    ``(I) the average cost of 
                                attendance for the fiscal year, minus
                                    ``(II) such undergraduate student's 
                                expected family contribution (computed 
                                in accordance with part F of this 
                                title) for the preceding fiscal year.
                            ``(ii) The total annual loan limit for a 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a 
                        Federal Direct Loan.
    ``(f) Return of Surplus Allocated Funds.--
            ``(1) In general.--Except with respect to funds returned 
        under subsection (a)(3), if an institution returns to the 
        Secretary any portion of the sums allocated to such institution 
        under this section for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall 
        reallot such excess to institutions that used at least 10 
        percent of the total amount of funds granted to such 
        institution under this section to compensate students employed 
        during a qualified period of nonenrollment (as such term is 
        defined in section 443(f)) on the same basis as excess eligible 
        amounts are allocated under subsection (d).
            ``(2) Use of funds.--Funds received by institutions 
        pursuant to this subsection shall, to maximum extent 
        practicable, be used to compensate students employed in work-
        based learning positions.
            ``(3) Retained funds.--
                    ``(A) Amount returned.--If an institution returns 
                more than 10 percent of its allocation under paragraph 
                (1), the institution's allocation for the next fiscal 
                year shall be reduced by the amount returned.
                    ``(B) Waiver.--The Secretary may waive this 
                paragraph for a specific institution if the Secretary 
                finds that enforcing this paragraph would be contrary 
                to the interest of the program.
    ``(g) Filing Deadlines.--The Secretary may require applications 
under this section, at such time, in such manner, and containing such 
information as the Secretary may require.''.

SEC. 4203. GRANTS FOR FEDERAL WORK-STUDY PROGRAMS.

    Section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-53) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) provide that funds granted an institution of higher 
        education, pursuant to this section may only be used to make 
        payments to students participating in work-study programs 
        except that an institution--
                    ``(A) shall, beginning fiscal year 2023--
                            ``(i) use at least 3 percent of the total 
                        amount of funds granted to such institution 
                        under this section for such fiscal year to 
                        compensate students who have exceptional need 
                        (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and are 
                        employed in a work-based learning position 
                        during a qualified period of nonenrollment, as 
                        defined in subsection (f), except that the 
                        Secretary may waive this clause if the 
                        Secretary determines that enforcing this clause 
                        would cause hardship for students at the 
                        institution; and
                            ``(ii) use at least 7 percent of the total 
                        amount of funds granted to such institution 
                        under this section for such fiscal year to 
                        compensate students employed in work-based 
                        learning positions, except that the Secretary 
                        may waive this clause if the Secretary 
                        determines that enforcing this clause would 
                        cause hardship for students at the institution;
                    ``(B) may--
                            ``(i) use a portion of the sums granted to 
                        it to compensate students employed in community 
                        service;
                            ``(ii) use a portion of the sums granted to 
                        it to meet administrative expenses in 
                        accordance with section 489;
                            ``(iii) use a portion of the sums granted 
                        to it to meet the cost of a job location and 
                        development program in accordance with section 
                        446 of this part; and
                            ``(iv) transfer funds in accordance with 
                        the provisions of section 488;'';
                    (B) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by striking ``$300'' and inserting 
                        ``$500''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``except as provided 
                        under subsection (f),'' before ``provide'';
                    (C) in paragraph (5)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking 
                        ``and'' at the end;
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting 
                        ``and'' after the semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) the Federal share shall equal 100 percent if 
                the institution is eligible for assistance under title 
                III or title V;''.
                    (D) in paragraph (6)--
                            (i) by inserting ``who demonstrate 
                        exceptional need (as defined in section 
                        413C(c)(2))'' after ``students''; and
                            (ii) by inserting ``and prioritize 
                        employment for students who are currently 
                        homeless individuals described in section 725 
                        of the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act 
                        (42 U.S.C. 11434a) or foster care youth'' after 
                        ``institution'';
                    (E) in paragraph (7), by striking ``vocational'' 
                and inserting ``career'';
                    (F) in paragraph (8)(A)(i), by striking ``or 
                vocational goals'' and inserting ``career goals'';
                    (G) in paragraph (10), by striking ``; and'' and 
                inserting a semicolon;
                    (H) in paragraph (11), by striking the period at 
                the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (I) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(12) provide assurances that compensation of students 
        employed in the work-study program in accordance with the 
        agreement shall include reimbursement for reasonable travel 
        (not including the purchase of a vehicle) directly related to 
        such work-study program;
            ``(13) provide assurances that the institution will 
        administer and use feedback from the surveys required under 
        section 450, to improve the experiences of students employed in 
        the work-study program in accordance with the agreement;
            ``(14) provide assurances that the institution will collect 
        data from students and employers such that the employment made 
        available from funds under this part will, to the maximum 
        extent practicable, complement and reinforce the educational 
        goals or career goals of each student receiving assistance 
        under this part; and
            ``(15) provide assurances that if the institution receives 
        funds under section 442(a)(1)(A), such institution shall--
                    ``(A) use such funds to compensate students 
                employed in the work-study program in accordance with 
                the agreement; and
                    ``(B) prioritize the awarding of such funds (and 
                increasing the amount of each award) to students--
                            ``(i) who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
                        defined in section 413C(c)(2)); and
                            ``(ii) who are employed in work-based 
                        learning opportunities through the work study 
                        program in accordance with the agreement.'';
            (2) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) by amending paragraph (2) to read as follows:
            ``(2) provide that--
                    ``(A) in the case of an institution that has not 
                received a waiver from the Secretary, such institution 
                will not use more than 25 percent of the funds made 
                available to such institution under this part for any 
                fiscal year for the operation of the program described 
                in paragraph (1); and
                    ``(B) in the case of an institution that has 
                received a waiver from the Secretary, such institution 
                will not use more than 50 percent of the funds made 
                available to such institution under this part for any 
                fiscal year for the operation of the program described 
                in paragraph (1);''.
                    (B) in paragraph (4)--
                            (i) by inserting ``and complement and 
                        reinforce the educational goals or career goals 
                        of each student receiving assistance under this 
                        part'' after ``academically relevant''; and
                            (ii) by striking ``and'' at the end;
                    (C) in paragraph (5), by striking the period at the 
                end and inserting ``; and''; and
                    (D) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(6) provide assurances that compensation of students 
        employed in the work-study program in accordance with the 
        agreement shall include reimbursement for reasonable travel 
        (not including the purchase of a vehicle) directly related to 
        such work-study program.'';
            (3) in subsection (d)(1)--
                    (A) by striking ``In any academic year to which 
                subsection (b)(2)(A) applies, an institution shall 
                ensure that'' and inserting ``An institution may use 
                the''; and
                    (B) by striking ``travel'' and inserting 
                ``reasonable travel (not including the purchase of a 
                vehicle)''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f) Qualified Period of Nonenrollment.--
            ``(1) In general.--A student may be awarded work-study 
        employment during a qualified period of nonenrollment if--
                    ``(A) the student demonstrates exceptional need (as 
                defined in section 413C(c)(2)) in the award year prior 
                to the qualified period of nonenrollment;
                    ``(B) the student is employed in a work-based 
                learning position; and
                    ``(C) the employment--
                            ``(i) involves less than 25 percent 
                        administrative work; and
                            ``(ii) is for at least 20 hours per week, 
                        unless the institution waives such 
                        requirement--
                                    ``(I) at the request of the 
                                student; or
                                    ``(II) based on a finding by the 
                                institution that such requirement 
                                presents a hardship in finding a work-
                                based learning position for the 
                                student.
            ``(2) Funds earned.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Any funds earned by a student 
                (beyond standard living expenses (as such term is 
                described in section 413D(c)(3)(C))) during the 
                qualified period of nonenrollment less than or equal to 
                $2,500 may not be applied to such student's cost of 
                attendance for the next period in which the student is 
                enrolled.
                    ``(B) Excess funds.--Any funds earned by a student 
                (beyond standard living expenses (as such term is 
                described in section 413D(c)(3)(C))) during the 
                qualified period of nonenrollment in excess of $2,500 
                shall be applied to such student's cost of attendance 
                for the next period in which the student is enrolled.
            ``(3) Definition of qualified period of nonenrollment.--In 
        this subsection, the term `qualified period of nonenrollment' 
        means, with respect to a student, a period of nonenrollment 
        that--
                    ``(A) occurs between a period of enrollment and a 
                period of anticipated enrollment; and
                    ``(B) the duration of which is no longer than 6 
                months.''.

SEC. 4204. FLEXIBLE USE OF FUNDS.

    Section 445 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-55) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) In addition to the carry-over sums authorized under 
        paragraph (1) of this section, an institution may permit a 
        student who completed the previous award period to continue to 
        earn unearned portions of the student's work-study award from 
        that previous period if--
                    ``(A) any reduction in the student's need upon 
                which the award was based is accounted for in the 
                remaining portion; and
                    ``(B) the student is currently employed in a work-
                based learning position.''; and
            (2) by striking ``10 percent'' both places it appears and 
        inserting ``20 percent''.

SEC. 4205. JOB LOCATION AND DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS.

    (a) Amendments.--Section 446 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 
(20 U.S.C. 1087-56) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ``10 percent or 
                $75,000'' and inserting ``20 percent or $150,000''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ``vocational'' 
                and inserting ``career''; and
            (2) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) by striking paragraphs (1) and (2);
                    (B) by inserting before paragraph (3) the 
                following:
            ``(1) provide satisfactory assurance that the institution 
        will prioritize placing students with exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and Federal work-study 
        recipients in jobs located and developed under this section; 
        and
            ``(2) provide satisfactory assurances that the funds 
        available under this section will be used to locate and develop 
        work-based learning positions;''; and
                    (C) in paragraph (6), by striking the period and 
                inserting ``, including--
                    ``(A) the number of students employed in work-based 
                learning positions through such program;
                    ``(B) the number of students demonstrating 
                exceptional need (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and 
                Federal work-study recipients employed through such 
                program; and
                    ``(C) the number of students demonstrating 
                exceptional need (as defined in section 413C(c)(2)) and 
                Federal work-study recipients employed in work-based 
                learning positions through such program.''.
    (b) Clarification on Carry-Over Authority.--Of the sums granted to 
an eligible institution under part C of title IV of the Higher 
Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-51) for any fiscal year, 10 percent may, 
at the discretion of the institution, remain available for expenditure 
during the succeeding fiscal year to carry out programs under such 
part, including the job location and development programs under section 
446 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-56).

SEC. 4206. COMMUNITY SERVICE.

    Section 447 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087-57) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 447. ADDITIONAL FUNDS TO CONDUCT COMMUNITY SERVICE WORK STUDY 
              PROGRAMS.

    ``Each institution participating under this part may use up to 10 
percent of the funds made available under section 489(a) and 
attributable to the amount of the institution's expenditures under this 
part to conduct that institution's program of community service-
learning, including--
            ``(1) development of mechanisms to assure the academic 
        quality of the student experience;
            ``(2) assuring student access to educational resources, 
        expertise, and supervision necessary to achieve community 
        service objectives;
            ``(3) assuring, to the maximum extent practicable, that the 
        community service-learning program will support the educational 
        goals or career goals of students participating in such 
        program;
            ``(4) collaboration with public and private nonprofit 
        agencies, and programs assisted under the National and 
        Community Service Act of 1990 in the planning, development, and 
        administration of such programs; and
            ``(5) to recruit and compensate students for community 
        service-learning (including compensation for time spent in 
        training and for reasonable travel (not including the purchase 
        of a vehicle) directly related to such community service).''.

SEC. 4207. PILOT GRANT PROGRAM.

    Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 1087-51 
et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 449. WORK-BASED LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES PILOT GRANT PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Establishment.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary shall establish a program 
        to provide grants to eligible institutions participating under 
        this part to establish or expand a program to develop work-
        based learning positions.
            ``(2) Limitations.--
                    ``(A) Duration.--A grant awarded under this section 
                shall be for a period of not more than 4 years, but may 
                be renewed by the Secretary for a period of 2 years.
                    ``(B) Amount.--A grant under this section may not 
                be in an amount greater than $1,000,000.
    ``(b) Application.--To be selected to receive a grant under this 
section an eligible institution participating under this part shall 
submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, 
and containing such information as the Secretary may require, including 
a plan that describes how the eligible institution will establish or 
expand a program to develop work-based learning positions that will--
            ``(1) benefit students who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2));
            ``(2) identify high-demand occupations (as determined by 
        the Bureau of Labor and Statistics, State departments of labor, 
        and local workforce investment boards) and develop partnerships 
        with high-demand employers (including nonprofit organizations, 
        for-profit firms, or public agencies);
            ``(3) involve participating employers in evaluating and 
        improving such program;
            ``(4) track and report academic and employment outcomes for 
        participating students; and
            ``(5) be able to continue after the end of the grant term.
    ``(c) Use of Funds.--Grant funds awarded under this program shall 
be used to pay wages for students participating under this program and 
develop work-based learning positions that--
            ``(1) are for a period of at least 12 weeks;
            ``(2) serve students who demonstrate exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2));
            ``(3) limit administrative work to no more than 25 percent 
        of such position;
            ``(4) provide a minimum of 15 hours of work per week during 
        periods of enrollment and 30 hours per week during periods of 
        nonenrollment, except such requirement may be waived by the 
        institution in consultation with a student;
            ``(5) include career coaching from participating employers 
        (including mock interviews, resume writing assistance, and 
        counseling on applying for and attaining employment); and
            ``(6) provide participating students with opportunities to 
        meet with employers in fields or industries related to those of 
        participating employers.
    ``(d) Report.--On a date that is before the date on which the 
period of the grant received by an eligible institution under this 
section terminates, such institution shall submit a report to the 
Secretary including--
            ``(1) the graduation rate or completion rate (as described 
        under section 442(a)(1)(C)) with respect to students 
        participating in work-based learning positions under the pilot 
        program; and
            ``(2) the results of the work-based learning opportunities 
        program for which such institution received such grant, 
        including--
                    ``(A) participating students' satisfaction with the 
                program as reported in surveys under section 450, as 
                amended by section 4208 of the College Affordability 
                Act;
                    ``(B) the types of jobs in which participating 
                students were employed and the types of duties 
                performed in such jobs;
                    ``(C) the academic programs of the participating 
                students;
                    ``(D) the share of participating students who 
                worked at another job, in addition to the one under the 
                pilot program;
                    ``(E) the percentage of participating students who, 
                during the second quarter after completing their 
                academic program, are in education or training 
                activities or unsubsidized employment;
                    ``(F) the percentage of participating students 
                employed in high-demand occupations within 2 quarters 
                of completing their academic programs; and
                    ``(G) other items as deemed relevant by the 
                Secretary.
    ``(e) Reservation of Funding for Such Program.--From the amount 
appropriated under section 441(b) for a fiscal year and remaining after 
the Secretary reserves funds under section 442(a)(1), the Secretary 
shall reserve $30,000,000 to carry out grants under this section.''.

SEC. 4208. DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES.

    Part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087-51 et seq.), as amended by section 4207, is further amended by 
adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 450. DEPARTMENT ACTIVITIES.

    ``(a) Surveys.--Not later than 1 year after the date of the 
enactment of this section, the Secretary shall develop, in consultation 
with work-study administrators from institutions of higher education, 
participating employers, and participating students--
            ``(1) a consumer-tested electronic survey for students 
        awarded work-study employment under the Federal work-study 
        program under this part that--
                    ``(A) measures each such student's satisfaction 
                with the Federal work-study program, including--
                            ``(i) any complaints the student has with 
                        respect to the program;
                            ``(ii) the amount and quality of the on-
                        the-job training the student received;
                            ``(iii) the amount and quality of on-the-
                        job supervision and employer feedback the 
                        student received;
                            ``(iv) the amount and quality of 
                        information provided by the institution about 
                        the work-study program and job opportunities 
                        and the availability of work-study staff at the 
                        institution;
                            ``(v) the quality of the assistance 
                        provided by the institution to the student in 
                        finding a work-study job and the availability 
                        of types of jobs; and
                            ``(vi) the student's overall satisfaction 
                        with the work-study program;
                    ``(B) measures the applicability of work-study 
                employment to the educational goals and career goals of 
                each such student;
                    ``(C) elicits an assessment by each such student of 
                the capacity to manage time between work-study 
                employment and coursework;
                    ``(D) measures, with respect to the program--
                            ``(i) the award amounts under the program;
                            ``(ii) the average number of hours students 
                        worked per week, and the wages received for 
                        such work;
                            ``(iii) the number of on campus jobs and 
                        off campus jobs;
                            ``(iv) how students located work-study 
                        positions;
                            ``(v) the work performed at each job;
                            ``(vi) whether students worked additional 
                        jobs while employed in a work-study job (and 
                        the reason for such additional job);
                            ``(vii) whether the work-study employment 
                        had an impact on the student's academic 
                        performance; and
                            ``(viii) the voluntarily disclosed 
                        demographics of students awarded work-study 
                        employment; and
                    ``(E) includes such information as the Secretary 
                may require; and
            ``(2) a consumer-tested electronic survey for employers of 
        students described in paragraph (1) that--
                    ``(A) measures each such employer's satisfaction 
                with the Federal work-study program, including--
                            ``(i) the extent to which the employer is 
                        satisfied with its ability to accommodate 
                        students' schedules;
                            ``(ii) the extent to which student-
                        employees are prepared for the duties 
                        advertised for the job; and
                            ``(iii) the extent to which the employer is 
                        satisfied with opportunities to make 
                        recommendations for improving institutions' 
                        academic programs;
                    ``(B) elicits an assessment by each such employer 
                of--
                            ``(i) any complaints the employer had with 
                        respect to the program;
                            ``(ii) any skills or knowledge necessary 
                        for the job that student-employees are lacking; 
                        and
                            ``(iii) the extent of outreach from 
                        institutions to the employer; and
                    ``(C) includes such information as the Secretary 
                may require; and
            ``(3) a consumer-tested electronic survey that, not less 
        than once every 4 years, with respect to each institution of 
        higher education participating in the Federal work-study 
        program, measures--
                    ``(A) methods used to recruit on-campus and off-
                campus employers;
                    ``(B) if an institution operates a job location 
                development program--
                            ``(i) the share of jobs filled on-campus 
                        and off-campus;
                            ``(ii) the share of jobs filled by--
                                    ``(I) work-study recipients; and
                                    ``(II) students who demonstrate 
                                exceptional need (as defined in section 
                                413C(c)(2));
                            ``(iii) the primary factors considered in 
                        matching work-study students and jobs;
                            ``(iv) the share of students employed in 
                        work-based learning opportunities; and
                            ``(v) the share of students employed during 
                        qualified periods of nonenrollment, including 
                        the share of students with exceptional need (as 
                        defined in section 413C(c)(2)) employed during 
                        qualified periods of nonenrollment;
                    ``(C) the institution's Federal and non-Federal 
                contributions toward work-study wages;
                    ``(D) the primary factors considered in awarding 
                students work-study and in determining the amount of 
                the award;
                    ``(E) the acceptance rate among students who were 
                offered work-study aid; and
                    ``(F) other information the Secretary may require.
    ``(b) Results.--The Secretary shall develop an online portal--
            ``(1) for students, employers, and institutions of higher 
        education to access the surveys required under subsection (a); 
        and
            ``(2) to compile the results of such surveys.
    ``(c) Report.--Not less than once every 4 years after the date of 
the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall submit a report 
to Congress that includes--
            ``(1) the data collected under this section (redacted for 
        personal information);
            ``(2) with respect to students employed in work-study 
        through the Federal work-study program--
                    ``(A) the types of jobs such students participated 
                in;
                    ``(B) the average hours worked per week;
                    ``(C) the average award amount;
                    ``(D) the average wage rates;
                    ``(E) the extent to which students enter employment 
                with skills and knowledge gained from work-study 
                participation that have prepared them for the job; and
                    ``(F) the students' satisfaction with the program 
                and primary complaints;
            ``(3) the extent to which institutions conduct outreach to 
        employers and engage them in discussions on improving academic 
        programs;
            ``(4) the extent to which institutions conduct outreach to 
        students and make jobs readily available;
            ``(5) the extent to which the work-study employment aligns 
        with students' academic programs or career goals;
            ``(6) the employers' satisfaction with the program and 
        primary complaints; and
            ``(7) recommendations for improving the program.
    ``(d) Consultation.--
            ``(1) In general.--In consulting with the entities 
        described in subsection (a) to create the electronic surveys 
        required under such subsection, the Secretary shall engage 
        with--
                    ``(A) a representative sample of institutions of 
                higher education participating in the Federal work-
                study program;
                    ``(B) a representative sample of employers 
                participating in the Federal work-study program; and
                    ``(C) a representative sample of students 
                participating in the Federal work-study program.
            ``(2) Response rate.--The Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) consult with a survey consultant to develop a 
                target response rate with respect to the electronic 
                surveys required under subsection (a); and
                    ``(B) provide guidance to institution with respect 
                to such developed target response rate.
    ``(e) Technical Assistance.--The Secretary shall--
            ``(1) provide technical assistance to institutions 
        participating under the Federal work-study program under this 
        part to--
                    ``(A) comply with the amendments made by part C of 
                title IV of the College Affordability Act and the 
                regulations issued pursuant to such part;
                    ``(B) administer the surveys described in 
                subsection (a) to students and employers participating 
                in the Federal work-study program; and
                    ``(C) ensure that Federal work-study positions 
                align with students' educational goals or career goals 
                to the maximum extent practicable; and
            ``(2) issue guidance and provide technical assistance to 
        institutions to support improved partnerships and coordination 
        among financial aid, career services, and academic advisors to 
        administer the Federal work-study program.
    ``(f) Authorization of Appropriations.--There is authorized to be 
appropriated $2,000,000 to carry out subsection (a).''.

SEC. 4209. STUDY AND REPORT.

    (a) Study.--The Comptroller General of the United States shall, not 
later than a reasonable amount of time after the date of the enactment 
of this Act, conduct a study on best practices for assisting students 
participating in the Federal work-study program under part C of title 
IV of the Higher Education Act (42 U.S.C. 1087-51 et seq.) with--
            (1) connecting to off-campus employers;
            (2) procuring work-based learning opportunities through 
        such program;
            (3) procuring employment that aligns with students' 
        educational goals or career goals;
            (4) locating employment through job location and 
        development programs;
            (5) procuring employment in high-demand occupations;
            (6) balancing employment with academic programs to improve 
        graduation and completion rates; and
            (7) with respect to students with exceptional need (as 
        defined in section 413C(c)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 
        1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b-2(c)(2)))--
                    (A) locating and coordinating work-study employment 
                during qualified periods of nonenrollment;
                    (B) increasing participation of such students in 
                such work-study program; and
                    (C) limiting the need for additional employment 
                outside the work-study program.
    (b) Report.--Not later than one year after the date on which the 
study required under subsection (a) is completed, the Comptroller 
General of the United States shall submit to Congress a report 
summarizing the findings of such study.
    (c) Publish Report.--The Comptroller General of the United States 
shall make the report required under subsection (b) available to the 
public on the website of the Government Accountability Office.

                  PART D--FEDERAL DIRECT LOAN PROGRAM

SEC. 4301. PROGRAM AUTHORITY.

    Section 451(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a(a)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``and (2)'' and inserting ``(2)''; and
            (2) by inserting ``; and (3) to make loans under section 
        460A and section 460B'' after ``section 459A''.

SEC. 4302. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF LOANS AND REPAYMENT 
              PLANS.

    (a) Repeal of Origination Fees.--Subsection (c) of section 455 of 
the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(c)) is repealed.
    (b) Rulemaking Regarding Termination of Certain Repayment Plans.--
Beginning on the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of 
Education shall carry out a plan to end all eligibility for repayment 
plans other than a fixed repayment plan described in section 493E and 
an income-based repayment plan described under section 493C(f) for 
loans made under part B or D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 
1965, unless the borrower is enrolled in another repayment plan before 
such effective date, in accordance with the amendments made by this 
Act.
    (c) Repayment Plans.--Section 455(d) of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(d)) is amended--
            (1) by redesignating paragraphs (2) through (5) as 
        paragraphs (3) through (6), respectively;
            (2) by inserting after paragraph (1), the following:
            ``(2) Design and selection on and after july 1, 2021.--
                    ``(A) In general.--Notwithstanding paragraph (1), 
                for the borrower of a loan made on or after July 1, 
                2021, and for other borrowers subject to paragraph (7), 
                the Secretary shall offer a borrower of a loan made 
                under this part 2 plans for repayment of such loan, 
                including principal and interest on the loan. The 
                borrower shall be entitled to accelerate, without 
                penalty, repayment on the borrower's loans under this 
                part. The borrower may choose--
                            ``(i) a fixed repayment plan described in 
                        section 493E; or
                            ``(ii) the income-based repayment plan 
                        under section 493C(f).
                    ``(B) Selection by the secretary.--If a borrower of 
                a loan made under this part on or after July 1, 2021, 
                does not select a repayment plan described in 
                subparagraph (A), the Secretary may provide the 
                borrower with a fixed repayment plan described in 
                section 493E.
                    ``(C) Changes in selections.--Beginning on July 1, 
                2021, a borrower of a loan made under this part may 
                change the borrower's selection of a repayment plan in 
                accordance with paragraph (7) and under such terms and 
                conditions as may be established by the Secretary.'';
            (3) in paragraph (6)(B), as redesignated, by striking ``an 
        income contingent repayment plan.'' and inserting ``the income-
        based repayment plan under section 493C(f).''; and
            (4) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(7) Borrowers of loans made before july 1, 2021.--A 
        borrower who is in repayment on a loan made under part B or 
        part D before July 1, 2021--
                    ``(A) may choose to retain the repayment plan that 
                the borrower was enrolled in on the day before such 
                date;
                    ``(B) may elect to--
                            ``(i) enter the income-based repayment plan 
                        under section 493C(f); or
                            ``(ii) enter a fixed repayment plan 
                        described in section 493E; and
                    ``(C) after electing to leave a repayment plan 
                other than an income-based repayment plan described 
                under section 493C(f) or a fixed repayment plan 
                described in section 493E, shall not be permitted to 
                re-elect a repayment plan that is not an income-based 
                repayment plan under section 493C(f) or a fixed 
                repayment plan described in section 493E.
            ``(8) Notification and automatic enrollment procedures for 
        borrowers who are delinquent on loans.--
                    ``(A) Authority to obtain income information.--In 
                the case of any borrower who is at least 60 days 
                delinquent on a covered loan, the Secretary may obtain 
                such information as is reasonably necessary regarding 
                the income and family size of the borrower (and the 
                borrower's spouse, if applicable).
                    ``(B) Borrower notification.--With respect to each 
                borrower of a covered loan who is at least 60 days 
                delinquent on such loan and who has not been subject to 
                the procedures under this paragraph for such loan in 
                the preceding 120 days, the Secretary shall, as soon as 
                practicable after such 60-day delinquency, provide to 
                the borrower the following:
                            ``(i) Notification that the borrower is at 
                        least 60 days delinquent on at least 1 covered 
                        loan, and a description of all delinquent 
                        covered loans, nondelinquent covered loans, and 
                        noncovered loans of the borrower.
                            ``(ii) A brief description of the repayment 
                        plans for which the borrower is eligible and 
                        the covered loans and noncovered loans of the 
                        borrower that may be eligible for such plans, 
                        based on information available to the 
                        Secretary.
                            ``(iii) The amount of monthly payments for 
                        the covered and noncovered loans under the 
                        income-based repayment plan under section 
                        493C(f) and the fixed repayment plan described 
                        in section 493E, based on information available 
                        to the Secretary, including, if the income 
                        information of the borrower is available to the 
                        Secretary under subparagraph (A)--
                                    ``(I) the amount of the monthly 
                                payment under the income-based 
                                repayment plan under section 493C(f) 
                                and the fixed repayment plan described 
                                in section 493E for which the borrower 
                                is eligible for the borrower's covered 
                                and noncovered loans, based on such 
                                income information; and
                                    ``(II) the income, family size, tax 
                                filing status, and tax year information 
                                on which each monthly payment is based.
                            ``(iv) Clear and simple instructions on how 
                        to select the repayment plans.
                            ``(v) An explanation that, in the case of a 
                        borrower for whom adjusted gross income is 
                        unavailable--
                                    ``(I) if the borrower selects to 
                                repay the covered loans of such 
                                borrower pursuant to the income-based 
                                repayment plan under section 493C(f) 
                                that defines discretionary income in 
                                such a manner that an individual not 
                                required under section 6012(a)(1) of 
                                the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to 
                                file a return with respect to income 
                                taxes imposed by subtitle A of such 
                                Code may have a calculated monthly 
                                payment greater than $0, the borrower 
                                will be required to provide the 
                                Secretary with other documentation of 
                                income satisfactory to the Secretary, 
                                which documentation the Secretary may 
                                use to determine an appropriate 
                                repayment schedule; and
                                    ``(II) if the borrower selects to 
                                repay such loans pursuant to an income-
                                driven repayment plan that is not 
                                described in subclause (I), the 
                                borrower will not be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with such other 
                                documentation of income, and the 
                                borrower will have a calculated monthly 
                                payment of $0.
                            ``(vi) An explanation that the Secretary 
                        shall take the actions under subparagraph (C) 
                        with respect to such borrower, if--
                                    ``(I) the borrower is 120 days 
                                delinquent on 1 or more covered loans 
                                and has not selected a new repayment 
                                plan for the covered loans of the 
                                borrower; and
                                    ``(II) in the case of such a 
                                borrower whose repayment plan for the 
                                covered loans of the borrower is not an 
                                income-driven repayment plan described 
                                in subparagraph (D) or (E) of paragraph 
                                (1), the monthly payments under such 
                                repayment plan are higher than such 
                                monthly payments would be under the 
                                income-based repayment plan under 
                                section 493C(f).
                            ``(vii) Instructions on updating the 
                        information of the borrower obtained under 
                        subparagraph (A).
                    ``(C) Secretary's initial selection of a plan.--
                With respect to each borrower described in subparagraph 
                (B) who has a repayment plan for the covered loans of 
                the borrower that meets the requirements of clause 
                (vi)(II) of subparagraph (B) and has not selected a new 
                repayment plan for such loans in accordance with the 
                notice received under such subparagraph, and who is at 
                least 120 days delinquent on such a loan, the Secretary 
                shall, as soon as practicable--
                            ``(i) provide the borrower with the income-
                        based repayment plan under section 493C(f); and
                            ``(ii) authorize the borrower to change the 
                        Secretary's selection of a plan under this 
                        clause to the fixed repayment plan described in 
                        section 493E.
                    ``(D) Opt-out.--A borrower of a covered loan shall 
                have the right to opt out of the procedures under this 
                paragraph.
                    ``(E) Procedures.--The Secretary shall establish 
                procedures as are necessary to effectively implement 
                this paragraph.
            ``(9) Notification and automatic enrollment procedures for 
        borrowers who are rehabilitating defaulted loans.--
                    ``(A) Authority to obtain income information.--In 
                the case of any borrower who is rehabilitating a 
                covered loan pursuant to section 428F(a), the Secretary 
                may obtain such information as is reasonably necessary 
                regarding the income and family size of the borrower 
                (and the borrower's spouse, if applicable).
                    ``(B) Borrower notification.--Not later than 30 
                days after a borrower makes the 6th payment required 
                for the loan rehabilitation described in subparagraph 
                (A), the Secretary shall notify the borrower of the 
                process under subparagraph (C) with respect to such 
                loan.
                    ``(C) Secretary's selection of plan.--With respect 
                to each borrower who has made the 9th payment required 
                for the loan rehabilitation described in subparagraph 
                (A), the Secretary shall, as soon as practicable after 
                such payment, provide the borrower with the income-
                based repayment plan under section 493C(f), without 
                regard to whether the loan has been so rehabilitated.
                    ``(D) Opt-out.--A borrower of a covered loan shall 
                have the right to opt out of the procedures under this 
                paragraph.
                    ``(E) Procedures.--The Secretary shall establish 
                procedures as are necessary to effectively implement 
                this paragraph.
            ``(10) Definitions.--In this subsection:
                    ``(A) Covered loan.--The term `covered loan' 
                means--
                            ``(i) a loan made under this part;
                            ``(ii) a loan purchased under section 459A; 
                        or
                            ``(iii) a loan that has been assigned to 
                        the Secretary under section 428(c)(8) or part 
                        E.
                    ``(B) Noncovered loan.--The term `noncovered loan' 
                means a loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this 
                title that is not a covered loan.
            ``(11) Application of prepayment amounts.--
                    ``(A) Requirement.--Notwithstanding any other 
                provision of this subsection or any other provision of 
                law--
                            ``(i) with respect to loans made to an 
                        eligible borrower under this part or part B, 
                        which are held by the same holder and which 
                        have different applicable rates of interest, 
                        the holder of such loans shall, unless 
                        otherwise requested by the borrower in writing, 
                        apply the borrower's prepayment amount (within 
                        the meaning of section 682.209(b) of title 34, 
                        Code of Federal Regulations, or a successor 
                        regulation) for one or more of such loans, 
                        first toward the outstanding balance of 
                        principal due on the loan with the highest 
                        applicable rate of interest among such loans; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) except as provided in clause (i), 
                        with respect to loans made to an eligible 
                        borrower under this part or part B, which are 
                        held by the same holder and which have the same 
                        applicable rates of interest, the holder of 
                        such loans shall, unless otherwise requested by 
                        the borrower in writing, apply the borrower's 
                        prepayment amount (within the meaning of 
                        section 682.209(b) of title 34, Code of Federal 
                        Regulations, or a successor regulation) for one 
                        or more of such loans, first toward the 
                        outstanding balance of principal due on the 
                        loan with the highest principal balance among 
                        such loans.
                    ``(B) Eligible borrower.--
                            ``(i) In general.--For purposes of this 
                        paragraph, the term `eligible borrower' means a 
                        borrower with no outstanding balance of fees, 
                        including collection costs and authorized late 
                        charges, due on any loan made under this part 
                        or part B.
                            ``(ii) Prepayment amounts.--A prepayment 
                        amount (as described in subparagraph (A)) made 
                        by a borrower who is not an eligible borrower 
                        to a holder shall be applied first toward the 
                        borrower's outstanding balance of fees, 
                        including collection costs and authorized late 
                        charges, due on any loan made under this part 
                        or part B held by such holder.''.
    (d) Application.--The amendments made by subsection (c)(4) shall--
            (1) take effect as soon as the Secretary of Education 
        determines practicable after the Secretary finalizes the 
        procedures under section 9004, but not later than 2 years after 
        the date of enactment of this Act; and
            (2) apply to all borrowers of covered loans (as defined in 
        section 455(d)(10) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as 
        added by subsection (c)(4)).
    (e) Maximum Repayment Period for Income-Contingent Repayment.--
Section 455(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(e)) 
is further amended--
            (1) in paragraph (7)(B)--
                    (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of clause (iv);
                    (B) by striking the period at the end of clause (v) 
                and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(vi) makes payments under the income-
                        based repayment plan under section 493C(f); or
                            ``(vii) makes payments under the fixed 
                        repayment plan described in section 493E.''; 
                        and
            ``(8) Additional qualifying repayment plans.--A borrower 
        repaying a loan pursuant to income-contingent repayment under 
        this subsection may elect at any time to terminate repayment 
        under such repayment plan and repay such loan under the income-
        based repayment plan under section 493C(f) or the fixed 
        repayment plan described in section 493E.''.
    (f) Automatic Recertification of Income for Income-Driven Repayment 
Plans.--Section 455(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087e(e)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (3)--
                    (A) by striking ``does not reasonably reflect the 
                borrower's current income'' and inserting ``whose 
                income has decreased relative to the adjusted gross 
                income available to the Secretary''; and
                    (B) by inserting ``, consistent with the procedures 
                established under paragraph (9)(B)(iv)'' before the 
                period at the end; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(9) Automatic recertification.--
                    ``(A) Definition.--In this paragraph, the term 
                `covered loan' has the meaning given the term in 
                subsection (d)(10).
                    ``(B) In general.--Beginning as soon as the 
                Secretary determines practicable after the Secretary 
                finalizes the procedures under section 9004 of the 
                College Affordability Act, but not later than 2 years 
                after the date of enactment of such Act, the Secretary 
                shall establish and implement, with respect to any 
                borrower described in subparagraph (C), procedures to--
                            ``(i) obtain (for each year of repayment 
                        and without further action by the borrower) 
                        such information as is reasonably necessary 
                        regarding the income of such borrower (and the 
                        borrower's spouse, if applicable), for the 
                        purpose of determining the repayment obligation 
                        of the borrower for such year, including 
                        information with respect to the borrower's 
                        family size in accordance with the procedures 
                        under section 9004 of the College Affordability 
                        Act, subject to clause (ii);
                            ``(ii) allow the borrower, at any time, to 
                        opt out of clause (i) and prevent the Secretary 
                        from obtaining information under such clause 
                        without further action by the borrower;
                            ``(iii) provide the borrower with an 
                        opportunity to update the information obtained 
                        under clause (i) before the determination of 
                        the annual repayment obligation of the 
                        borrower; and
                            ``(iv) in the case of a borrower for whom 
                        adjusted gross income is unavailable--
                                    ``(I) if the borrower has selected 
                                to repay the covered loans of such 
                                borrower pursuant to an income 
                                contingent repayment plan that defines 
                                discretionary income in such a manner 
                                that an individual not required under 
                                section 6012(a)(1) of the Internal 
                                Revenue Code of 1986 to file a return 
                                with respect to income taxes imposed by 
                                subtitle A of such Code may have a 
                                calculated monthly payment greater than 
                                $0, the borrower will be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with other 
                                documentation of income satisfactory to 
                                the Secretary, which documentation the 
                                Secretary may use to determine an 
                                appropriate repayment schedule; or
                                    ``(II) if the borrower has selected 
                                to repay such loans pursuant to an 
                                income contingent repayment that is not 
                                described in subclause (I), the 
                                borrower will not be required to 
                                provide the Secretary with such other 
                                documentation of income, and the 
                                borrower will have a calculated monthly 
                                payment of $0.
                    ``(C) Applicability.--Subparagraph (B) shall apply 
                to each borrower of a covered loan who, on or after the 
                date on which the Secretary establishes procedures 
                under such subparagraph, recertifies income and family 
                size under such plan.
                    ``(D) Other requirements.--The procedures 
                established by the Secretary under this paragraph shall 
                be consistent with the requirements of paragraphs (1) 
                through (7), except as otherwise provided in this 
                paragraph.''.
    (g) Deferment.--Subparagraph (B) of section 455(f)(1) of the Higher 
Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(f)(1)) is amended to read as 
follows:
                    ``(B) in the case of a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, a 
                Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or a Federal 
                Direct Consolidation Loan not described in subparagraph 
                (A)(ii), beginning on or after the date of enactment of 
                the College Affordability Act--
                            ``(i) for a deferment during a period 
                        described in paragraph (2)(A)(i), shall accrue 
                        and be capitalized or paid by the borrower; and
                            ``(ii) for a deferment during a period 
                        described in subparagraphs (B) through (D) of 
                        paragraph (2), shall accrue but not be 
                        capitalized.''.
    (h) Separating Joint Consolidation Loans.--Section 455(g) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(g)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``A borrower'' and inserting the following:
            ``(1) In general.--A borrower''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(2) Separating joint consolidation loans.--
                    ``(A) In general.--A married couple, or 2 
                individuals who were previously a married couple, and 
                who received a joint consolidation loan as such married 
                couple under subparagraph (C) of section 428C(a)(3) (as 
                such subparagraph was in effect on or before June 30, 
                2006), may apply to the Secretary for each individual 
                borrower in the married couple (or previously married 
                couple) to receive a separate Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan under this part--
                            ``(i) that shall--
                                    ``(I) unless the Secretary receives 
                                notice of an agreement described in 
                                subclause (II)(aa), be equal to the sum 
                                of--
                                            ``(aa) the unpaid principal 
                                        and accrued unpaid interest of 
                                        the percentage of the joint 
                                        consolidation loan that, as of 
                                        the day before such joint 
                                        consolidation loan was made, 
                                        was attributable to the loans 
                                        of the individual borrower for 
                                        whom such separate 
                                        consolidation loan is being 
                                        made; and
                                            ``(bb) any other loans 
                                        described in section 428C(a)(4) 
                                        that such individual borrower 
                                        selects for consolidation under 
                                        this part; or
                                    ``(II) be equal to the sum of--
                                            ``(aa) the unpaid principal 
                                        and accrued unpaid interest of 
                                        the percentage of the joint 
                                        consolidation loan that, as of 
                                        the date of application under 
                                        this paragraph, the married 
                                        couple (or previously married 
                                        couple) agrees shall be 
                                        considered attributable to the 
                                        loans of the individual 
                                        borrower for whom such separate 
                                        consolidation loan is being 
                                        made; and
                                            ``(bb) any other loans 
                                        described in section 428C(a)(4) 
                                        that such individual borrower 
                                        selects for consolidation under 
                                        this part;
                            ``(ii) the proceeds of which shall be paid 
                        by the Secretary to the holder or holders--
                                    ``(I) of the joint consolidation 
                                loan for the purpose of discharging the 
                                liability on the percentage of such 
                                joint consolidation loan described in 
                                subclause (I)(aa) or (II)(aa) of clause 
                                (i); and
                                    ``(II) of the loans selected for 
                                consolidation under subclause (I)(bb) 
                                or subclause (II)(bb) of clause (i) for 
                                the purpose of discharging the 
                                liability on such loans;
                            ``(iii) except as otherwise provided in 
                        this paragraph, that has the same terms and 
                        conditions, and rate of interest as the joint 
                        consolidation loan;
                            ``(iv) for which any payment made under 
                        section 455(m)(1)(A) on the joint consolidation 
                        loan during a period in which the individual 
                        borrower for whom such separate consolidation 
                        loan is being made was employed in a public 
                        service job described in section 455(m)(1)(B) 
                        shall be treated as if such payment were made 
                        on the portion of the separate consolidation 
                        loan described in clause (i)(I)(aa); and
                            ``(v) for which any payment made under any 
                        repayment plan described in section 455(d)(1) 
                        on the joint consolidation loan shall be 
                        treated as if such payment were made on such 
                        portion of such separate consolidation loan.
                    ``(B) Application for separate direct consolidation 
                loan.--
                            ``(i) Joint application.--Except as 
                        provided in clause (ii), to receive separate 
                        consolidation loans under subparagraph (A), 
                        both individual borrowers in a married couple 
                        (or previously married couple) shall jointly 
                        apply under subparagraph (A).
                            ``(ii) Separate application.--An individual 
                        borrower in a married couple (or previously 
                        married couple) may apply for a separate 
                        consolidation loan under subparagraph (A) 
                        separately and without regard to whether or 
                        when the other individual borrower in the 
                        married couple (or previously married couple) 
                        applies under subparagraph (A), in a case in 
                        which--
                                    ``(I) the individual borrower has 
                                experienced from the other individual 
                                borrower--
                                            ``(aa) domestic violence 
                                        (as defined in section 40002(a) 
                                        of the Violence Against Women 
                                        Act of 1994 (34 U.S.C. 
                                        12291(a))); or
                                            ``(bb) economic abuse 
                                        (including behaviors that 
                                        control such borrower's ability 
                                        to acquire, use, and maintain 
                                        access to money, credit, or the 
                                        joint financial obligations of 
                                        both borrowers);
                                    ``(II) the individual borrower 
                                certifies, on a form approved by the 
                                Secretary, that such borrower is unable 
                                to reasonably reach or access the loan 
                                information of the other individual 
                                borrower; or
                                    ``(III) the Secretary determines 
                                that authorizing each individual 
                                borrower to apply separately under 
                                subparagraph (A) would be in the best 
                                fiscal interests of the Federal 
                                Government.
                    ``(C) Borrower eligibility.--Notwithstanding 
                section 428C(a)(3)(A), the Secretary shall award a 
                consolidation loan under this part to each borrower 
                who--
                            ``(i) applies for such loan under 
                        subparagraph (A); and
                            ``(ii) meets the requirements of 
                        subparagraphs (A) and (B).
            ``(3) Consumer reporting agencies.--Upon obtaining a 
        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan that discharges the liability 
        on a defaulted loan made, insured, or guaranteed under this 
        title, the Secretary, guaranty agency, or other holder of the 
        loan shall request any consumer reporting agency to which the 
        Secretary, guaranty agency or holder, as applicable, reported 
        the default of the loan, to remove any adverse item of 
        information relating to a delinquent or defaulted loan made, 
        insured, or guaranteed under this title from the borrower's 
        credit history.''.
    (i) Repeal of Subsidized Loan Usage Limitation.--Subsection (q) of 
section 455 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e) is 
repealed.

SEC. 4303. AMENDMENTS TO TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PUBLIC SERVICE LOAN 
              FORGIVENESS.

    Section 455(m) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087e(m)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by striking ``or'' at the end of clause 
                        (iii);
                            (ii) in clause (iv), by striking ``and''; 
                        and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(v) payments under the income-based 
                        repayment plan under section 493C(f); or
                            ``(vi) payments under the fixed repayment 
                        plan described in section 493E; and''; and
                    (B) in subparagraph (B), by striking ``(i) is 
                employed'' and all that follows through ``has been'' 
                and inserting ``has been'';
            (2) in paragraph (2), by adding at the end the following: 
        ``In the case of a borrower who meets the requirements under 
        paragraph (1) for such cancellation, such cancellation shall 
        occur without further action by the borrower.'';
            (3) by redesignating paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs 
        (9) and (10), respectively; and
            (4) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
            ``(3) Treatment of loan refinanced under sections 460a or 
        460b.--In the case of an eligible Federal Direct Loan 
        refinanced under section 460A or 460B, any monthly payment 
        pursuant to any repayment plan listed in paragraph (1)(A) made 
        on a loan, for which the liability has been discharged by such 
        refinanced loan and without regard to whether such loan is an 
        eligible Federal Direct Loan, shall be treated as a monthly 
        payment under paragraph (1)(A) on the portion of such 
        refinanced loan that is attributable to such discharged loan.
            ``(4) On-line portal.--
                    ``(A) Borrowers.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
                borrowers have access to an on-line portal that 
                provides each borrower who signs on to such portal with 
                the following:
                            ``(i) Instructions on how to access the 
                        database under paragraph (5) so that the 
                        borrower can determine whether the borrower is 
                        employed in a public service job.
                            ``(ii) An identification of the loans of 
                        the borrower that are eligible Federal Direct 
                        Loans.
                            ``(iii) With respect to each such eligible 
                        Federal Direct Loan, the number of monthly 
                        payments on such loan that qualify as a monthly 
                        payment under paragraph (1)(A), and the 
                        estimated number of monthly payments under 
                        paragraph (1)(A) remaining on such loan before 
                        the borrower may be eligible for loan 
                        cancellation under this subsection.
                            ``(iv) With respect to each loan of the 
                        borrower that is not eligible for loan 
                        cancellation under this subsection, an 
                        explanation of why the loan is not so eligible 
                        and instructions on how what, if anything, the 
                        borrower may do to make the loan so eligible.
                            ``(v) Instructions for the submission of 
                        any forms associated with such loan 
                        cancellation, and an ability for the borrower 
                        to use the portal to electronically sign and 
                        submit such forms.
                            ``(vi) In the case of a borrower who 
                        disputes a determination of the Secretary 
                        relating to the entitlement of the borrower to 
                        loan cancellation under paragraph (2)--
                                    ``(I) an ability for the borrower 
                                to file a claim with the Secretary to 
                                dispute such determination through the 
                                portal; and
                                    ``(II) in the case of such a claim 
                                that has been filed, the status of such 
                                claim, for which updates shall be 
                                provided not fewer than once every 90 
                                days.
                    ``(B) Employers.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
                an employer of a borrower has the ability to 
                electronically sign and submit any forms associated 
                with loan cancellation under this subsection.
                    ``(C) Information.--The Secretary shall ensure that 
                any information provided through the on-line portal 
                described in this paragraph is up-to-date information.
            ``(5) Database of public service jobs.--
                    ``(A) In general.--The Secretary, in consultation 
                with the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service, 
                shall establish and regularly update a database that 
                lists public service jobs.
                    ``(B) Public availability.--The database 
                established under subparagraph (A) shall be made 
                available on a publicly accessible website of the 
                Department in an easily searchable format.'';
            (5) in paragraph (9), as so redesignated--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by inserting before the period at the 
                        end the following: ``(including any Federal 
                        Direct Stafford Loan, Federal Direct PLUS Loan, 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, or 
                        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan refinanced 
                        under section 460A)'';
                            (ii) by striking ``The term'' and inserting 
                        the following:
                            ``(i) In general.--The term''; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(ii) Treatment of certain consolidation 
                        loan payments.--In the case of an eligible 
                        Federal Direct Loan that is a Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan made on or after the date of 
                        enactment of the College Affordability Act, any 
                        monthly payment pursuant to any repayment plan 
                        listed in paragraph (1)(A) made on a loan, for 
                        which the liability has been discharged by the 
                        proceeds of such Federal Direct Consolidation 
                        Loan and without regard to whether the loan is 
                        an eligible Federal Direct Loan, shall be 
                        treated as a monthly payment under paragraph 
                        (1)(A) on the portion of such Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan that is attributable to such 
                        discharged loan, except that in the case of a 
                        subsequent consolidation loan, for purposes of 
                        this clause--
                                    ``(I) any monthly payment made on 
                                the first consolidation loan or any 
                                other loan for which the liability has 
                                been discharged by such subsequent 
                                consolidation loan shall be applicable; 
                                and
                                    ``(II) any monthly payment made on 
                                a loan for which the liability has been 
                                discharged by such first consolidation 
                                loan shall not be applicable.'';
                    (B) in subparagraph (B)--
                            (i) in clause (i), by striking ``or'' at 
                        the end;
                            (ii) in clause (ii), by striking the period 
                        at the end and inserting a semicolon; and
                            (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                            ``(iii) a full-time job as an employee or 
                        manager of a farm or ranch that, with respect 
                        to a fiscal year, has earnings of gross revenue 
                        during such year from the sale of agricultural 
                        products equal to or greater than--
                                    ``(I) in the case of 2019, $35,000; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) in the case of any 
                                succeeding year, the amount applicable 
                                under this subparagraph for the 
                                previous year, increased by the 
                                estimated percentage change in the 
                                Consumer Price Index for the most 
                                recent year preceding such year; or
                            ``(iv) a full-time job with a veterans or 
                        military service organization as described in 
                        paragraph (19) or (23) of section 501(c) of the 
                        Internal Revenue Code, that does not engage in 
                        partisan political campaign activity.''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) Full-time job as health care practitioner.--
                The term `full-time professionals engaged in health 
                care practitioner occupations' includes an individual 
                who--
                            ``(i) has a full-time job as a health care 
                        practitioner;
                            ``(ii) provides medical services in such 
                        full-time job at a nonprofit or public hospital 
                        or other nonprofit or public health care 
                        facility; and
                            ``(iii) is prohibited from being employed 
                        directly by such hospital or other health care 
                        facility by State law.''; and
            (6) in paragraph (10), as so redesignated, by striking 
        ``section 428J, 428K, 428L, or 460'' and inserting ``section 
        428K or 428L''.

SEC. 4304. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOANS TERMS AND CONDITIONS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 455 the following 
new section:

``SEC. 455A. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOANS.

    ``(a) Designation of Loans.--Loans made to borrowers under this 
section shall be known as `Federal Direct Perkins Loans'.
    ``(b) In General.--It is the purpose of this section to authorize 
loans to be awarded by institutions of higher education through 
agreements established under section 463(f). Unless otherwise specified 
in this section, all terms and conditions and other requirements 
applicable to Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford loans established 
under section 455(a)(2)(D) shall apply to loans made pursuant to this 
section.
    ``(c) Eligible Borrowers.--Any student meeting the requirements for 
student eligibility under section 464(b) (including graduate and 
professional students as defined in regulations promulgated by the 
Secretary) shall be eligible to borrow a Federal Direct Perkins Loan, 
provided the student attends an eligible institution with an agreement 
with the Secretary under section 463(f), and the institution uses its 
authority under that agreement to award the student a loan.
    ``(d) Loan Limits.--The annual and aggregate limits for loans under 
this section shall be the same as those established under section 464, 
and aggregate limits shall include loans made by institutions under 
agreements under section 463(a).
    ``(e) Applicable Rates of Interest.--Loans made pursuant to this 
section shall bear interest, on the unpaid principal balance of the 
loan, at the rate of 5 percent per year.''.

SEC. 4305. COMMON MANUAL FOR LOAN SERVICERS.

    Section 456(a)(2) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087f(a)(2)) is amended in the first sentence by inserting before the 
period at the end the following: ``, including the applicable 
procedures and policies described in the manual developed under section 
493F''.

SEC. 4306. REFINANCING FFEL AND FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 460A. REFINANCING FFEL AND FEDERAL DIRECT LOANS.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall establish a program under 
which the Secretary, upon the receipt of an application from a 
qualified borrower, makes a loan under this part, in accordance with 
the provisions of this section, in order to permit the borrower to 
obtain the interest rate provided under subsection (c).
    ``(b) Refinancing Direct Loans.--
            ``(1) Federal direct loans.--Upon application of a 
        qualified borrower, the Secretary shall repay a Federal Direct 
        Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, a 
        Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
        Loan of the qualified borrower, for which the first 
        disbursement was made, or the application for the consolidation 
        loan was received, before July 1, 2020, with the proceeds of a 
        refinanced Federal Direct Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct 
        Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, or a 
        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan, respectively, issued to the 
        borrower in an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal, 
        accrued unpaid interest, and late charges of the original loan.
            ``(2) Refinancing ffel program loans as refinanced federal 
        direct loans.--Upon application of a qualified borrower for any 
        loan that was made, insured, or guaranteed under part B and for 
        which the first disbursement was made, or the application for 
        the consolidation loan was received, before July 1, 2010, the 
        Secretary shall make a loan under this part, in an amount equal 
        to the sum of the unpaid principal, accrued unpaid interest, 
        and late charges of the original loan to the borrower in 
        accordance with the following:
                    ``(A) The Secretary shall pay the proceeds of such 
                loan to the eligible lender of the loan made, insured, 
                or guaranteed under part B, in order to discharge the 
                borrower from any remaining obligation to the lender 
                with respect to the original loan.
                    ``(B) A loan made under this section that was 
                originally--
                            ``(i) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428 shall be a Federal 
                        Direct Stafford Loan;
                            ``(ii) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428B shall be a 
                        Federal Direct PLUS Loan;
                            ``(iii) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428H shall be a 
                        Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan; and
                            ``(iv) a loan originally made, insured, or 
                        guaranteed under section 428C shall be a 
                        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan.
                    ``(C) The interest rate for each loan made by the 
                Secretary under this paragraph shall be the rate 
                provided under subsection (c).
    ``(c) Interest Rates.--
            ``(1) In general.--The interest rate for the refinanced 
        Federal Direct Stafford Loans, Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
        Stafford Loans, Federal Direct PLUS Loans, and Federal Direct 
        Consolidation Loans, shall be a rate equal to--
                    ``(A) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428 or 428H, a Federal Direct 
                Stafford loan, or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
                Stafford Loan, that was issued to an undergraduate 
                student, a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                Loans issued to undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June 
                30, 2020;
                    ``(B) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428 or 428H, a Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loan, or a Federal Direct Unsubsidized 
                Stafford Loan, that was issued to a graduate or 
                professional student, a rate equal to the rate for 
                Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                graduate or professional students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June 
                30, 2020;
                    ``(C) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428B or a Federal Direct PLUS Loan, 
                a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct PLUS Loans 
                for the 12-month period beginning on July 1, 2019, and 
                ending on June 30, 2020; and
                    ``(D) in any case where the original loan was a 
                loan under section 428C or a Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan, a rate calculated in accordance 
                with paragraph (2).
            ``(2) Interest rates for consolidation loans.--
                    ``(A) Method of calculation.--In order to determine 
                the interest rate for any refinanced Federal Direct 
                Consolidation Loan under paragraph (1)(D), the 
                Secretary shall--
                            ``(i) determine each of the component loans 
                        that were originally consolidated in the loan 
                        under section 428C or the Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan, and calculate the 
                        proportion of the unpaid principal balance of 
                        the loan under section 428C or the Federal 
                        Direct Consolidation Loan that each component 
                        loan represents;
                            ``(ii) use the proportions determined in 
                        accordance with clause (i) and the interest 
                        rate applicable for each component loan, as 
                        determined under subparagraph (B), to calculate 
                        the weighted average of the interest rates on 
                        the loans consolidated into the loan under 
                        section 428C or the Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan; and
                            ``(iii) apply the weighted average 
                        calculated under clause (ii) as the interest 
                        rate for the refinanced Federal Direct 
                        Consolidation Loan.
                    ``(B) Interest rates for component loans.--The 
                interest rates for the component loans of a loan made 
                under section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                Loan shall be the following:
                            ``(i) The interest rate for any loan under 
                        section 428 or 428H, Federal Direct Stafford 
                        Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                        Loan issued to an undergraduate student shall 
                        be a rate equal to the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct 
                                Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                                undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                                period beginning on July 1, 2019, and 
                                ending on June 30, 2020; or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(ii) The interest rate for any loan under 
                        section 428 or 428H, Federal Direct Stafford 
                        Loan, or Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                        Loan issued to a graduate or professional 
                        student shall be a rate equal to the lesser 
                        of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                Unsubsidized Stafford Loans issued to 
                                graduate or professional students for 
                                the 12-month period beginning on July 
                                1, 2019, and ending on June 30, 2020; 
                                or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(iii) The interest rate for any loan 
                        under section 428B or Federal Direct PLUS Loan 
                        shall be a rate equal to the lesser of--
                                    ``(I) the rate for Federal Direct 
                                PLUS Loans for the 12-month period 
                                beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending 
                                on June 30, 2020; or
                                    ``(II) the original interest rate 
                                of the component loan.
                            ``(iv) The interest rate for any component 
                        loan that is a loan under section 428C or a 
                        Federal Direct Consolidation Loan shall be the 
                        weighted average of the interest rates that 
                        would apply under this subparagraph for each 
                        loan comprising the component consolidation 
                        loan.
                            ``(v) The interest rate for any eligible 
                        loan that is a component of a loan made under 
                        section 428C or a Federal Direct Consolidation 
                        Loan and is not described in clauses (i) 
                        through (iv) shall be the interest rate on the 
                        original component loan.
            ``(3) Fixed rate.--The applicable rate of interest 
        determined under paragraph (1) for a refinanced loan under this 
        section shall be fixed for the period of the loan.
    ``(d) Terms and Conditions of Loans.--
            ``(1) In general.--A loan that is refinanced under this 
        section shall have the same terms and conditions as the 
        original loan, except as otherwise provided in this section.
            ``(2) No automatic extension of repayment period.--
        Refinancing a loan under this section shall not result in the 
        extension of the duration of the repayment period of the loan, 
        and the borrower shall retain the same repayment term that was 
        in effect on the original loan. Nothing in this paragraph shall 
        be construed to prevent a borrower from electing a different 
        repayment plan at any time in accordance with section 
        455(d)(4).
    ``(e) Definition of Qualified Borrower.--
            ``(1) In general.--For purposes of this section, the term 
        `qualified borrower' means a borrower--
                    ``(A) of a loan under this part or part B for which 
                the first disbursement was made, or the application for 
                a consolidation loan was received, before July 1, 2020; 
                and
                    ``(B) who meets the eligibility requirements based 
                on income or debt-to-income ratio established by the 
                Secretary.
            ``(2) Income requirements.--The Secretary shall establish 
        eligibility requirements based on income or debt-to-income 
        ratio that take into consideration providing access to 
        refinancing under this section for borrowers with the greatest 
        financial need.
    ``(f) Notification to Borrowers.--The Secretary, in coordination 
with the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall 
undertake a campaign to alert borrowers of loans that are eligible for 
refinancing under this section that the borrowers are eligible to apply 
for such refinancing. The campaign shall include the following 
activities:
            ``(1) Developing consumer information materials about the 
        availability of Federal student loan refinancing.
            ``(2) Requiring servicers of loans under this part or part 
        B to provide such consumer information to borrowers in a manner 
        determined appropriate by the Secretary, in consultation with 
        the Director of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.''.

SEC. 4307. REFINANCING PRIVATE STUDENT LOANS.

    Part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087a et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following:

``SEC. 460B. FEDERAL DIRECT REFINANCED PRIVATE LOAN PROGRAM.

    ``(a) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Eligible private education loan.--The term `eligible 
        private education loan' means a private education loan, as 
        defined in section 140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 
        U.S.C. 1650(a)), that--
                    ``(A) was disbursed to the borrower before July 1, 
                2020; and
                    ``(B) was for the borrower's own postsecondary 
                educational expenses for an eligible program at an 
                institution of higher education participating in the 
                loan program under this part, as of the date that the 
                loan was disbursed.
            ``(2) Federal direct refinanced private loan.--The term 
        `Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan' means a loan issued 
        under subsection (b)(1).
            ``(3) Private educational lender.--The term `private 
        educational lender' has the meaning given the term in section 
        140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. 1650(a)).
            ``(4) Qualified borrower.--The term `qualified borrower' 
        means an individual who--
                    ``(A) has an eligible private education loan;
                    ``(B) has been current on payments on the eligible 
                private education loan for the 6 months prior to the 
                date of the qualified borrower's application for 
                refinancing under this section, and is in good standing 
                on the loan at the time of such application;
                    ``(C) is not in default on the eligible private 
                education loan or on any loan made, insured, or 
                guaranteed under this part or part B or E; and
                    ``(D) meets the eligibility requirements described 
                in subsection (b)(2).
    ``(b) Program Authorized.--
            ``(1) In general.--The Secretary, in consultation with the 
        Secretary of the Treasury, shall carry out a program under 
        which the Secretary, upon application by a qualified borrower 
        who has an eligible private education loan, shall issue such 
        borrower a loan under this part in accordance with the 
        following:
                    ``(A) The loan issued under this program shall be 
                in an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal, 
                accrued unpaid interest, and late charges of the 
                private education loan.
                    ``(B) The Secretary shall pay the proceeds of the 
                loan issued under this program to the private 
                educational lender of the private education loan, in 
                order to discharge the qualified borrower from any 
                remaining obligation to the lender with respect to the 
                original loan.
                    ``(C) The Secretary shall require that the 
                qualified borrower undergo loan counseling that 
                provides all of the information and counseling required 
                under clause (i) and clauses (iv) through (xiv) of 
                section 485(b)(1)(A) (as amended by the College 
                Affordability Act) before the loan is refinanced in 
                accordance with this section, and before the proceeds 
                of such loan are paid to the private educational 
                lender.
                    ``(D) The Secretary shall issue the loan as a 
                Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan, which shall 
                have the same terms, conditions, and benefits as a 
                Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan, except as 
                otherwise provided in this section.
            ``(2) Borrower eligibility.--The Secretary, in consultation 
        with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the 
        Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall establish 
        eligibility requirements--
                    ``(A) based on income or debt-to-income ratio that 
                take into consideration providing access to refinancing 
                under this section for borrowers with the greatest 
                financial need;
                    ``(B) to ensure eligibility only for borrowers in 
                good standing;
                    ``(C) to minimize inequities between Federal Direct 
                Refinanced Private Loans and other Federal student 
                loans;
                    ``(D) to preclude windfall profits for private 
                educational lenders; and
                    ``(E) to ensure full access to the program 
                authorized in this subsection for borrowers with 
                private loans who otherwise meet the criteria 
                established in accordance with subparagraphs (A) and 
                (B).
    ``(c) Interest Rate.--
            ``(1) In general.--The interest rate for a Federal Direct 
        Refinanced Private Loan is--
                    ``(A) in the case of a Federal Direct Refinanced 
                Private Loan for a private education loan originally 
                issued for undergraduate postsecondary educational 
                expenses, a rate equal to the rate for Federal Direct 
                Stafford Loans and Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford 
                Loans issued to undergraduate students for the 12-month 
                period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on June 
                30, 2020; and
                    ``(B) in the case of a Federal Direct Refinanced 
                Private Loan for a private education loan originally 
                issued for graduate or professional degree 
                postsecondary educational expenses, a rate equal to the 
                rate for Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loans 
                issued to graduate or professional students for the 12-
                month period beginning on July 1, 2019, and ending on 
                June 30, 2020.
            ``(2) Combined undergraduate and graduate study loans.--If 
        a Federal Direct Refinanced Private Loan is for a private 
        education loan originally issued for both undergraduate and 
        graduate or professional postsecondary educational expenses, 
        the interest rate shall be a rate equal to the rate for Federal 
        Direct PLUS Loans for the 12-month period beginning on July 1, 
        2019, and ending on June 30, 2020.
            ``(3) Fixed rate.--The applicable rate of interest 
        determined under this subsection for a Federal Direct 
        Refinanced Private Loan shall be fixed for the period of the 
        loan.
    ``(d) No Inclusion in Aggregate Limits.--The amount of a Federal 
Direct Refinanced Private Loan, or a Federal Direct Consolidated Loan 
to the extent such loan was used to repay a Federal Direct Refinanced 
Private Loan, shall not be included in calculating a borrower's annual 
or aggregate loan limits under section 428 or 428H.
    ``(e) No Eligibility for Service-Related Repayment.--A Federal 
Direct Refinanced Private Loan, or any Federal Direct Consolidation 
Loan to the extent such loan was used to repay a Federal Direct 
Refinanced Private Loan, shall not be eligible for any loan repayment 
or loan forgiveness program under section 428K, 428L, or 460 or for the 
repayment plan for public service employees under section 455(m).
    ``(f) Private Educational Lender Reporting Requirement.--
            ``(1) Reporting required.--The Secretary, in consultation 
        with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the 
        Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, shall establish a 
        requirement that private educational lenders report the data 
        described in paragraph (2) to the Secretary, to Congress, to 
        the Secretary of the Treasury, and to the Director of the 
        Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, in order to allow for 
        an assessment of the private education loan market.
            ``(2) Contents of reporting.--The data that private 
        educational lenders shall report in accordance with paragraph 
        (1) shall include each of the following about private education 
        loans (as defined in section 140(a) of the Truth in Lending Act 
        (15 U.S.C. 1650(a))):
                    ``(A) The total amount of private education loan 
                debt the lender holds.
                    ``(B) The total number of private education loan 
                borrowers the lender serves.
                    ``(C) The average interest rate on the outstanding 
                private education loan debt held by the lender.
                    ``(D) The proportion of private education loan 
                borrowers who are in default on a loan held by the 
                lender.
                    ``(E) The proportion of the outstanding private 
                education loan volume held by the lender that is in 
                default.
                    ``(F) The proportions of outstanding private 
                education loan borrowers who are 30, 60, and 90 days 
                delinquent.
                    ``(G) The proportions of outstanding private 
                education loan volume that is 30, 60, and 90 days 
                delinquent.
    ``(g) Notification to Borrowers.--The Secretary, in coordination 
with the Secretary of the Treasury and the Director of the Bureau of 
Consumer Financial Protection, shall undertake a campaign to alert 
borrowers about the availability of private student loan refinancing 
under this section.''.

                     PART E--FEDERAL PERKINS LOANS

SEC. 4401. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR PERKINS LOAN.

    Section 461(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087aa(b)) is amended--
            (1) by striking ``(1) In general.--'';
            (2) by striking paragraphs (2) and (3); and
            (3) by redesignating subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) as 
        paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively.

SEC. 4402. ALLOCATION OF FUNDS FOR PERKINS LOAN.

    Section 462 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087bb) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``From'' and 
        inserting ``For any fiscal year before fiscal year 2021, 
        from''; and
            (2) in subsection (i)(1), by striking ``for any fiscal 
        year,'' and inserting ``for any fiscal year before fiscal year 
        2021,''.

SEC. 4403. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOAN ALLOCATION.

    Part E of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087aa et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 462 the 
following:

``SEC. 462A. FEDERAL DIRECT PERKINS LOAN ALLOCATION.

    ``(a) Purposes.--The purposes of this section are--
            ``(1) to allocate, among eligible and participating 
        institutions (as such terms are defined in this section), the 
        authority to make Federal Direct Perkins Loans under section 
        455A with a portion of the annual loan authority described in 
        subsection (b)(1); and
            ``(2) to make funds available, in accordance with section 
        452, to each participating institution from a portion of the 
        annual loan authority described in subsection (b), in an amount 
        not to exceed the sum of an institution's allocation of funds 
        under subparagraph (B) of subsection (b)(1) to enable each such 
        institution to make Federal Direct Perkins Loans to eligible 
        students at the institution.
    ``(b) Available Direct Perkins Annual Loan Authority.--
            ``(1) Availability and allocations.--
                    ``(A) In general.--There are hereby made available, 
                from funds made available for loans made under part D, 
                not to exceed $2,400,000,000 of annual loan authority 
                for award year 2021-2022 and each succeeding award 
                year, to be allocated as provided in subparagraph (B).
                    ``(B) Allocation formula.--Except as provided in 
                paragraphs (3), (4), and (5), for each award year, the 
                Secretary shall allocate an amount to each 
                participating institution that is equal to--
                            ``(i) 100 percent of the institutional 
                        undergraduate student need (as determined under 
                        subparagraph (C)) for the preceding award year; 
                        and
                            ``(ii) 25 percent of the institutional 
                        graduate student need (as determined under 
                        subparagraph (D)) for the preceding award year.
                    ``(C) Institutional undergraduate student need 
                calculation.--The institutional undergraduate student 
                need for a participating institution for an award year 
                shall be equal to the sum of the following:
                            ``(i) An amount equal to 50 percent of the 
                        amount that bears the same proportion to the 
                        amount made available under subparagraph (A) 
                        for such award year as the total amount of 
                        Federal Pell Grant funds awarded at the 
                        participating institution for the preceding 
                        award year bears to the total amount of Federal 
                        Pell Grant funds awarded at all participating 
                        institutions for the preceding award year.
                            ``(ii) An amount equal to 50 percent of the 
                        amount that bears the same proportion to the 
                        amount made available under subparagraph (A) 
                        for such award year as the total amount of the 
                        undergraduate student need at the participating 
                        institution for the preceding award year bears 
                        to the total amount of undergraduate student 
                        need at all participating institutions for the 
                        preceding award year.
                    ``(D) Institutional graduate student need 
                calculation.--The institutional graduate student need 
                for a participating institution for an award year shall 
                be equal to the amount that bears the same proportion 
                to the amount made available under subparagraph (A) for 
                such award year as the total amount of the graduate 
                student need at the participating institution for the 
                preceding award year bears to the total amount of 
                graduate student need at all participating institutions 
                for the preceding award year.
            ``(2) No funds to non-participating institutions.--The 
        Secretary shall not make funds available under this subsection 
        to any eligible institution that is not a participating 
        institution.
            ``(3) Required minimum amount.--In no case shall the sum of 
        a participating institution's allocation of loan authority 
        computed under paragraph (1)(B) be less than the average of the 
        institution's total principal amount of loans made under this 
        part for each of the academic years 2012-2013 through 2016-
        2017.
            ``(4) Additional adjustments.--If the Secretary determines 
        that the sum of a participating institution's allocation of 
        loan authority under paragraph (1)(B) is below the minimum 
        amount required under paragraph (3), the Secretary shall--
                    ``(A) for each participating institution for which 
                the minimum amount under paragraph (3) is not 
                satisfied, increase the amount of such sum to the 
                amount of the required minimum under such paragraph; 
                and
                    ``(B) ratably reduce the amount of the sum of such 
                loan authority of all participating institutions not 
                described in subparagraph (A).
            ``(5) Estimating the year preceding the first year of 
        allocations.--For award year 2021-2022, in calculating an 
        institution's undergraduate student need under paragraph (1)(C) 
        and an institution's graduate student need under paragraph 
        (1)(D), the Secretary may estimate the data with respect to the 
        preceding award year required to make such calculations.
    ``(c) Definitions.--In this section:
            ``(1) Annual loan authority.--The term `annual loan 
        authority' means the total original principal amount of loans 
        that may be allocated and made available for an award year to 
        make Federal Direct Perkins Loans under section 455A.
            ``(2) Average cost of attendance.--The term `average cost 
        of attendance' has the meaning given the term in section 
        4202(e)(5)(B).
            ``(3) Graduate student need.--The term `graduate student 
        need' means, with respect to a graduate student for an award 
        year, the lesser of the following:
                    ``(A) The amount equal to (except the amount 
                computed by this subparagraph shall not be less than 
                zero)--
                            ``(i) the average cost of attendance for 
                        the preceding award year, minus
                            ``(ii) such graduate student's expected 
                        family contribution (computed in accordance 
                        with part F of this title) for the preceding 
                        award year.
                    ``(B) The total annual loan limit for a Federal 
                Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan.
            ``(4) Undergraduate student need.--The term `undergraduate 
        student need' means, with respect to an undergraduate student 
        for an award year, the lesser of the following:
                    ``(A) The total of the amount equal to (except the 
                amount computed by this clause shall not be less than 
                zero)--
                            ``(i) the average cost of attendance for 
                        the award year, minus
                            ``(ii) such undergraduate student's 
                        expected family contribution (computed in 
                        accordance with part F of this title) for the 
                        preceding award year.
                    ``(B) The total loan annual limit for a Federal 
                Direct Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and a Federal Direct 
                Loan.
            ``(5) Eligible institution.--The term `eligible 
        institution' means an institution of higher education that 
        participates in the Federal Direct Stafford Loan Program.
            ``(6) Participating institution.--The term `participating 
        institution' means an institution of higher education that has 
        an agreement under section 463(f).''.

SEC. 4404. AGREEMENTS WITH INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION FOR 
              PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    (a) Amendments.--Section 463 of the Higher Education Act (20 U.S.C. 
1087cc) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in the heading, by inserting ``for Loans Made 
                Before July 1, 2021'' after ``Agreements'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3)(A), by inserting ``before July 
                1, 2021'' after ``students'';
                    (C) in paragraph (4), by striking ``thereon--'' and 
                all that follows and inserting ``thereon, if the 
                institution has failed to maintain an acceptable 
                collection record with respect to such loan, as 
                determined by the Secretary in accordance with criteria 
                established by regulation, the Secretary may require 
                the institution to assign such note or agreement to the 
                Secretary, without recompense;''; and
                    (D) in paragraph (5), by striking ``and the 
                Secretary shall apportion'' and all that follows 
                through ``in accordance with section 462'' and 
                inserting ``and the Secretary shall return a portion of 
                funds from loan repayments to the institution as 
                specified in section 466(b)'';
            (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
    ``(b) Administrative Expenses.--An institution that has entered 
into an agreement under subsection (a) shall be entitled, for each 
fiscal year during which it services student loans from a student loan 
fund established under such agreement, to a payment in lieu of 
reimbursement for its expenses in servicing student loans made before 
July 1, 2021. Such payment shall be equal to 0.50 percent of the 
outstanding principal and interest balance of such loans being serviced 
by the institution as of September 30 of each fiscal year.''; and
            (3) by adding at the end the following:
    ``(f) Contents of Agreements for Loans Made On or After July 1, 
2021.--An agreement with any institution of higher education that 
elects to participate in the Federal Direct Perkins Loan program under 
section 455A shall provide--
            ``(1) for the establishment and maintenance of a Direct 
        Perkins Loan program at the institution under which the 
        institution shall use loan authority allocated under section 
        462A to make loans to eligible students attending the 
        institution;
            ``(2) that the institution, unless otherwise specified in 
        this subsection, shall operate the program consistent with the 
        requirements of agreements established under section 454; and
            ``(3) that if the institution ceases to be eligible to 
        receive Federal loans under this title based on loss of 
        eligibility under section 435(a), as amended, due to a high 
        adjusted cohort default rate, the Secretary shall suspend or 
        terminate the institution's eligibility to make Federal Direct 
        Perkins Loans under section 455A unless and until the 
        institution would qualify for a resumption of eligible 
        institution status under such section.''.
    (b) Effective Date.--The amendments made by paragraph (2) of 
subsection (a) shall take effect on October 1, 2021.

SEC. 4405. STUDENT LOAN INFORMATION BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS FOR 
              PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 463A of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087cc-
1) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by striking ``Each institution'' and 
        inserting ``For loans made before July 1, 2021, each 
        institution''; and
            (2) in subsection (b), by striking ``Each institution'' and 
        inserting ``For loans made before July 1, 2021, each 
        institution''.

SEC. 4406. TERMS OF LOANS FOR PURPOSES OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 464 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087dd) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ``section 463'' and 
        inserting ``section 463(a)'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1), by inserting ``made before July 
        1, 2021,'' after ``A loan'';
            (3) in subsection (c)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting ``made before 
                July 1, 2021,'' after ``a loan'';
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by inserting 
                        ``made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``any 
                        loan''; and
                            (ii) in subparagraph (B), by inserting 
                        ``made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``any 
                        loan'';
                    (C) in paragraph (3)(B), by inserting ``for a loan 
                made before July 1, 2021,'' after ``Secretary, the 
                repayment period'';
                    (D) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``before July 1, 
                2021,'' after ``for a loan made'';
                    (E) in paragraph (5), by striking ``The 
                institution'' and inserting ``For loans made before 
                July 1, 2021, the institution''; and
                    (F) in paragraph (6), by inserting ``made before 
                July 1, 2021,'' after ``of loans'';
            (4) in subsection (d), by inserting ``made before July 1, 
        2021,'' before ``from the student loan fund'';
            (5) in subsection (e), by inserting ``with respect to loans 
        made before July 1, 2021, and'' before ``as documented in 
        accordance with paragraph (2),'';
            (6) in subsection (g)(1), by inserting ``and before July 1, 
        2021,'' after ``January 1, 1986,'';
            (7) in subsection (h)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1)(A) by inserting ``before July 
                1, 2021,'' after ``made under this part''; and
                    (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ``before July 1, 
                2021,'' after ``under this part''; and
            (8) in subsection (j)(1), by inserting ``before July 1, 
        2021,'' after ``under this part''.

SEC. 4407. REIMBURSEMENT FOR CANCELLATION OF PERKINS LOANS FOR CERTAIN 
              PUBLIC SERVICE.

    Section 465 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ee) 
is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a), by inserting ``and before July 1, 
        2021,'' after ``June 30, 1972,''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b) to read as follows:
    ``(b) Reimbursement for Cancellations.--
            ``(1) Assigned loans.--In the case of loans made under this 
        part before July 1, 2021, and that are assigned to the 
        Secretary, the Secretary shall, from amounts repaid each 
        quarter on assigned Perkins Loans made before July 1, 2021, pay 
        to each institution for each quarter an amount equal to--
                    ``(A) the aggregate of the amounts of loans from 
                its student loan fund that are canceled pursuant to 
                this section for such quarter, minus
                    ``(B) an amount equal to the aggregate of the 
                amounts of any such loans so canceled that were made 
                from Federal capital contributions to its student loan 
                fund.
            ``(2) Retained loans.--In the case of loans made under this 
        part before July 1, 2021, and that are retained by the 
        institution for servicing, the institution shall deduct from 
        loan repayments owed to the Secretary under section 466, an 
        amount equal to--
                    ``(A) the aggregate of the amounts of loans from 
                its student loan fund that are canceled pursuant to 
                this section for such quarter, minus
                    ``(B) an amount equal to the aggregate of the 
                amounts of any such loans so canceled that were made 
                from Federal capital contributions to its student loan 
                fund.''.

SEC. 4408. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS FROM STUDENT LOAN FUNDS FOR PURPOSES 
              OF THE PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM.

    Section 466 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ff) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 466. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS FROM STUDENT LOAN FUNDS.

    ``(a) Capital Distribution.--Beginning July 1, 2021, there shall be 
a capital distribution of the balance of the student loan fund 
established under this part by each institution of higher education as 
follows:
            ``(1) For the quarter beginning July 1, 2021, the Secretary 
        shall first be paid, no later than September 30, 2021, an 
        amount that bears the same ratio to the cash balance in such 
        fund at the close of June 30, 2021, as the total amount of the 
        Federal capital contributions to such fund by the Secretary 
        under this part bears to--
                    ``(A) the sum of such Federal contributions and the 
                institution's capital contributions to such fund, less
                    ``(B) an amount equal to--
                            ``(i) the institution's outstanding 
                        administrative costs as calculated under 
                        section 463(b);
                            ``(ii) outstanding charges assessed under 
                        section 464(c)(1)(H); and
                            ``(iii) outstanding loan cancellation costs 
                        incurred under section 465.
            ``(2) At the end of each quarter subsequent to the quarter 
        ending September 30, 2021, the Secretary shall first be paid an 
        amount that bears the same ratio to the cash balance in such 
        fund at the close of the preceding quarter, as the total amount 
        of the Federal capital contributions to such fund by the 
        Secretary under this part bears to--
                    ``(A) the sum of such Federal contributions and the 
                institution's capital contributions to such fund, less
                    ``(B) an amount equal to--
                            ``(i) the institution's administrative 
                        costs incurred for that quarter as calculated 
                        under section 463(b);
                            ``(ii) charges assessed for that quarter 
                        under section 464(c)(1)(H); and
                            ``(iii) loan cancellation costs incurred 
                        for that quarter under section 465.
            ``(3)(A) The Secretary shall calculate the amounts due to 
        the Secretary under paragraph (1) (adjusted in accordance with 
        subparagraph (B), as appropriate) and paragraph (2) and shall 
        promptly inform the institution of such calculated amounts.
            ``(B) In the event that, prior to the date of enactment of 
        the College Affordability Act, an institution made a short-
        term, interest-free loan to the institution's student loan fund 
        established under this part in anticipation of collections or 
        receipt of Federal capital contributions, and the institution 
        demonstrates to the Secretary, on or before June 30, 2021, that 
        such loan will still be outstanding after June 30, 2021, the 
        Secretary shall subtract the amount of such outstanding loan 
        from the cash balance of the institution's student loan fund 
        that is used to calculate the amount due to the Secretary under 
        paragraph (1). An adjustment of an amount due to the Secretary 
        under this subparagraph shall be made by the Secretary on a 
        case-by-case basis.
            ``(4) Any remaining balance at the end of a quarter after a 
        payment under paragraph (1) or (2) shall be retained by the 
        institution for use at its discretion. Any balance so retained 
        shall be withdrawn from the student loan fund and shall not be 
        counted in calculating amounts owed to the Secretary for 
        subsequent quarters.
            ``(5) Each institution shall make the quarterly payments to 
        the Secretary described in paragraph (2) until all outstanding 
        Federal Perkins Loans at that institution have been assigned to 
        the Secretary and there are no funds remaining in the 
        institution's student loan fund.
            ``(6) In the event that the institution's administrative 
        costs, charges, and cancellation costs described in paragraph 
        (2) for a quarter exceed the amount owed to the Secretary under 
        paragraphs (1) and (2) for that quarter, no payment shall be 
        due to the Secretary from the institution for that quarter and 
        the Secretary shall pay the institution, from funds realized 
        from the collection of assigned Federal Perkins Loans made 
        before July 1, 2021, an amount that, when combined with the 
        amount retained by the institution under paragraphs (1) and 
        (2), equals the full amount of such administrative costs, 
        charges, and cancellation costs.
    ``(b) Assignment of Outstanding Loans.--Beginning July 1, 2021, an 
institution of higher education may assign all outstanding loans made 
under this part before July 1, 2021, to the Secretary, consistent with 
the requirements of section 463(a)(5). In collecting loans so assigned, 
the Secretary shall pay an institution an amount that constitutes the 
same fraction of such collections as the fraction of the cash balance 
that the institution retains under subsection (a)(2), but determining 
such fraction without regard to subparagraph (B)(i) of such 
subsection.''.

                         PART F--NEED ANALYSIS

SEC. 4501. CONFORMING AMENDMENT TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 473(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087mm) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``academic year'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``academic year'' each place it 
                appears and inserting ``award year''; and
                    (B) by striking ``academic years'' and inserting 
                ``award years''.

SEC. 4502. AMENDMENTS TO DATA ELEMENTS WHEN DETERMINING THE EXPECTED 
              FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 474(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087nn(b)) is amended in paragraph (4), by inserting before ``the net'' 
the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three applicant,''.

SEC. 4503. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR DEPENDENT STUDENTS.

    (a) Dependent Students.--Section 475 of the Higher Education Act of 
1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087oo) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(3), by inserting before ``the 
        student'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
        applicant,'';
            (2) in subsection (b)(1)(B), by inserting before ``the 
        parents'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
        applicant,''; and
            (3) in subsection (b)(3), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Dependent Students.--Section 
475(g)(2)(D) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087oo(g)(2)(D)) is amended to read as follows:
                    ``(D) an income protection allowance (or a 
                successor amount prescribed by the Secretary under 
                section 478) of $9,230 for award year 2021-2022;''.

SEC. 4504. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR INDEPENDENT STUDENTS 
              WITHOUT DEPENDENTS OTHER THAN A SPOUSE.

    (a) Independent Students Without Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--
Section 476(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087pp(a)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before ``the family's 
contribution'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
applicant,''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Independent Students Without 
Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--Section 476 of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087pp) is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(2), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b)(1)(A)(iv) to read as 
        follows:
                            ``(iv) an income protection allowance (or a 
                        successor amount prescribed by the Secretary 
                        under section 478)--
                                    ``(I) for single or separated 
                                students, or married students where 
                                both are enrolled pursuant to 
                                subsection (a)(2), of $14,360 for award 
                                year 2021-2022; and
                                    ``(II) for married students where 1 
                                is enrolled pursuant to subsection 
                                (a)(2), of $23,030 for award year 2021-
                                2022;''.

SEC. 4505. AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY CONTRIBUTION FOR INDEPENDENT STUDENTS 
              WITH DEPENDENTS OTHER THAN A SPOUSE.

    (a) Independent Students With Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--
Section 477(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087qq(a)(1)(B)) is amended by inserting before ``the family's 
contribution'' the following: ``only in the case of a pathway three 
applicant,''.
    (b) Increasing Support for Working Independent Students With 
Dependents Other Than a Spouse.--Section 477 of the Higher Education 
Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087qq) is amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)(3), by striking ``award period'' and 
        inserting ``award year''; and
            (2) by amending subsection (b)(4) to read as follows:
            ``(4) Income protection allowance.--The income protection 
        allowance is determined by the following table (or a successor 
        table prescribed by the Secretary under section 478), for award 
        year 2021-2022:

                                          ``Income Protection Allowance
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Family  Size                                           Number in College
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      For each
  (including           1                2                3                4               5          additional
   student)                                                                                          subtract:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2              $36,370          $30,160                                                           $6,180
      3               45,290           39,100          $32,890
      4               55,920           49,720           43,540          $37,300
      5               65,990           59,750           53,570           47,360         $41,180
      6               77,170           70,960           64,790           58,540          52,350
For each
additional
   add:                8,710                                                                               ''.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SEC. 4506. INSTITUTIONAL CALCULATIONS FOR OFF-CAMPUS ROOM AND BOARD.

    (a) Authority To Prescribe Regulations.--Section 478(a) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087rr(a)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1)--
                    (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of subparagraph 
                (A);
                    (B) by striking the period at the end of 
                subparagraph (B) and inserting ``; or''; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(C) to prescribe--
                            ``(i) one methodology that institutions of 
                        higher education (other than institutions that 
                        receive a waiver under clause (ii)) shall use, 
                        or a selection of two or more methodologies 
                        from which such institutions shall select and 
                        use a methodology, to determine the allowance 
                        for room and board costs incurred by students 
                        described in subparagraph (A) of section 472(3) 
                        and by students described in subparagraph (D) 
                        of such section, which shall--
                                    ``(I) ensure that each such 
                                allowance determination is sufficient 
                                to cover reasonable room and board 
                                costs incurred by the students for whom 
                                such allowance is being determined; and
                                    ``(II) include the sources of 
                                information that institutions shall use 
                                in making each such allowance 
                                determination; and
                            ``(ii) a process for granting institutions 
                        of higher education a waiver from the 
                        requirements of clause (i), including--
                                    ``(I) a requirement that each 
                                institution of higher education seeking 
                                such a waiver submit to the Secretary--
                                            ``(aa) a description of the 
                                        methodology that the 
                                        institution will use for each 
                                        allowance determination 
                                        described in clause (i);
                                            ``(bb) an assurance that 
                                        each such allowance 
                                        determination meets the 
                                        requirements of clause (i)(I); 
                                        and
                                            ``(cc) a demonstration that 
                                        the institution will use 
                                        reliable sources of information 
                                        for each such allowance 
                                        determination; and
                                    ``(II) a requirement that each 
                                institution of higher education that 
                                receives such a waiver publicly 
                                disclose on the website of the 
                                institution the methodology and sources 
                                of information used by the institution 
                                for each allowance determination 
                                described in clause (i).''; and
            (2) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(3) Any regulation proposed by the Secretary under 
        paragraph (1)(C) of this subsection shall not be subject to the 
        requirements of paragraph (2).''.
    (b) Requirement To Prescribe Regulations.--Not later than 18 months 
after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Education 
shall issue regulations that meet the requirements of subparagraph (C) 
of section 478(a)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087rr(a)(1)), as added by subsection (a).

SEC. 4507. UPDATED TABLES AND AMOUNTS TO NEED ANALYSIS.

    Section 478 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087rr) 
is further amended--
            (1) in subsection (b)--
                    (A) in paragraph (1), by striking subparagraphs (A) 
                and (B) and inserting the following:
                    ``(A) In general.--For each award year after award 
                year 2021-2022, the Secretary shall publish in the 
                Federal Register a revised table of income protection 
                allowances for the purpose of sections 475(c)(4) and 
                477(b)(4), subject to subparagraphs (B) and (C).
                    ``(B) Table for independent students.--For each 
                award year after award year 2021-2022, the Secretary 
                shall develop the revised table of income protection 
                allowances by increasing each of the dollar amounts 
                contained in the table of income protection allowances 
                under section 477(b)(4) by a percentage equal to the 
                estimated percentage increase in the Consumer Price 
                Index (as determined by the Secretary for the most 
                recent calendar year ending prior to the beginning of 
                the award year for which the determination is being 
                made), and rounding the result to the nearest $10.''; 
                and
                    (B) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in the first sentence, by striking 
                        ``academic year after academic year 2007-2008'' 
                        and inserting ``award year after award year 
                        2021-2022''; and
                            (ii) in the second sentence, by striking 
                        ``shall be developed'' and all that follows 
                        through the period at the end and inserting 
                        ``shall be developed for each award year after 
                        award year 2021-2022, by increasing each of the 
                        dollar amounts contained in such section for 
                        award year 2021-2022 by a percentage equal to 
                        the estimated percentage increase in the 
                        Consumer Price Index (as determined by the 
                        Secretary for the most recent calendar year 
                        ending prior to the beginning of the award year 
                        for which the determination is being made), and 
                        rounding the result to the nearest $10.''; and
            (2) in subsection (e)(1), by striking ``academic year'' and 
        inserting ``award year''.

SEC. 4508. ZERO EXPECTED FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    Section 479 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087ss) 
is amended to read as follows:

``SEC. 479. ZERO EXPECTED FAMILY CONTRIBUTION.

    ``(a) In General.--The Secretary shall consider an applicant to 
have an expected family contribution equal to zero if--
            ``(1) in the case of a dependent student--
                    ``(A)(i) the student's parents are not required to 
                file--
                            ``(I) a Federal income tax return; or
                            ``(II) with respect to Internal Revenue 
                        Service Form 1040, any of the following forms: 
                        Schedule A, Schedule B, Schedule C, Schedule C-
                        EZ, Schedule D, Schedule E, Schedule F, 
                        Schedule H, Schedule J, and Schedule SE; and
                    ``(ii) the sum of the adjusted gross income of the 
                parents is less than or equal to $34,000; or
                    ``(B) the student's parents, or the student, 
                received a benefit at some time during the previous 24-
                month period under a means-tested Federal benefit 
                program;
            ``(2) in the case of an independent student without regard 
        to whether the student has dependents other than a spouse--
                    ``(A)(i) the student (and the student's spouse, if 
                any) certifies that the student (and the student's 
                spouse, if any)--
                            ``(I) is not required to file a Federal 
                        income tax return; or
                            ``(II) with respect to Internal Revenue 
                        Service Form 1040, any of the following forms: 
                        Schedule A, Schedule B, Schedule C, Schedule C-
                        EZ, Schedule D, Schedule E, Schedule F, 
                        Schedule H, Schedule J, and Schedule SE; and
                    ``(ii) the sum of the adjusted gross income of the 
                student and spouse (if appropriate) is less than or 
                equal to $34,000; or
                    ``(B) the student received a benefit at some time 
                during the previous 24-month period under a means-
                tested Federal benefit program; or
            ``(3) the applicant is a pathway one applicant under 
        section 483(a)(13).
    ``(b) Earned Income Credit.--An individual is not required to 
qualify or file for the earned income credit in order to be eligible 
under this section.
    ``(c) Adjustments.--The Secretary shall annually adjust the income 
level necessary to qualify an applicant for the zero expected family 
contribution. The income level shall be annually increased by the 
estimated percentage change in the Consumer Price Index, as defined in 
section 478(f), for the most recent calendar year ending prior to the 
beginning of an award year, and rounded to the nearest $1,000.
    ``(d) Means-Tested Federal Benefit Program Defined.--For purposes 
of this title, a `means-tested Federal benefit program' means a 
mandatory spending program of the Federal Government, other than a 
program under this title, in which eligibility for the program's 
benefits, or the amount of such benefits, are determined on the basis 
of income or resources of the individual or family seeking the benefit, 
and may include such programs as--
            ``(1) the supplemental security income program under title 
        XVI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1381 et seq.);
            ``(2) the supplemental nutrition assistance program under 
        the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), a 
        nutrition assistance program carried out under section 19 of 
        such Act (7 U.S.C. 2028), and a supplemental nutrition 
        assistance program carried out under section 1841(c) of title 
        48 of the United States Code;
            ``(3) the program of block grants for States for temporary 
        assistance for needy families established under part A of title 
        IV of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
            ``(4) the special supplemental nutrition program for women, 
        infants, and children established by section 17 of the Child 
        Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786);
            ``(5) the State Medicaid program under title XIX of the 
        Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq.); and
            ``(6) any other program identified by the Secretary.''.

SEC. 4509. AMENDMENTS TO DEFINITIONS IN NEED ANALYSIS.

    (a) Using Data From the Second Preceding Year.--Section 
480(a)(1)(B) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1087vv(a)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ``may'' in both places it 
appears and inserting ``shall''.
    (b) Changes to Untaxed Income and Benefits.--Section 480(b) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(b)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), to read as follows:
            ``(1) The term `untaxed income and benefits' means--
                    ``(A) child support received;
                    ``(B) untaxed portion of pensions;
                    ``(C) payments to individual retirement accounts 
                and Keogh accounts excluded from income for Federal 
                income tax purposes; and
                    ``(D) cash support or any money paid on the 
                student's behalf, except, for dependent students, funds 
                provided by the student's parents.''; and
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) by striking ``or'' at the end of subparagraph 
                (E);
                    (B) by striking the period at the end of 
                subparagraph (F) and inserting a semicolon; and
                    (C) by adding at the end the following:
                    ``(G) worker's compensation;
                    ``(H) veteran's benefits such as death pension, 
                dependency, or indemnity compensation, or veterans' 
                education benefits as defined in subsection (c);
                    ``(I) interest on tax-free bonds;
                    ``(J) housing, food, or other allowances (including 
                rent subsidies for low-income housing) for military, 
                clergy, and others (including cash payments and cash 
                value of benefits), or the value of on-base military 
                housing or the value of basic allowance for housing 
                determined under section 403(b) of title 37, United 
                States Code, received by the parents, in the case of a 
                dependent student, or the student or student's spouse, 
                in the case of an independent student; or
                    ``(K) any other untaxed income and benefits, such 
                as Black Lung Benefits, Refugee Assistance, or railroad 
                retirement benefits, or benefits received through 
                participation in employment and training activities 
                under title I of the Workforce Innovation and 
                Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3111 et seq.).''.
    (c) Amendment to the Definition of Independent Student As It 
Relates to Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 480(d)(1)(H) of the 
Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(d)(1)(H)) is amended--
            (1) in the matter preceding clause (i)--
                    (A) by striking ``during the school year in which 
                the application is submitted'';
                    (B) by inserting ``age 23 or younger'' after 
                ``unaccompanied youth''; and
                    (C) by striking ``terms are'' and inserting ``term 
                is'';
            (2) in clause (i), by inserting ``, or a designee of the 
        liaison'' after ``Act'';
            (3) in clause (ii), by striking ``a program funded under 
        the Runaway and Homeless Youth Act'' and inserting ``an 
        emergency or transitional shelter, street outreach program, 
        homeless youths drop-in center, or other program serving 
        homeless youths,''; and
            (4) in clause (iii), by striking ``program funded under 
        subtitle B of title IV of the McKinney-Vento Homeless 
        Assistance Act (relating to emergency shelter grants)'' and 
        inserting ``Federal TRIO program or a Gaining Early Awareness 
        and Readiness for Undergraduate program under chapter 1 or 2 of 
        subpart 2 of part A,''.
    (d) Streamlining the Determination and Verification Process for 
Foster and Homeless Youth.--Section 480(d) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(d)) is further amended by adding at the end 
the following:
            ``(3) Simplifying the determination process for 
        unaccompanied youth.--
                    ``(A) Verification.--A financial aid administrator 
                shall accept a determination of independence made by 
                any individual authorized to make such determinations 
                under clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of paragraph (1)(H) in 
                the absence of conflicting information. A documented 
                phone call with, or a written statement from, one of 
                the authorized individuals is sufficient verification 
                when needed. For purposes of this paragraph, a 
                financial aid administrator's disagreement with the 
                determination made by an authorized individual shall 
                not be considered conflicting information.
                    ``(B) Determination of independence.--A financial 
                aid administrator shall make a determination of 
                independence under paragraph (1)(H) if a student does 
                not have, and cannot obtain, documentation from any of 
                the other designated authorities described in such 
                paragraph. Such a determination shall be--
                            ``(i) based on the definitions outlined in 
                        paragraph (1)(H);
                            ``(ii) distinct from a determination of 
                        independence under paragraph (1)(I);
                            ``(iii) based on a documented interview 
                        with the student; and
                            ``(iv) limited to whether the student meets 
                        the definitions in paragraph (1)(H) and not 
                        about the reasons for the student's 
                        homelessness.
                    ``(C) Additional streamlining permitted.--Nothing 
                in this paragraph prohibits an institution from 
                implementing polices that--
                            ``(i) streamline the determination of 
                        independence under paragraph (1)(H); and
                            ``(ii) improve a student's access to 
                        financial aid because that student is an 
                        unaccompanied youth.
            ``(4) Simplifying the verification process for foster care 
        youth.--
                    ``(A) Verification of independence.--If an 
                institution requires documentation to verify that a 
                student is independent based on a status described in 
                paragraph (1)(B), a financial aid administrator shall 
                consider any of the following as adequate verification:
                            ``(i) Submission of a court order or 
                        official State documentation that the student 
                        received Federal or State support in foster 
                        care.
                            ``(ii) A documented phone call with, a 
                        written statement from, or verifiable data 
                        match with--
                                    ``(I) a child welfare agency 
                                authorized by a State or county;
                                    ``(II) a Tribal child welfare 
                                authority;
                                    ``(III) an Independent Living case 
                                worker;
                                    ``(IV) a public or private foster 
                                care placing agency or foster care 
                                facility or placement;
                                    ``(V) another program serving 
                                orphans, foster care youth, or wards of 
                                the court; or
                                    ``(VI) a probation officer.
                            ``(iii) A documented phone call with, or a 
                        written statement from, an attorney, a guardian 
                        ad litem, or a Court Appointed Special 
                        Advocate, documenting that person's 
                        relationship to the student.
                            ``(iv) A documented phone call with, or a 
                        written statement from, a representative of a 
                        Federal TRIO program or a Gaining Early 
                        Awareness and Readiness for Undergraduate 
                        program under chapter 1 or 2 of subpart 2 of 
                        part A.
                            ``(v) Verification of the student's 
                        eligibility for an education and training 
                        voucher under the John H. Chafee Foster Care 
                        Independence Program (42 U.S.C. 677).
                            ``(vi) Documentation of foster care 
                        provided pursuant to section 475(5)(I) of the 
                        Social Security Act (45 U.S.C. 675(5)(I)).
                            ``(vii) Submission of a copy of the 
                        student's biological or adoptive parents' or 
                        legal guardians'--
                                    ``(I) Certificates of Death; or
                                    ``(II) verifiable obituaries.
                            ``(viii) An attestation from the student, 
                        which includes a description of why the student 
                        may qualify for a status described in paragraph 
                        (1)(B), including the approximate dates that 
                        the student was in foster care, dependent, or a 
                        ward of the court, to the best of the student's 
                        knowledge after making reasonable efforts to 
                        provide any requested documentation.
                    ``(B) Additional streamlining permitted.--Nothing 
                in this paragraph prohibits an institution from 
                implementing polices that streamline the determination 
                of independent status and improve a student's access to 
                financial aid because that student is an orphan, in 
                foster care, or a ward of the court, or was an orphan, 
                in foster care, or a ward of the court at any time 
                since such student was 13 years of age or older.
            ``(5) Timing; use of earlier determination.--
                    ``(A) Timing.--A determination under subparagraph 
                (B) or (H) of paragraph (1) for a student--
                            ``(i) shall be made as quickly as 
                        practicable;
                            ``(ii) may be made as early as the year 
                        before the award year for which the student 
                        initially submits an application; and
                            ``(iii) shall be made no later than during 
                        the award year for which the student initially 
                        submits an application.
                    ``(B) Use of earlier determination.--Any student 
                who is determined to be independent under subparagraph 
                (B) or (H) of paragraph (1) for a preceding award year 
                at an institution shall be presumed to be independent 
                for each subsequent award year at the same institution 
                unless--
                            ``(i) the student informs the institution 
                        that circumstances have changed; or
                            ``(ii) the institution has specific 
                        conflicting information about the student's 
                        independence, and has informed the student of 
                        this information and the opportunity to 
                        challenge such information through a documented 
                        interview or an impartial review by the 
                        Borrower Advocate pursuant to section 
                        141(f)(6)(C).
            ``(6) Retention of documents.--A financial aid 
        administrator shall retain all documents related to the 
        determination of independence under subparagraph (B) or (H) of 
        paragraph (1), including documented interviews, for the 
        duration of the student's enrollment at the institution and for 
        a minimum of 1 year after the student is no longer enrolled at 
        the institution.''.
    (e) Excludable Income.--Section 480(e) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087vv(e)) is amended by striking paragraph (5) and 
inserting the following:
            ``(5) payments made and services provided under part E of 
        title IV of the Social Security Act to or on behalf of any 
        child or youth over whom the State agency has responsibility 
        for placement, care, or supervision, including the value of 
        vouchers for education and training and amounts expended for 
        room and board for youth who are not in foster care but are 
        receiving services under section 477 of such Act; and''.

   PART G--GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO STUDENT ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS

SEC. 4601. DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE PROGRAM.

    (a) Eligible Program.--Section 481(b) of the Higher Education Act 
of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b))--
            (1) in paragraph (1)(A)(i), by striking ``profession'' and 
        inserting ``occupation'';
            (2) in paragraph (2)--
                    (A) in subparagraph (A)--
                            (i) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause 
                        (vi); and
                            (ii) by inserting after clause (ii) the 
                        following:
                    ``(iii) has a verified annual earnings rate among 
                individuals who completed the program, as determined 
                under subparagraph (D), that is not less than the 
                average or median annual earnings rate of individuals 
                with only a high school diploma (or the equivalent) 
                based on the most recently available data from the 
                Bureau of Labor Statistics or the Bureau of the Census 
                with respect to--
                            ``(I) such average or median earnings rate 
                        in the United States; or
                            ``(II) subject to subparagraph (E), such 
                        average or median earnings rate in the State or 
                        local area in which the institution offering 
                        the program is located;
                    ``(iv) prepares students for gainful employment in 
                a recognized occupation;
                    ``(v) has been in operation for not less than two 
                consecutive years; and''; and
                    (B) by adding at the end the following:
            ``(C)(i) For each subsequent year for which a program seeks 
        eligibility under this paragraph, the Secretary shall 
        reevaluate whether the program continues to meet the 
        requirements of clauses (i), (iii), (iv), and (vi) of 
        subparagraph (A). A program that does not meet such 
        requirements for two consecutive award years (or, in the case 
        of a program that does not meet the requirements under 
        subparagraph (A)(iv), for a period of time determined by the 
        Secretary) shall be ineligible to participate in programs under 
        this title--
                    ``(I) for the period of two award years following 
                the last award year for which the program was eligible 
                to participate in such programs; and
                    ``(II) for any subsequent award year, unless the 
                program reapplies for eligibility in accordance with 
                clause (iii) and the Secretary determines that the 
                program meets the requirements of such clauses.
            ``(ii) Not later than 60 days after receiving notification 
        from the Secretary of the loss of eligibility under clause (i), 
        a program may appeal a loss of eligibility to the Secretary. 
        The Secretary may restore the eligibility of a program under 
        this paragraph if the program demonstrates to the Secretary 
        that extenuating circumstances led to the loss of eligibility.
            ``(iii) The Secretary shall issue a decision on any appeal 
        submitted by a program under clause (ii) not later than 45 days 
        after its submission.
            ``(iv) After the expiration of the two-year period 
        described in clause (i)(I), a program that lost eligibility 
        under clause (i) may reapply to the Secretary for a 
        determination of eligibility under this paragraph.
            ``(D)(i) In this subsection, the term `verified annual 
        earnings rate' means the mean or median annual earnings rate 
        (whichever is higher) of individuals who completed a program 
        calculated as of the date that is approximately one year after 
        the date on which such individuals completed the program.
            ``(ii) For the first year for which a program seeks 
        eligibility under this paragraph, the institution that offers 
        such program shall--
                    ``(I) determine the verified annual earnings rate 
                using data obtained on individuals who completed the 
                program;
                    ``(II) obtain an audit of such determination from 
                an independent auditor;
                    ``(III) together with the auditor described in 
                subclause (II), certify the accuracy of the verified 
                annual earnings rate to the Secretary; and
                    ``(IV) determine the completion rate for the 
                program, as described in subparagraph (A)(i), and 
                certify to the Secretary the accuracy of such 
                determination.
            ``(iii) For each subsequent year for which a program seeks 
        eligibility under this paragraph, the Secretary shall determine 
        the verified annual earnings rate and completion rate for the 
        program using data made available to the Secretary through the 
        postsecondary student data system established under section 
        132(l) or a successor system (whichever includes the most 
        recent data).
            ``(E)(i) Except as provided in clause (ii), for purposes of 
        calculating the average annual earnings rate of individuals 
        with only a high school diploma (or the equivalent) under 
        subparagraph (A)(ii) the Secretary shall apply the national 
        average or median earnings rate in the United States.
            ``(ii) The Secretary may apply the average or median 
        earnings rate in the State or local area in which the 
        institution offering a program is located, in lieu of the 
        national average earnings rate, if the institution provides 
        sufficient justification to the Secretary.
            ``(F) Using the postsecondary student data system 
        established under section 132(l) or a successor system to 
        streamline reporting requirements and minimize reporting 
        burdens, and in coordination with the National Center for 
        Education Statistics and each institution of higher education 
        offering an eligible program under this paragraph, the 
        Secretary shall, on at least an annual basis, collect data with 
        respect to each such eligible program, including the following:
                    ``(i) The number and demographics of students who 
                enroll in the program.
                    ``(ii) The number of credits attempted and 
                accumulated annually by students enrolled in the 
                program.
                    ``(iii) The share of such students who cease 
                enrollment on or before the completion of 60 percent of 
                the payment period or period of enrollment.
                    ``(iv) The verified completion rate for the 
                program, as described in subparagraph (A)(i).
                    ``(v) The mean and median annual earnings of 
                graduates and the verified annual earnings rate for the 
                program, as described in subparagraph (A)(ii).
                    ``(vi) The number and demographics of students who 
                complete the program.
                    ``(vii) The outcomes of the students who complete 
                the program, including--
                            ``(I) the share of such students who 
                        continue enrollment at the institution of 
                        higher education offering the program;
                            ``(II) the share of such students who 
                        transfer to another institution of higher 
                        education;
                            ``(III) the share of such students who 
                        complete a subsequent certificate or degree 
                        program;
                            ``(IV) the share of such students who 
                        secure employment 6 months and 1 year, 
                        respectively--
                                    ``(aa) after completion of such 
                                program; or
                                    ``(bb) in the case of a program 
                                that prepares students for a 
                                professional license or certification 
                                exam, after acquiring such license or 
                                certification; and
                            ``(V) in the case of a program that 
                        prepares students for a professional license or 
                        certification exam, the share of such students 
                        who pass such exam.''; and
            (3) in paragraph (4), by inserting ``or in addition to'' 
        after ``in lieu of''.
    (b) Report.--Not later than 3 years after the date of enactment of 
this Act, the Secretary of Education shall--
            (1) submit to the Committee on Education and Labor of the 
        House of Representatives and the Committee on Health, 
        Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate a report on the 
        impact of eligible programs described in section 481(b)(2) of 
        the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b)(2)), as 
        amended by this Act, based on the most recent data collected 
        under subparagraph (F) of such section; and
            (2) make the report described in paragraph (1) publicly 
        available on the website of the Department of Education.

SEC. 4602. DEFINITION OF THIRD PARTY SERVICER.

    Section 481(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 
1088(c)) is amended--
            (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ``or'' at the end;
            (2) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and
            (3) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following:
            ``(2) any eligible institution of higher education to 
        recruit students; or''.

SEC. 4603. FAFSA SIMPLIFICATION.

    Section 483 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1090) is 
amended--
            (1) in subsection (a)--
                    (A) in paragraph (2)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking 
                        ``process'' and all that follows through the 
                        end of clause (ii) and inserting ``process a 
                        paper version of the forms described in this 
                        subsection, in accordance with subparagraph 
                        (B).'';
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B);
                            (iii) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as 
                        subparagraph (B); and
                            (iv) in subparagraph (B), as so 
                        redesignated, by striking ``subparagraphs (A) 
                        and (B)'' and inserting ``subparagraph (A)'';
                    (B) in paragraph (3)--
                            (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking the 
                        end sentence;
                            (ii) by striking subparagraph (B), and 
                        redesignating subparagraphs (C) through (H) as 
                        subparagraphs (B) through (G), respectively;
                            (iii) in subparagraph (D), as so 
                        redesignated--
                                    (I) by striking ``The Secretary'' 
                                and inserting the following:
                            ``(i) In general.--The Secretary''; and
                                    (II) by adding at the end the 
                                following:
                            ``(ii) Scholarship granting 
                        organizations.--
                                    ``(I) Authorization.--An 
                                institution of higher education may, 
                                with explicit written consent of an 
                                applicant who has completed a form 
                                developed under this section, provide 
                                such information collected from such 
                                form as is necessary to an organization 
                                described in subclause (II) that is 
                                designated by the applicant to assist 
                                the applicant in applying for and 
                                receiving financial assistance for any 
                                component of the applicant's cost of 
                                attendance at that institution.
                                    ``(II) Definition of 
                                organization.--An organization 
                                described in this subclause--
                                            ``(aa) means a scholarship 
                                        granting organization, 
                                        including a tribal organization 
                                        (defined in section 4 of the 
                                        Indian Self-Determination and 
                                        Education Assistance Act (25 
                                        U.S.C. 5304)) or an 
                                        organization assisting an 
                                        applicant in applying for and 
                                        receiving Federal, State, 
                                        local, or tribal assistance; 
                                        and
                                            ``(bb) shall be subject to 
                                        the requirements of clause